GRADUATE CATALOG - Special Collections - University of Baltimore

enhances culrural and educarional opportuniries 

and offers srudents a learning and 

experiential laborarory rhar is borh accessible 

and challenging. Through a long-esrablished 

affiliarion wirh rhe corporare, 

government and professional communiries 

of Balrimore, UB brings rhe region into rhe 

classroom and into rhe leadership of rhe 

university. Leaders in borh rhe public and 

privare secrors serve on rhe advisory boards 

of rhe Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs, 

rhe Merrick School of Business, and rhe 

School of Law, advising rhe faculty and 

adminisrrarion on curricular and relared 

maners. The involvement of rhese Outsranding 

men and women, along wirh rhe 

University's strong tradirions and connecrions 

as a professionally-oriented insrirurion, 

offers UB srudents a wide array of 

opportuniries ro work and study wirhin rhe 

contexr of local business, government and 

nonprofir agencies. 

Directions 

The University of Balrimore is locared in 

rhe midrown area of Balrimore ar rhe corner 

ofNorrh Charles Streer and Mr. Royal 

Avenue. Ir may be reached via rhe Jones 

Falls Expressway (Maryland Avenue and 

Sr. Paul Srreer exirs), and from 1-95 via rhe 

Marrin Lurher King Jr. Boulevard. 

University parking lors locared wirhin a 

four-block radius of rhe campus accommodare 

more rhan 1,000 cars. 

Rail rransportarion is available via rhe 

merro lighr rail (University of 

Balrimore/Mr. Royal Starion), and MARC 

and Amtrak (Penn Starion). Major bus 

routes pass by and through the UB campus. 

Accreditation 

The University of Baltimore is accredired 

by the Middle States Association of 

Colleges and Secondary Schools, and by 

the Maryland Higher Education 

Commission. 

The University is also recognized by the 

Maryland State Board of Law Examiners; 

rhe Maryland Srare Board of Examiners of 

Public Accountants; many city, federal and 

srare agencies for civil service appointmenrs; 

rhe Vererans Administrarion for 

training of veterans; the Armed Forces for 

officer appointmenrs; and rhe Office of the 

Anorney General of rhe Unired Stares of 

America for acceprance of international 

studenrs. 

The undergraduare and graduare programs 

of the Robert G . Merrick School of 

Business are accredited by the Associarion 

ro Advance Collegiate Schools of Business 

- AACSB International. 

UB's Master of Public Administration 

(MPA), which is housed within the Yale 

Gordon College of Liberal Arts, is accredited 

by the National Association of Schools 

of Public Affairs and Administration (NAS 

PAA). The Master of Public Administration 

program is the only MPA program in the 

state that has received the recognition of 

NASPAA accreditation. 

The University of Baltimore School of 

Law is accredited by the American Bar 

Association and holds membership in the 

Association of American Law Schools. 

Ihe Alumni Association 

The University of Baltimore Alumni 

Association assists, strengthens and supports 

the interests of the University, and 

works ro establish a mutually beneficial 

relationship between alumni and their 

alma mater. 

The Alumni Association is non-dues 

based and all graduates become members 

of the Association upon graduation. The 

Alumni Associairon offers a wide variety 

of programs and services ro its members, 

including career development and networking 

programs, educational seminars, and 

computer and Internet access. Alumni may 

also take advantage of benefits provided by 

the Association's affinity partners, including 

discounted auro insurance and a credit card 

program. 

During the year, the Associarion provides 

numerous programs that bring 

3

alumni and srudents together, including 

networking events, mentor ptograms and 

visits to corporate sites. Among the most 

popular programs are Java Jam Networking 

and Career Preview Week. Students also 

receive special invitations to alumni events 

such as the Annual Alumni of the Year 

Awards Luncheon. 

Students are encouraged to visit the 

Alumni Relations Office and attend 

Association events and activities. 

Centers and Institutes 

The University of Baltimore supportS and 

administers several centers and institutes 

that forge connections with the surrounding 

communities and provide special 

research and srudy opportunities for students 

and faculty in a wide range of business, 

law and liberal arts programs. 

The Schaefer Center for Public Policy was 

founded in 1985 as an applied research 

institute wi thin the UB School of Public 

Affairs. The mission of the Center is to 

serve the public and not-for-profit sectors 

of Maryland by conducting program evaluations, 

performing policy analysis, engaging 

in survey research, and conducting 

management training ptograms. In all of its 

endeavors, the emphasis of the Schaefer 

Center is on applying the knowledge and 

skills of the University community to realworld 

issues, and on producing tangible, 

objective and useful results. 

The Schaefer Center also sponsors conferences, 

lectures, and other educational 

programs in the field of public policy. 

Students in both business and liberal artS 

participate in Schaefer Center projects, 

which provide internships and graduate fellowships. 

The HojJberger Center for Professional 

Ethics was established in 1987 with a grant 

from the Hoffberger Foundation, and 

received additional support from the 

Foundation in 1996 to expand its activities. 

The Center is dedicated to promoting the 

discussion and analysis of ethical issues 

within the University and the local business 

4 

and professional communities. The Center 

promotes the study ofethics throughout 

the University's curricula, provides monthly 

ethics seminars in the humanities and the 

professions, sponsors visiting fellows and 

lectures on campus, and presents and 

annual Ethics Week. It offers workshops on 

ethics on-site for businesses within the 

region, and presents conferences on business 

and professional ethics every year. 

The Jacob France Center was established 

in 1989 within the Merrick School of 

Business. Three research programs - The 

Maryland Business Research Partnership, 

the Education and Employment Dynamics 

Program, and the Affiliated Faculty 

Sponsored Research Program -fulfill the 

Center's responsibility to conduct research 

that meets the needs of the Merrick 

School's business and government constituents. 

Research opportunities for fulltime 

graduate srudents are available 

through each of these programs on a competitive 

basis. The Affiliated Faculty 

Sponsored Research Program provides 

administrative support for faculty members 

whose interests cannot be accommodated 

under the other two program themes. 

The Institute for Language, Technology 

and Publications Design, a component of 

the School of Communications Design, 

was established in 1989 to create links 

between the study and practice of writing 

and graphic design with an emphasis on 

new technologies. The Institute promotes 

research, undertakes contractual and consulting 

projects, and offers seminars, lectures, 

workshops, and other programs. 

Committed to developing a creative and 

professional community, the Institute 

works with regional groups, public agencies, 

and professional associations to bring 

together a range of professionals and students 

working in the fields of communications 

design. In cooperation with other 

universities, the Institute co-sponsors the 

International Lawrence Durrell Conference 

and Deus Loci: The Lawrence Durrell 

Journal, and supports several other tradi

tional and online publications. The 

Institute has established parrnerships with 

local businesses, created forums rhat bring 

enrrepreneurs and venture capitalists ro 

campus, received funding supporr from 

nonprofit foundations and area businesses, 

and collaborated with the Enrrepreneurship 

Program in the University's Merrick School 

of Business. 

The Infomlation Systems Research Center 

(ISRC), inaugurated in 1990 within the 

Merrick School of Business, supporrs faculty 

and studenr research in the broad area 

of managemenr information systems, and 

also serves as a link ro information systems 

professionals in the Baltimore business 

community. A group supporr laborarory, 

multimedia facility, global electronic commerce 

laborarory, and many other facilities 

to supporr research in the information systems 

field are available to UB faculty and 

studenrs on a regular basis. Cooperative 

research programs with area business and 

governmenr organizations are ongoing. The 

ISRC also conducts research ro improve the 

quality and effectiveness ofcomputer 

resources available ro faculty. 

The Center for International and 

Comparative Law is was established in 

1994 as a cenrer for research and programs 

in inrernational and comparative law at 

the University of Baltimore. Housed in 

the School oflaw, the Center sponsors 

research, publications, teaching and the 

dissemination of knowledge about inrernational 

legal issues, with special emphasis 

on human rights, environmenrallaw, 

inrellecrual property, and inrernational 

business rransactions. 

The Center for Technology 

Commercialization (UB-CTC) was founded 

in 1996 within the Merrick School of 

Business. Irs primary mission is to advance 

rhe commercialization of technology in 

Maryland by rraining studenrs and professionals 

in the arrs ofentrepreneurship, 

technology rransfer, and high-tech commercializarion. 

UB-CTC works with acrual 

technologies, researchers, invenrors, and 

businesses and uses them as live, hands-on 

course work opporrunities not only for UB 

srudents but for those arrending other 

University System of Maryland colleges 

and universities. Ie also conducts commercialization 

projects as well as research and 

srudies in commercialization and technology 

rransfer. 

The Centerfor Negotiatiom and Conflict 

Management was established in 1997 as a 

componenr of the Gordon College of 

Liberal Arrs. Its mission is ro broaden the 

undersranding of conflict, ro provide rraining 

and techniques in the field of conflict 

resolution, and ro expand the application 

of techniques and approaches for dispute 

resolution in a wide variety of conrexts. 

Combining the experrise and inrellectual 

resources of the University's law, business, 

and liberal arcs division, the Center offers 

alternative dispute resolution (ADR) services 

direcrly to businesses, governmenr 

agencies, unions, and various interest 

groups and communities, as well as cutting-edge 

opporrunities for UB studenrs. 

The Center for Baltimore Studies, established 

in 2000, focuses its efforrs in three 

areas: archives and community documenration; 

public programs; and the creation of 

an undergraduate major in community 

srudies.The Center is designed to formalize 

the University's role as custodian of 

Baltimore's hisrory and culture, especially 

as it relates ro community making and civic 

activity. Through rhe Cenrer's activities, 

UB's faculty and srudenrs are involved in 

both theoretical and applied research that 

uses Balrimore as "a laborarory ro focus on 

urban and regional issues. 

The Center for Families, Children and the 

Courts, established in September, 2000, is 

the focal poinr for the School of Law's work 

on reforming scate courts inro more appropriate 

forums for the resolurion of family 

legal crises. The Cenrer grew our of the 

recognition within the legal profession of 

an urgenr need for a high profile, specifically-identified 

entity ro expand and 

broaden family courr reform work nation 

5

wide. Serving as a vehicle for changing the 

paradigm ofjudicial and legal thinking 

about family law, the Center conducts the 

following activities: advocating for the unified 

family court concept in jurisdictions 

throughout the country; providing technical 

assistance necessary to support such pervasive 

change; and training lawyers, judges, 

court personnel, and other professionals to 

collaborate to resolve family conflicts in a 

therapeutic, hoI istic, and service-based 

manner. 

The Center also undertakes research on 

various family law issues and brings the 

results of this research to the attention of 

professionals through publications and 

conferences. It seeks to establish other partnerships 

and alliances, as well as to pursue 

significant funding from foundations and 

state courts for projects within its mission. 

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES 

The Academic Center 

The Academic Center at 1420 North 

Charles Street is the main building of the 

University of Baltimore. On the ground 

floor are the University Bookstore, the 

Academic Resource Center, The Career 

Center, the Center for Student 

Involvement, Human Resources, and 

Public Safety. On the second floor are the 

offices of the Provost and other administrative 

functions, some classrooms, faculty 

offices and deans' offices of the Yale 

Gordon College of Li beral Arts, the 

Hoftberger Center for Professional Ethics, 

and the Academic Computing Center. 

Facilities for leisure and physical education 

activities are found on the third floor, 

including a gymnasium, a Nautilus Center, 

an exercise room, a sauna, a steam room, 

and locker facilities. For the convenience of 

students, an automatic teller machine 

(ATM) and U.S. Postal Service station are 

also located in [he Academic Center. 

6 

Charles Hall 

Housed in Charles Hall are classrooms as 

well as many student services and administrative 

offices. The latter include: the 

President's Office, University Relations, 

Student Affairs and Entollment 

Management, Admissions, Records and 

Registration, Financial Aid, and Business 

and Financial Affairs. Charles Hall interconnects 

with the Academic Center on the 

first and second floors. 

Thumel Business Center 

The Merrick School of Business occupies 

the William H. Thumel Sr. Business 

Center at the corner of Mt. Royal Avenue 

and Charles Street. This six-story building 

contains classrooms, faculty offices, a 

student lounge, auditorium, and computerllibrary 

facilities. The Business 

Information Center, dedicated to the use 

and study of information technology, occupies 

the entire first floor and provides stateof-the-art 

communication and computer 

capability for the school. The building's 

architectural focal point is a six-story central 

atrium that provides a sense of openness 

and space. 

The Langsdale Library 

The University's Langsdale Library is 

located at the corner of Maryland Avenue 

and Oliver Street. It provides a full range of 

library services, including reference, library 

instruction classes, photocopying equipment 

for classroom use, and group study 

rooms. Irs collection of more than 300,000 

volumes consists of books, periodicals, CD 

ROM indexes, government documents, 

and audiovisual materials as well as manuscript 

and archival collections containing 

primary sources. The library building also 

includes a 396-seat auditorium on the first 

floor. This facility accommodates a variety 

oflectures, films and special presentations 

throughout the year. 

Langsdale's Cooperative Services include 

reciprocal borrowing privileges with other 

libraries, an interlibrary loan program, lists

of book and periodical holdings in other 

Maryland libraries, and on-line database 

searching. The Library also has implemented 

an automated system in conjunction 

wim other automated resources. 

UB is linked with other University 

System of Maryland institutions through 

the interactive video network (IVN) facility 

located in Langsdale. 

Charles Royal Building 

The Charles Royal Building, located at 

1319 North Charles Street, houses the 

administrative and faculty offices of the 

School of Communications Design, which 

includes the Gordon College's Division of 

Language, Literature, and Communications 

Design as well as its Institure for 

Language, Technology, and Publications 

Design. The graphics and media laboratories 

are located on the second floor. 

The John and Frances 

Angelos Law Center 

The Angelos Law Center at Maryland 

Avenue and Oliver Street houses the 

library, classrooms and administrative 

offices of the School of Law, as well as Poe's 

Publick House (the University's dining 

complex). The Law Library occupies the 

third and fourth floors of the building and 

includes nearly 210,000 volumes of books 

and microforms. Individual seating for 

more than 400 students, numerous study 

rooms, technical research areas, and a Rare 

Book Room are included in the library 

facilities, which provide an atmosphere 

conducive to comprehensive legal research 

and learning. 

The Law Clinics are housed in a newly 

renovated building at 10 W. Chase Street, 

and the law school's student organizations 

occupy an office suite in Charles Hall. 

Schaefer Center Building 

Located at 1304 St. Paul Street, the 

Schaefer Center Building houses the faculty 

and administrative offices of the School of 

Public Mfairs, which includes the Schaefer 

Center for Public Policy and the Division 

of Government and Public Administration. 

The Academic Computing Center 

The University's Academic Computing 

Center (UB-ACC) provides computer 

services to the academic community. 

Students, faculty and staff may use its 

facilities, which include several minicomputers 

and numerous microcomputers in 

various labs located throughout the 

University. All labs are connected by a 

state-of-the-art ethernet network. 

On the first floor of me Academic 

Center, Room 10 1, Academic Computing 

operates a DEC VAX 4300 running under 

VMS and a DEC MicroVAX II running 

under ULTRlX-32. Students and faculty 

may access the VAXs by way of a nwnber 

of DEC terminals (located in the adjoining 

User's Room) that have dial-up modems 

and microcomputers linked along with the 

VAXs to a local area network. 

In addition to a collection of language 

compilers that permit users to write their 

own software for the microcomputers, 

Academic Computing offers a library of 

packaged software. Included in this library 

are several statistical analysis packages, software 

for simulation and modeling, a database 

management system, graphics, and a 

spreadsheet package. 

Microcomputing labs, offering varying levels 

of su pport, are located at several sites 

around the University. General-purpose 

labs are always attended by a staff member 

and are located on the second floor of the 

Academic Center, the fourth floor of 

Charles Hall, and the lower level of 

Thumel Business Center. A small lab for 

users engaged in library research is located 

on the second floor of Langsdale Library. 

All of the labs are equipped for IBM-standard 

microcompuring and offer a selection 

of the most popular micro-computing software. 

7

The Foundation Building 

The Foundation Building, located at 1130 

North Charles Street, houses the offices of 

the Insitutional Advancement Division, 

include Alumni Relations, Development, 

and the University of Baltimore 

Educational Foundation. 

The Mount Washington Campus 

Outdoor athletic activities take place at the 

University of Baltimore's Mount 

Washington campus. The facility includes 

three lOO-yard playing fields, a golf driving 

range and a baseball diamond. 

COMMUTER SERVICES 

From its founding, UB has served the special 

needs ofstudents who live and work 

within the region. The University has continuously 

developed and strengthened services 

to meet the commuting student's need 

for flexibility and convenience. 

Many student and academic services 

offices are open 8:30 a.m.-7:00 p.m., 

Monday-Thursday, and 8:30 a.m.-4:30 

p.m on Friday. These offices include admissions, 

financial aid, student involvement, 

records, the business office and student 

advising. 

In addition, the bookstore, the library 

and the student lounges have scheduled 

their hours according to the needs of commuter 

students. Check these services for 

extended hours during exam weeks. 

Off-Campus Housing 

Center for Student Involvement 

Room 114, Charles Hall 

Tel: 41 0/837-5417 

Although there is no housing on campus at 

the University of Baltimore, information 

regarding off-campus housing in the area is 

available from the Center for Student 

Involvement. The staff maintains listings 

more than 600 houses, apartments, and 

rooms to rent or share, as well as names of 

8 

other students looking for housing. 

Students may find a variety of accommodations, 

both within walking distance of 

the University and in the surrounding suburban 

areas. Rental rates in the Baltimore 

City area are moderate, ranging between 

$150-$250 per month for a room in a private 

home; $250-$400 per month for an 

unfurnished efficiency; $350-$600 for an 

unfurnished, one-bedroom apartment; and 

$400 and up for an unfurnished two-bedroom 

apartment. Renting a house can be 

very cost-effective ifshared with one or 

more housemates. 

The Center for Student Involvement 

also helps students learn about the city by 

providing information on transportation, 

bus routes, and sights, activities and events. 

Food Service 

Lower Level, Angelos Law Center 

Tel: 410/837-4390 or 410/837-4384 

Fax: 410/837-4024 

Our cafeteria, Poe's Publick House, located 

in the lower level of the Angelos Law 

Center, offers breakfast and lunch. Irs daily 

menu includes hot entrees and soups, gourmet 

deli sandwiches and wraps, pizza, and a 

variety of grilled items. For evening snacks, 

students avail themselves of "grab-n-go" 

items available from the food cans in the 

Academic Center, Angelos Law Center, and 

Thumel Business Center. 

Jay's Restaurant Groups is the official 

caterer for the University's meetings, conferences, 

and special events. Jay's Catering 

Menu offers breakfast, lunch and dinner 

menus as well as hors doevres, desserts and 

beverages. 

Parking 

Auxiliary Services 

Tel: 410/837-5520 

The University maintains several parking 

facilities, and limited on-street parking is 

available around the main campus during 

non-peak traffic hours. Parking facilities are

locared as below. 

General Parking: There are four lors 

available ro regisrered srudents, faculry, and 

srafF, as follows: 

1) Bolron Yard Lor, Wesr Oliver Srreer 

(north side) berween Maryland and Mr. 

Royal avenues:600 spaces 

2) Biddle Srreer Garage, Maryland Avenue 

berween Presron and Chase srreers:500 

spaces 

3) Langsdale Library Lor, Wesr Oliver 

Srreer (south side), berween Maryland 

and West Mt. Royal avenues: 40 spaces 

4) Triangle Lot, Cathedral Srreet behind 

Biddle Srreet Garage:27 spaces 

Additionally, after 6: 15 p.m. Mondays 

Thursdays and one weekends, students 

may park on the Northeast Faculry/Staff 

Reserved Lot, North Charles Street and 

East Mr. Royal Avenue (75 spaces) . From 5 

p.m.-11 p.m., students may park on the 

Aegon lot at the corner of Charles and 

Presron Streets. 

Reserved Parking: There are three special 

reserved parking lots, as follows: 

1) Northeast Faculry/Staff Reserved Lot, 

North Charles Srreet and East Mr. 

Royal Avenue:75 spaces. To obtain a 

permit, contact Auxiliary Services, 

410/837-5735. This lot is also open ro 

students Monday-Thursday evenings 

after 6: 15 p.m. 

2) Thumel Business Center Reserved Lot, 

West Mt. Royal Avenue: 15 spaces 

3) Cathedral Srreet Reserved lot, Cathedral 

Srreet at West Mr. Royal Avenue:27 

spaces 

Designated Disabled Parking Areas: 

Required disabled parking permits are 

available from the Business Office in 

Charles HalJ. Designated handicapped 

parking spaces are available on certain 

srreers around campus as well as certain 

lots. Contact Public Safery, 410/837-5520 

for specific disabled parking locations. 

Shuttle Bus Service 

Public Safety Department 

Tel: 410/837-5520 

Public Safery provides shurtle bus service 

berween parking facilities and University 

buildings (and, as necessary, ro the Srare 

Office Building Merro Srop) ar approximate 

15-minute intervals, 7:30 a.m.-ll :30 

p.m., Monday-Thursday, and 7:30 a.m. 

5:00 p.m., Friday. Special, prior arrangements 

are sometimes available for certain 

activities. 

Escort Service 


Tel: 410/837-5520 

When rhe Shuttle Service ends, police 

escorts are available berween Universiry 

facilities during the following rime periods: 

11:30 p.m.-12:30 a.m., Monday-Thursday; 

5:00 p.m.-12:30 a.m., Friday; and from 

sundown to 11 :30 p.m., Saturday and 

Sunday. 

Public Safety 


Tel: 410/837-5520 

The Department of Public Safery is a legislared 

police agency. It is divided into four 

components:police, securiry, parking 

enforcement and rransportation. 

The department's jurisdiction includes 

all properry owned, leased, or operated 

under the control of the Universiry, including 

irs properry in Mr. Washingron. A concurrent 

jurisdiction agreement exists wirh 

the Baltimore Police Deparrment, enabling 

Universiry police officers ro respond ro and 

assisr wirh occurrences around rhe main 

campus and the Mr. Washingron faciliry. 

The Department is in full compliance 

wirh the Maryland Police Licensing 

Commission and rhe Campus Securiry Act 

of 1990 as amended. Crime statisrics are 

reported through the FBI Uniform 

Reporting System. 

9

Secu ricy officers are located as follows: in their investment in a universicy education 

the lobby of the Academic Center, in by providing the following services: 

Thumel Business Center, Charles Royal • Free individual tutoring and small 

Hall, Langsdale Library (part-time), the group tutorials 

Angelos Law Center, the Law Clinic, the • Free workshops in learning and writing 

Biddle Street Garage, and the St. Paul 

skills 

Street facilicy. 

• Non-credit mini-courses in writing, 

speaking, learning, and computer skills 

Emergencies 

(nominal charges are applied) 


• Math Review, Algebra (MATH 099): 

Tel: 410/837-5520 (information) 

a non-credit course that provides a 

Tel: 410/837-3950 (for internal emergency use) firm foundation for later quantitative 

courses at UB 

Emergency messages for students are • Practicum in Writing (WRIT 200): a 

referred to the Public Safecy Department. three-credit course designed to increase 

Whenever possible, staff members will 

the student's mastery of the sentence 

attempt to locate students to communicate and paragraph 

urgent messages only. 

• Peer advisors: student "buddies" who 

introduce entering international students 

to the Baltimore and the UB campus 

• Mentors, who will explore career aspirations, 

academic plans and personal goals 

for entering international students 

• Diagnostic and placement testing in 

math and writing 

• On-line writing and learning tips 

Emergency Closing Line 

410/837-4201 

Information regarding class cancellation or 

delayed openings due to inclement weather 

or other emergencies is announced over 

several local radio stations. In addition to 

listening to the radio, students are encouraged 

to call the number above to hear a 

recorded message that will provide the latest 

information about the Universicy's closing 

status. 

STUDENT AND ACADEMIC SERVICES 

A staff of professionals in the Division of 

Student Affairs and Enrollment 

Management provides services that are 

designed to complement students' academic 

experiences and to assist in their 

development in four major areas: academic, 

career, health, and personal/social. These 

services are offered during both the day and 

evening hours. 

Academic Resource Center 

Room 111, Academic Center 

Tel: 410/837-5383 

The staff of the Academic Resource Center 

(ARC) helps students get the most from 

10 

The Career Center 


Tel: 410/837-5440 

Each year, The Career Center (TCC) helps 

hundreds of UB students and alumni transform 

their academic pursuits and personal 

interests into tangible career goals. TCC 

offers a wide variecy of career development 

services. With the help ofstaff, students 

can identify their personal career objectives 

and plan for their futures. Among TCe's 

services are: 

Career Counseling: Counselors help students 

better understand their interests, abilities, 

and values; define their career goals; 

and set both short- and long-term educational 

and career objectives. They also help 

students explore careers, develop techniques 

for creative job-hunting, and 

explore advanced training. Vocational

assessments are offered in conjunction with 

individual interpretation sessions with 

career counselors. Assessments include the 

Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) and 

the Strong Interest Inventory. Students 

seeking employment are assisted in developing 

effective resumes, preparing for 

interviews, researching prospective employers, 

and networking with alumni. 

FOCUS IJ- Focus II is a computerized 

career guidance tool that provides information 

on hundreds of occupations. 

On-Campus Recntiting: This program 

provides employers with the opportunity ro 

interview graduating students from the liberal 

arts and business schools. 

Job Bank: Available positions are listed 

in TCC and on the internet for all students 

and alumni to examine. 

Job Referral: The Career Center provides 

a direct job referral service for students and 

alumni interested in full-time employment. 

Interested students register with TCC to 

have a resume sent direcrly to employers 

who list job openings with TCC or on the 

internet. 

Workshops and Seminars:Special events 

and workshops are planned each semester 

for students and alumni. Most traditional 

workshops (resume writing, interviewing 

skills, job search) are on videotape and may 

be borrowed. 

Career Resource Center: A wealth of 

career information is maintained in the 

career library. Printed information on many 

topics, including employment trends, 

future outlooks, and company literature, is 

available for students and alumni to peruse 

during TCC's office hours. 

Internships/Cooperative Education: Paid 

and non-paid internships are offered to all 

majors. An internship provides a unique 

opportunity to gain valuable, practical 

experience in a student's chosen field prior 

to graduation. 

Cooperative Education is a careerrelated, 

salaried internship program 

through which TCC helps students find 

pre-professional positions complementary 

to their studies at the University. 

Participation in Cooperative Education is 

optional and competitive, and is open to all 

degree-seeking graduate and undergraduate, 

business and liberal arts students carrying 

at least three credits per semester. 

Co-op positions are available on parttime, 

full-time and summer schedules, at 

various firms and otganizations in the community. 

Academic credit may be awarded 

for co-op experience contingent on the 

approval of the academic department. 

The primary benefits of a Co-op internship 

are: 1) helping the student to clarifY 

career goals and finance educational 

expenses; 2) building a student's self-confidence 

in a professional environment; 

3) en:.bling the student to apply classroom 

knowledge in a real-world setting; and 4) 

exposing the student to contacts who may 

be helpful in his/her search for professional 

employment as graduation nears. 

Additionally, all Co-op participants are 

guided through the processes of resume 

writing and developing interviewing skills. 

Health Services 

Mt. Royal Medical Associates 

1501 W Mt. RoyalAvenue 

Tel: 410/225-8855 

Convenient, quality medical care and other 

health services for the University of 

Baltimore community are provided by the 

staffof Mt. Royal Medical Associates, 

located at 1501 W. Mr. Royal Avenue. This 

facility provides students with primary 

health care services, handJes ongoing medical 

problems, provides preventive care, and 

treats any unexpected emergencies that 

might arise, such as sprains and lacerations. 

Also through Mt. Royal Medical 

Associates, counselors are available to evaluate 

and provide therapy for a variety of 

mental health concerns including stress 

management, depression and anxiety, drug 

and alcohol abuse, and relationship problems. 

Referrals can be made to other mental 

health providers if necessary. Students 

11

may contact this facility for information The University of Baltimore's international 

and/or an appointment. For more informa population has expanded rapidly in recent 

tion, contact the Office ofStudent Affairs years. Recognizing the val ue of interna 

and Enrollment Management, 410/837 tional exchange, the International Services 

4755. 

Office (ISO) offers a variety ofservices to 

the students, faculty, staff, and researchers 

Student Accident and Health 

from more than 70 countries who now 

Insurance 

study or work at UB. ISO coordinates the 

recruitment, admission, enrol.lment, orien 

Office ofStudent A/Jain 

Room 121, Charles Hal! 

tation and personal advising of interna 

Tel: 410/837-5429 

tional students. Among the services 

provided by the office are: 

• visa and immigration assistance to the 

University community to ensure individual 

and institutional compliance 

with federal regulations governing the 

employment and enrollment of foreign 

nationals 

• study, travel and work abroad information 

for those interested in an overseas 

experience 

• an emergency loan program 

• information on local ethnic resources, 

taX compliance, English language programs 

and legal assistance, as well as an 

intercultural video library 

• an annual academic award 

More information may be obtained by 

contacting the office as above, or by consulting 

the website (www.ubalt.edu/ 

sserv/iso) . 

While the Mt. Royal Medical Associates 

provides low-cost ambulatory health care to 

students, the COStS of hospitalization, specialist 

care, diagnostic work-ups and emergency 

room care are the responsibility of 

the student. Charges for these services can 

be catastrophic. The University of 

Baltimore Student Health and Accident 

Insurance Plan is designed to help students 

meet such costs whether in Baltimore or 

outside the area. 

All pan-time and full-time students are 

eligible to enroll in the insurance program. 

The individual premium covers only the 

student; however, eligible students may also 

enroll their dependents. Eligible dependents 

are the spouse and unmarried children 

19 years of age or younger who are not selfsupporting. 

The premium may be paid 

with the tuition payment in the Business 

Office. Students receiving financial aid may 

have the cost of insurance deducted from 

their award; interested students must contact 

the Financial Aid Office prior to 

enrollment. 

Information about the UB Student 

Health and Accident Insurance Plan may 

be obtained by contacting the Office of 

Student Affairs, as above, or the Business 

Office. 

International Services Office 

Room 104, Thumel Business Center 

Tel: 410/837-4756, 1-877-Apply-UB {tollfoe}, 

Fax: 410/837-4793 

E-mail: intladms@ubmail.ubalt.edu (e-mail) 

12 

Services for Students With 

Disabilities 

Office ofDisability Support Services 

Room 139, Charles Hall 

Tel: 410/837-4775 

Fax: 410/837-5751 

Services for students with disabilities are 

co-ordinated through the Office of 

Disability Support Services. Both full- and 

part-time students are eligible to benefit 

from these services, which include: arrangements 

for sign language interpreters, alternative 

testing, note-takers, and texts on 

tape. Medical documentation must be 

received before services can be provided. 

A detailed policy, "Disabilities

Documentation," outlines the rights and 

responsibilities of both students and the 

University of Baltimore in the delivery of 

services for students with disabilities. That 

policy is included in the "Policies" section 

of this catalog. 

Diversity Education and Programs 

Suite 220, Charles Hall 

Tel: 410/837-4760 

Fax: 410/837-4169 

The Office of Diversity Education and 

Programs is responsible for the development 

of co-curricular programs and services 

that enhance sensitivity to and 

acceptance of the diversity within the 

University of Baltimore community and 

beyond. In addition, this office works with 

other University offices, services, and personnel 

to coordinate programs that support 

access, retention, academic success, personal 

growth, and leadership development 

for students of difference. The office also 

coordinates a bi-annual supplemental orientation 

program for African-American 

students, and serves as a resource for all Students, 

student organizations, faculty, and 

staff on issues of diversity. 

For more information, contact the office 

by telephone or fax, as above; or via e-mail, 

diversity@ubmail.ubalr.edu 

Honor Societies 

The University of Baltimore maintains 

affiliations with many national honor societies. 

Membership criteria vary for each 

society; however, members are usually 

admitted based on their superior academic 

achievements. Some of these societies are 

restricted to studenrs pursuing certain academic 

disciplines. 

The following is a list of the current 

honor societies and their respective academic 

disciplines: 

Alpha Chi - any discipline 

Alpha Epsilon Lambda - graduate 

liberal arts students 

Beta Gamma Sigma - management 

Mu Kappa Tau - marketing 

Phi Alpha Theta - history 

Phi Theta Kappa Alumni Chapter 

Pi Alpha Alpha - public 

administration 

Pi Sigma Alpha - government and 

public policy 

Psi Chi:psychology 

Sigma Iota Epsilon -managemem 

Sigma Tau Delta - English 



Tel: 410/837-5417 

Student activities and events are coordinated 

by the Cemer for Student Involvement, 

working in conjunction with the 

Student Government Association and the 

Student Events Board. 

Studem activity fees fund a variety of 

acrivities, such as: the student newspaper, 

student clubs and organizations, the leadership 

program, the UB President's 

Ambassadors, and programs planned by the 

Student Events Board. In addition, activity 

fees are used to purchase tickets to a variety 

of theater and symphony performances, 

sports events and other activities in the 

Baltimore metropolitan area for the benefit 

ofstudents. 

Student Government Association (SGA): 

The SGA includes members from the 

Graduate Business Association, the 

Graduate Liberal Arts Council, the Student 

Bar Association, and the Student Senate 

(undergraduate council). SGA members 

represent students on all standing 

University committees and work with the 

Center for Student Involvement to administer 

student activity fees. 

Clubs: There are more than 50 active 

clubs and organizations at UB. Many clubs 

on campus are closely related to an academic 

department. Examples include the 

English Club, the Psychology Club, and 

the Human Resources Management 

Association. Other special-interesr organizations, 

such as the Black Student Union, 

13

the International Students Association, the 

Gay and Lesbian Student Association, and 

the Outdors Club are open to all students. 

Student Events Board: Activities and 

events for the entire student body are 

planned and implemented by the Student 

Events Board. The board structure includes 

committees for speakers, major performances, 

and special activities. Membership is 

open to all UB students:graduate, undergraduate, 

and law; full-time and part-time. 

Athletic Club 


Tel: 410/837-5591 

The UB Athletic Club offers instructional 

and activity programs in aerobics, golf, 

Nautilus weight training, and cardiovascular 

fitness training. Intramurals are offered 

in volleyball and basketball. The Nautilus 

Center, Cardiovascular Fitness Center, racquetball 

courts, gymnasium and 

sauna/steam room are open to students, 

faculty and staff with proper UB J.D. 

Judicial Issues 

Student violation of University regulations, 

either academic or non-academic, are 

referred to the Associate Vice President for 

Student Affairs, who coordinates the judicial 

hearing process. Detailed descriptions 

of University regulations as well as judicial 

proceedings are available in the UB Student 

Policies and Procedures Guide. 

Violations of academic regulations 

include the following: cheating, plagiarism, 

falsification of data, and attempts of the 

aforementioned. 

While allegations of the University's 

Code of Conduct are being investigated 

and adjudicated, privileges such as the 

withdrawal from class without academic 

penalty and the refund of tuition and fees 

will be suspended for parties involved in 

the investigation. 

14 

ADMISSIONS 

Tel: Admissions Office 410/837-4777; 

toll-ftee, 1-877-Apply- UB 

e-mail: admissions@ubmailubalt.edu 

web: http://www.ubalt.edu 

GENERAL POLICY 

Admission to graduate study at the 

University of Baltimore is granted to any 

applicant with a baccalaureate degree from 

a regionally accredited institution whose 

academic qualifications indicate promise 

of success in graduate study. Admission to 

the University of Baltimore is determined 

without regard ro race, color, religion, 

national origin, sex, age, handicap, or 

sexual orientation. 

THE APPLICATION PROCESS 

To be considered for admission to a graduate 

program at the University of Baltimore, 

a new (first-time) applicant must submit 

application materials to: 

Office ofGraduate Admissions 

University ofBaltimore 

1420 N Charles Street 

Baltimore, Maryland 21201-5779 

The following items must be included: 

1) Graduate application form. 

2) Application Fee: a non-refundable 

application fee must accompany each 

application ($30 for new students; $15 

for readmitting students; $35 for M.S. 

Taxation applicants). Applications 

received without an application fee will 

be returned to the student. 

3) Two official copies of his/her transcript 

sent directly from all colleges or universities 

attended. The transcripts are 

required for all undergraduate or graduate 

work attempted and whether or not 

a degree was earned from an institution. 

(For students who attended the 

University of Baltimore, the Office of 

Graduate Admissions will obtain previous 

records.) Supplementary transcripts

for coursework that is in progress at the 

time of application should be submitted 

as soon as possible. 

4) Test Scores: Students applying for a 

graduate program in business (MBA or 

M.S. degrees) must submit official 

scores from the Graduate Management 

Admissions Test (GMAT). GMAT 

information may be obtained from the 

Educational Testing Service, Box 6lO3, 

Princeton, NJ 08541-6103, USA. The 

University of Baltimore reporting code 

is 58lO. (Please note: Graduate Record 

Examination (GRE) general test scores 

must be submitted by applicants to the 

Applied Psychology program, and additionally, 

some graduate programs may 

request other test scores from individual 

applicants in order to better assess their 

potential for successful graduate study. 

GRE information may be obtained 

from the Educational Testing Service, 

Box 6014, Princeton, NJ 08541-6014. 

The University of Baltimore's reporting 

code is 58lO.) 

5) Letters of Recommendation: Letters of 

recommendation are required for all 

programs, except the graduate program 

in publications design, which requires a 

portfolio. Forms are provided in the 

application packer. Generally, letters 

should be obtained from former professors 

or employers. 

6) Statement of Purpose: The statement of 

purpose should be submitted for all programs. 

A form is provided in the application 

packer. 

7) Departmental Requirements: Additional 

departmental admission requirements 

(such as interviews) are described in the 

individual program descriptions in this 

catalog. 

8) Requirements for International 

Applicants (non-U.S. citizens): 

Additional admissions requirements for 

international applicants are described 

under International Students. 

9) Requirements for Applicants for Readmission: 

Only the application form, 

residency form, and application fee are 

required. See the policy, "Readmission" 

in this section of the catalog for additional 

information. 

Application review will begin when all 

requiredforms and supporting materials are 

received. Delays in receiving the necessary 

credentials will cause delays in making a 

decision on the application. 

Applicants who do not register for the 

semester for which they have been accepted 

must file another application for admission 

for any future semester. An applicant is 

considered officially enrolled at the 

University on the date registered for class. 

Degree requirements for a particular 

student are determined by the catalog in 

effect on that date of registration. 

Additional information may be 

obtained by calling the Office of 

Graduate Admissions. 

DEADLINES 

For applications to the Merrick School of 

Business and the Gordon College of Liberal 

futs, recommended deadlines for applications 

and all supporting credentials are July 

15 for the fall semester; December 1 for the 

spring; and April 1 for the summer. 

Applications with supporting credentials 

will be considered after due dates depending 

upon space availability, strength ofcredentials, 

and sufficient processing time. 

School ofBusiness applicants: Only nondegree 

applications will be accepted rwo 

weeks prior to the first day ofclasses for a 

given semester. Non-degree status does not 

preclude application for degree status in a 

later semester. (Students applying for the 

Advantage MBA and Saturday MBA programs 

should contact the Admissions 

Office for the appropriate deacUine.) 

For students applying for a scholarship, 

the application for admission and all credentials 

must be received by March 1 for 

the falJ semester, and by November 1 for 

the spring semester. (For fall semester 

awards, completed applications received by 

15

March 1 will be considered for early 

awards.) 

For students applying for an assistantship, 

preference is given to those applying 

by April 1 ro the Merrick School of 

Business, and by May 1 for all other assistantship 

positions. 

UNCONDITIONAL STATUS 

An applicant seeking admission to a program 

as an unconditional degree candidate 

must have obtained at least a bachelor's 

degree at a regionally accredited college or 

university and have satisfactorily completed 

all additional admission requirements of 

the specific program in which he/she is 

applying. 

ACCEPTANCE PENDING 

BACHELOR'S DEGREE 

Applicants for graduate program entry may 

apply during their senior year of undergraduate 

study. Acceptance will be based on 

official transcripts that reflect all but the 

last term recorded. Applicants should submit 

their course schedule for the final 

semester with their application for 

admission. 

If the applicant is permitted to register 

prior to receipt of the final official transcript 

from a prior institution, a waiver 

form is signed that requires submission of a 

final official transcript no later than 30 

days after the beginning of the student's 

first semester as a graduate student at the 

University of Baltimore. Note: The admission 

process requires an official transcript to 

be sent by each institution attended. 

Criteria for acceptance prior to the 

award of the bachelor's degree is the same 

as noted for unconditional acceptance. 

POST·GRADUATE STUDENTS 

A student who has already earned a graduate 

degree may be accepted for course 

enrollment. In general, post-graduate applicants 

are required ro meet the same admis 

16 

sions criteria as other applicants. 

Graduate credits earned at the 

University of Baltimore subsequent to earning 

one graduate degree may be applied, as 

appropriate and approved by a program 

director, roward the requirements of a second 

graduate degree. 

READMISSION 

Graduate students who have not registered 

for more than cwo consecutive semesters 

(excluding summer sessions) must apply for 

readmission. Students must submit a new 

application for graduate admission and a 

non-refundable fee of $15. Students who 

have anended another institution since 

their last enrollment at the University of 

Baltimore should have cwo official copies of 

the transcript sent directly to the Office of 

Graduate Admissions. 

Students may be readmined to their 

graduate program if they were in good academic 

standing at the time of the last attendance 

at the University of Baltimore and 

are in good academic standing at any college 

anended since their last enrollment at 

the University. 

If approved for readmission, students 

will be required to meet the admission and 

course requirements as well as policies and 

ptocedures in effect at the time of readmission. 

See "Continuous Enrollment/Leave of 

Absence" in the Academic Policies section 


Students requesting readmission from 

academic probation and/or suspension 

should also see "Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory 

Progress" in the Academic Policies section 


Any balance due the University must be 

paid in full before an application for readmission 

will be processed. 

International students who have been 

absent for one or more semesters (excluding 

summer session) must obtain clearance 

from the International Services Office 

before re-enrolling.

VISITING STUDENTS 

Students who wish to register for courses 

and have their final grades transferred to 

count toward a degree at their home institutions 

may enroll as visiting students. 

Students apply as non-degree applicants 

and must: 

1) submit application for admission indicating 

non-degree, visiting student status 

along with a non-refundable 

appli-cation fee of $30; and, 

2) submit an authorization letter from the 

home institution outlining specific 

courses to be taken at the University of 

Baltimore and verifying good academic 

standing. 

FOREIGN TRANSCRIPTS 

The University of Baltimore does not evaluate 

foreign transcripts. Applicants who 

attended a college or university outside of 

the United States must arrange at their own 

expense to have their academic records 

evaluated on a course-by-course basis by a 

U.S. credentials evaluation service. The 

evaluation process takes a minimum of four 

weeks. Certified English translations must 

accompany transcripts in a language other 

than English. 

More information and appropriate 

forms are available in the Admissions 

Office. The University may require some 

applicants to provide additional information 

such as syllabi and course descriptions. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

PROFICIENCY POLICY 

Applicants who are non-native speakers of 

English must demonstrate a satisfactory 

level of English proficiency. A minimum 

score of 550 (213 on the computer based 

version) on the Test of English as a Foreign 

Language (TOEFL) is required of both 

degree and non-degree applicants, regardless 

ofcitizenship or visa status. Applicants 

who have a degree from an accredited college 

or university in the U.S. are exempt 

from the TOEFL requirement. TOEFL 

information may be obtained from the 

Educational Testing Service, Box 6155, 

Princeton, New Jersey 08541-6155. The 

University of Baltimore's reporting code 

is 5810. 

The University reserves the right to 

require additional English language 

instruction of any student. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

The University of Baltimore welcomes 

applications from qualified international 

students. 

Students who submit transcripts from 

an institution outside of the United States 

should refer to the section on Foreign 

Transcripts. Students who are non-native 

speakers of English should refer to the section 

on English Language Proficiency. 

Immigrant and nonimmigrant students 

residing in the United States must submit 

copies of their Green Card or visa documents 

with their application for admission. 

Students holding F-I visas must maintain 

a full course ofstudy (nine or more 

credits) in a degree program during the fall 

and spring semesters. 

In ternational applicants, particularly 

those submitting foreign academic credentials 

and those residing overseas, should 

apply well in advance of the semester for 

which they are seeking admission: June 1 

for fall, November 1 for spring, and March 

1 for summer. 

Form 1-20 (Certificate of Eligibility for 

Non immigrant F-I Student Visa Status) is 

issued to those applicants who meet all academic, 

financial support, and English language 

proficiency requirements for 

admission to a full-time degree program. 

The University of Baltimore does not 

administer an exchange visitor program 

and does not issue the Form IAP-66 

required for]-I visa students. 

International applicants must submit 

the following credentials as part of the 

application for graduate study: 

17

1) Graduate application form. 

2) Non-refundable application fee of $30; 

$35 for M.S. in Taxation. 

3) Supplemental International Applicant 

Information Sheet. 

4) Official transcripts sent directly by each 

college and university previously 

attended; and final transcript showing 

com pletion of baccalaureate degree. 

5) Course-by-course evaluation report of 

foreign transcripts, if applicable. See 

Foreign Transcripts section. 

6) Evidence of English language proficiency. 

See English Language 

Proficiency Policy section. 

7) Official scores from the Graduate 

Management Admissions Test (GMAT) 

are required for all graduate business 

applicants. GMAT information may be 

obtained from the Educational Testing 

Service, Box 6103, Princeton, NJ 08541 

6103, USA. The University of 

Baltimore's reporting code is 5810. 

81 Official scores of the graduate record 

examination (GRE) are required for all 

M.S. in Applied Psychology applicants 

and all doctoral program applicants. 

GRE information may be obtained 

from The Educational Testing Service, 

Box 6014, Princeton, NJ 08541-6014, 

USA. The University of Baltimore's 

school reporting code is 5810. 

91 Letters of recommendation, resume, letter 

of intent, portfolio and/or interview 

with ptogram director, as required by 

individual academic departments. 

10lEvidence of financial resources to cover 

tuition and living expenses in full for 

two years (F-l visa students only). 

11)Certified English translations must 

accompany all documents issued in a 

language other than English. 

International application ptocedures are 

explained in further detail in the 

University's International Student 

Admission packet. 

For more information, contact the 

International Services Office, as follows: by 

mail, University of Balrimore, 1420 N. 

18 

Charles Street, Baltimore, MD 21201; by 

phone, 410/837-4756 or toll-free, 1/877 

Apply-UB; by fax, 410/837-4793; by email, 

intladms@ubmail.ubalt.edu; or via the 

internet/worldwide web, 

http://www.ubalt.edu/sserv/iso. 

RESIDENCY CLASSIFICATION 

The Board of Regents of the University 

System of Maryland (USM) has established 

a policy regarding student residency classification 

for admission, tuition and charge 

differential. Residency classification shall 

be determined on the basis of permanent 

residency. 

Eight criteria must be met before instate 

status for admission, tuition and 

charge differential purposes can be 

assigned. These criteria are: 

1) at least 12 consecutive months of residency 

in Maryland prior to the start 

of classes; 

2) all personal property maintained in 

Maryland; 

3) Maryland income tax paid on all earned 

taxable income for 12 months; 

4) motor vehicles registered in Maryland 

in accordance with Maryland law; 

5) valid Maryland driver's license in accordance 

with Maryland law; 

6) if registered to vote, registered in 

Maryland; 

7) no public assistance from a source outside 

Maryland; and, 

8) legal ability under federal and Maryland 

law to reside permanently in Maryland. 

A copy of the full policy on in-state residency 

can be found in the Policies section 


The above policy is subject to change without 

notification. Changed policies will be 

recorded in the Admissiom Office and the 

Office ofStudent Affairs. 

Application forms for a change in residency 

classification are available in the 

Office ofStudent Affairs, Room 121, 

Charles Hall, 410/837-4755.

TRANSFER CREDIT 

The following regulations govern the 

awarding of credit for graduate work completed 

at other regionally accredited colleges 

or universities. 

1) In the Gordon College of Liberal futs, a 

maximum of 12 graduate semester credits 

may be accepted by the program 

director if the courses are relevant to the 

student's major. Students should check 

with their program director for exceptions 

ro this policy. 

2) In the Merrick School of Business, a 

maximum ofsix credits may be accepted 

(if applicable) at the 6001 700-level for a 

specific program. Such credits must be 

earned beyond the preparatory level. 

3) The student must include with [he 

transfer credit request a copy of the catalog 

covering those courses. Additional 

evidence, such as course syllabi, also 

may be submirred to support the 

request. 

4) Transfer credits wiJi be evaluated only 

for students accepted unconditionally 

and an official transcript must be provided 

as documentation. 

5) The transfer of credit after a student has 

enrolled at the University will be permirred 

only if the student applies in 

writing ro the program director for permission 

to transfer the credit prior to 

enrolling in the course. Generally, 

approval will be given for courses which 

are not offered by the University of 

Baltimore during the period of the 

student's arrendance. 

6) All transfer credits must be completed 

wi th a grade of B or higher. 

7) Grades for courses taken outside the 

University of Balrimore will not be 

applied to a student's GPA at the 

University. Only credit hours are transferable. 

After degree status has been 

granted at UB, wrirren permission of 

the dean is required to arrempt courses 

at another institution. A copy of this 

permission must be contained in the 

official student file maintained in the 

Records Office. Any courses taken at 

another institution will not be counted 

in the GPA as a repeat of a course 

already arrempted at the University of 

Balrimore. 

PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION 

Each graduate program is administered by 

a graduate program director or the chair of 

the department involved. The name of each 

program director appears with the program 

description in this catalog. 

Students enrolled in degree programs 

must meet with their advisors prior to each 

registration period for approval of course 

selection. Special, non-degree students 

must also have their course selection 

approved by the program director. 

MORE INFORMATION 

Requests for brochures and admission 

applications for graduate programs 

should be addressed to the Office of 

Graduate Admissions. Prospective 

students may also call 410/837-4777, or 

1-877-Apply-UB. 

ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Merrick School ofBusiness: 410/837-4944 

Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts: 

410/837-5353 

The University is committed to academic 

excellence and student success. Therefore, a 

professional staff of academic advisors is 

available in each of the colleges at the 

University of Baltimore. 

Students should meet with their advisor 

prior to each registration period to ensure 

they are making proper academic decisions 

and progressing toward their degrees. In 

many cases, an advisor's signature is required 

for registration clearance. It is important that 

students become familiar with their advisor 

and take advantage of their in-depth 

19

knowledge of the various academic programs 

and policies 

A srudenr should make an appoinrment 

ro see an advisor prior ro withdrawing from 

the University, even if the withdrawal is 

anricipated to be temporary. 

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ADVISING 

All new srudenrs in the Gordon College of 

Libetal Arts must meet with a graduate 

program director prior ro their first semester 

of registration. Program direcrors assist 

srudenrs in planning their academic careers 

and in selecting appropriate courses ro satisfY 

degree requiremenrs. New studenrs are 

required to have an advisor's signature on 

their registration cards before registering, as 

well as on an add/drop form if they add a 

course after registering. 

Continuing students, with some exceptions, 

can register without an advisor's signature, 

but are strongly encouraged ro meet 

with a program advisor on a regular basis. 

Those continuing students who must 

obtain advisement and a departmental 

and/or Dean's Office signature before registenng 

are: 

• probationary studenrs 

• readmitted students 

• studenrs changing their program 

• studenrs registering for an independenr 

study or inrernship 

• students requesting to take more than 

nine credits during a semester and six 

credits during a summer session. 

Students are responsible for reviewing 

careflilly the requirements for their chosen 

plan ofstudy and seeking clarification from a 

program advisor ifnecessary. An academic 

counselor also is available in the Dean's 

Office, Room 200, Academic Cenrer, ro 

provide information and clarification about 

liberal artS programs, policies, and procedures. 

20 

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADVISING 

The Associate Dean's Office in the Merrick 

School of Business provides programs and 

academic advisemenr during regular office 

and early evening hours. Departmenr 

chairs and faculty also are available ro discuss 

academic matters during their office 

hours. Srudenrs are encouraged ro contact 

departmenr secretaries for faculty and advisor 

schedules, and ro schedule appoinrments. 

Every new degree-seeking candidate 

will receive a program ofstudy prior ro registering 

for the first semester classes. 

Although the program advisor will assist 

the student in planning a program, each 

student must assume responsibility for knowing 

curriculum requirements and seeing that 

these requirements are met. 

Studenrs are advised that any deviation 

from their approved program ofstudy must 

be certified in writing by the appropriate 

dean. Readmitted studenrs should have 

their program ofstudy re-evaluated upon 

re-enrering the University. 

REGISTRATION 

Office ofRecords and Registration 

Tel: 410/837-4825 

SCHEDULE OF CLASSES 

The Schedule of Classes booklet, published 

about one week prior ro advance registration 

each semester, is the official record of 

the class offerings for that semester. It 

reflects current academic information necessary 

for srudenrs, faculty, and staff ro plan 

for the semester. 

ADVANCE REGISTRATION 

Advance registration allows degree-seeking 

students the opportunity to register for the 

next semester when the largest array of 

course sections are open. This option will 

assure students the greatest flexibility in 

scheduling their classes. UBLine, the 

University's auromated voice response sys

tern, can be used for registration during the 

advanced registration period. See the 

schedule ofclasses for detailed information. 

Degree-seeking students are urged to register 

early for the following semester. New students 

who have been officially accepted by 

the Universiry prior to the registration 

period may register after they receive 

required advisement. Registration is continuous 

from the initial date announced in 

the schedule of classes through the end of 

the advance registration period. Schedule 

adjustments, such as add/drop, may be 

done during this period according to the 

calendar established for each term. 

During advance registration, the student 

wiJi submit a class schedule and have the 

course selection confirmed. He/she wiJi be 

mailed a class schedule and a statement of 

fees at the end of the registration period. 

The registration will be comidered complete 

according to the following conditiom: 

1) payment is made in fuJI; 

2) payment arrangements have been made; 

3) the student has enough financial aid to 

cover half the full balance; 

4) the student has on file in the Business 

Office a signed and approved deferred 

payment contract; and, 

5) the student has submitted an approved 

third-parry contract by the specified 

payment deacUine. 

For any student who has not met any of 

the above criteria by the payment deadline, 

the registration may be voided and the 

student must register again during walk-in 

registration. No reinstatements will be 

made. 

WALK-IN REGISTRATION 

Walk-in registration allows students to register 

immediately prior to the beginning of 

an academic term. This is the time for students 

with voided schedules from advance 

registration to re-register. Enrollment in 

many classes is limited to space availabiliry 

in each specific course section. Non-degree 

students are assigned a specific time to register 

during walk-in registration. Consult 

the semester schedule of classes for times 

and dates. 

LATE REGISTRATION/ADD-DROP 

Late registration and final schedule adjustments 

are allowed during the first week of 

the academic term. There are additional 

required fees. This option offers a final 

opportuniry for students to attend a specific 

term. It is important to be aware that 

classes are in progress and some academic 

work may have been missed. 

REGISTRATION FOR AUDIT 

AND CHALLENGE 

Students may register to audit certain 

courses, without credit, and for challenge 

examination, with credit, at the time of 

registration with the written permission of 

the appropriate dean. There is no reduction 

in tuition and fees for a registration on the 

basis of audit or challenge. 

CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION 

The Universiry reserves the right to cancel 

any registration for which the student in 

question has not complied with appropriate 

procedures, rules and regulations, and 

the financial requirements of the 

Universiry. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

The transcript is the official record of a 

student's academic program and is released 

only upon written authorization of the 

student or by an authorized directive from 

the judicial system. 

21

ACADEMIC POLICIES 

Office ofRecords and Registration 

Tef: 410/837-4825 

PROGRAM ADVISING AND MEETING 

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 

Students are advised that any deviation 

from the approved program ofstudy must 

be certified in writing by the appropriate 

dean or dean's designee. Readmitted students 

should have their program of study 

reviewed by the dean or designee upon 

reentering the University. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

Each semester students will receive a report 

of their grades for courses taken. Any 

student whose name appears on a grade 

roster, regardless of the length of the 

student's attendance in the class, will 

receive for each course attempted one of 

the grades listed below. If, however, the 

student withdraws officially from a course 

during the first week of classes, the 

student's name will not appear on the grade 

roster, nor will the transcript show that the 

student was ever enrolled in the course. 

AJI grades are awarded solely on the 

basis of an instructor's judgment of a 

student's scholarly attainment. Only grades 

earned at the University of Baltimore or as 

part of a consortium approved by the 

appropriate program director will be 

included as part of a student's official GPA. 

The folLowing grades are used in computing 

the grade point average: 

GRADE QUALITY POINTS 

/per credir hour 

A 4.00 

A 3.67 

B+ 3.33 

B 3.00 

B 2.67 

C+ 2.33 

C 2.00 

C 1.67 

F* 0.00 

22 

* Given when the student completes the 

course, including the examination, but 

fails to meet the requirements of the 

course; or when the student does not 

complete the course requirements and 

fails to officially withdraw from the 

course by the date designated in the 

semester academic calendar; or when the 

student fails a credit-by-examination 

challenge course; or when the student 

fails a course listed in the catalog as either 

satisfactory/unsatisfactory or pass/fail. 

The folLowing grades are not computed in the 

CPA: 

GRADE QUALITY POINTS 

W o 

WA o 

PS o 

AU o 

CS o 

I o 

CRiNC o 

XC o 

W: Withdrawn ... an administrative symbol 

(not a grade) that is not computed in a 

student's grade point average. The W is 

placed on the student's transcript if the 

student withdraws from a class or classes 

after the end of the late registration period. 

WA: Withdrawn Administratively ... 

given when recommended by instructor 

and dean for poor attendance and/or other 

academic violations. This grade is not initiated 

by student. 

ps: Pass ... credit for successful completion 

?fcourses listed in catalog as pass/fail grad 

Ing. 

AU: Audit ... indicates class attendance 

only. Student auditors may not shift from 

audit status to grade status, or reverse, 

without the written permission of the 

appropriate dean, and in no case will a 

switch be made after the end of the regular 

registration period. There is no credit or 

grade awarded in this option.

cs: Continuing Studies ... given when it 

is known at the ourset of the course that 

requirements for its completion will necessarily 

extend beyond the end of the semester. 

This grade is assigned at the discretion 

of the instructor, for specifically-designated 

courses only. A petition must be filed by 

the student with the instructor and must be 

signed by both parties. The petition must 

be submitted with the grade roster to the 

registrar. 

I: Incomplete ... given when a student is 

temporarily prevented from completing 

required course work by unanticipated 

extenuating circumstances, such as illness 

or major changes in the demands of a job. 

A petition, signed by the student, the 

instructor, and the appropriate dean, must 

be filed with the instructor, who will then 

submit the petition to the registrar with the 

grade roster for the course. Note: The 1 

grade will be changed to an F if a grade 

change form is not submitted by the 

instructor to the Records Office according 

to the following schedule: If the I grade was 

earned in the Fall Semester, the grade 

change must be submitted by May 1; If the 

I grade was earned in the Spring Semester 

or the Summer Session, the grade change 

must be submitted by December 1. 

A graduating student must remove an 1 

grade within 60 calendar days after the last 

day of the his/her last semester; otherwise, 

the student's graduation application will be 

withdrawn at that time and another application 

must be submitted, and another fee 

paid for the following semester. 

CRlNC: CreditlNo Credit ... equates to 

C- or higher level competence for undergraduate 

or graduate courses. The CR 

grade means credit is granted. The NC 

grade means that no credit is granted for 

the course. The CR or NC grade will not 

be considered in calculating the GPA. 

A student enrolling in a course on a 

CRINC basis must do so at the time of registration 

and may not change status in the 

course after the add/drop period for the 

term. 

Graduate students must enroll in any 

100/400-level course as CRINC. All 

600/700-level coutses must be taken for a 

grade. The plan under which a liberal artS 

student enrolls in a SOO-level course must 

be approved by the program director. In 

the School of Business, all SOO-level courses 

must be taken for a grade. 

If a student holding a bachelor's degree 

is enrolled in an undergraduate certificate 

program and enters a master's program, or 

vice versa, the student may take the 

remainder of the certificate program on a 

CRINC basis. 

XC ... assigned for previous academic work 

which does not apply to the specific program 

in which a student is enrolled. 

PROCEDURE TO AUDIT COURSES 

While the University does not encourage 

students to attend classes on an OauditO 

basis, under special conditions and with the 

written permission of the particular program 

director, a limited number of students 

may be permitted to audit on a space available 

basis. 

Students who wish to audit courses are 

subject to all rules, procedures, and changes 

that govern students taking courses for 

credit. If a student decides to attempt a 

master's degree, the student will have to 

repeat courses taken as "audit" or take an 

equivalent number of courses as decided 

and specified by the program director. 

Students should also check the statement 

on "Continuous Enrollment Leave of 

Absence" in the Graduate Admissions section 


GRADE CHANGES 

AI! graduate semester grades become final 60 

calendar days after the last day ofthat semester 

or the summer session. Students should 

review the policy on incomplete grades 

under the preceding section on grades. 

23

to attend, and failure to do so will subject 

the student's record to a grade of F. 

ACADEMIC AND 

ADMINISTRATIVE APPEALS 

Graduate students desiring to appeal an 

academic or administrative decision should 

consult the handbook dealing with appeal 

procedures published by the Office of the 

Vice President for Student Affairs and 

Enrollment Management. This handbook 

is mailed to all students at the beginning of 

the semester, and is available in the Center 

for Student Involvement, Room 114, 

Academic Center. 

CHANGE OF GRADUATE PROGRAM 

Students desiring to change degree programs 

must complete a change of program/specialization 

form available in the 

. Records Office. In transferring credits 

and/or grades berween rwo Universiry graduate 

programs, a student, with the approval 

of the director of the new program, may: 

1) transfer no grades/credits from the previous 

program. 

2) transfer both grades and credits ofall 

courses from previous programs. 

3) transfer only credits and no grades. 

(Credits elected to be transferred must 

have carried a grade of B or better.) 

Please note: If the student changes from 

one program and/or major to another, 

his/her graduation requirements are rhose 

listed in the catalog which is current at rhe 

time he/she becomes a degree candidate in 

the new program or major. 

REPEATED COURSES 

While a student may repeat any course in 

which he/she has received a grade of C+, C, 

C-, or F (nor B- or higher), rhe srudent 

may replace one grade only. If a second 

atrempr is to replace a grade, rhe replacement 

grade will be calculated into rhe 

srudenr's grade point average (GPA), 

regardless of whether it is higher or lower 

26 

than the original grade. The grade for the 

replacement attempt will appear on the 

transcript wirhin the semester in which the 

course is repeated. 

Students repeating courses to replace 

grades do so at their risk. For example, a 

student repeating a C graded course who 

receives an F for the second attempt will 

lose the points earned for the C, and the F 

grade will be the grade that will be computed 

inro the GPA. Further, if the student 

receives a W (withdrawn) for the second 

attempt, the W will not replace the original 

grade. 

If a second attempt is meant to replace a 

grade, a student must file a repeat course 

form at the time he/she registers for the 

second attempt. Failure to obtain the dean's 

approval and file the repeat course form 

will result in both the original and repeated 

grades being computed into the GPA. 

If a student repeats a course that is not 

for replacement of a grade, then a repeat 

course form does not need to be filed. In 

such cases, the grade achieved in the original 

course, as well as the grade(s) in the retaking 

of the course, will be calculated on 

the student's GPA. Students should be 

aware that the earning of C+, C, C- or F 

grades that are computed into the GPA 

may result in their placement on probation, 

suspension, or academic dismissal. (See 

"Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory Progress" 

under the Academic Policies section.) 

C+, C, C-, and F grades earned at the 

Universiry of Baltimore must be repeated at 

the Universiry of Baltimore. Grades will 

not be changed on the basis of work taken 

elsewhere. The repeated course must be the 

original course; a substitute course will not 

be acceptable for a grade change. 

The credit value of any repeated course 

will be counted one time only at the 

Universiry of Baltimore to satisfy graduation 

requirements at the Universiry of 

Baltimore.

major during the academic years (fall 

and spring semesters) from the time of 

first enrollment until graduation. 

2) IF the student is suspended for academic 

or other deficiencies, the student must 

meet the requirements of the catalog in 

effect upon return ifadmitted as a 

degree candidate. 

3) IF the student changes from one program 

and/or major to another, the graduation 

requirements are those listed in 

the catalog that is current at the time 

the student becomes a degree candidate 

in the new program or major. 

4) If the student wishes to attend another 

institution or must drop out of the 

Universiry temporarily because of family 

problems, sickness, or other difficulties, 

the student may request in writing a 

leave of absence and permission to reenter 

under the student's original catalog 

course requirements; however, the 

student will be governed, upon return, 

according to the academic and administrative 

policies and procedures listed in 

the catalog in effect at the time of reentry. 

5) Such cases will be handled on an individual 

basis, depending on the student's 

progress up to that point, grades, the 

program, and the length of absence 

from the Universiry. If a leave of absence 

is granted, a letter of written permission 

signed by the dean must be placed in 

the student's academic folder maintained 

in the Records Office. 

APPLYING FOR GRADUATION 

It is the student's responsibiliry to apply for 

graduation, which involves filing an application 

and paying the required fee at the 

beginning of the semester in which he/she 

expects to complete requirements, according 

to the deadlines established in the 

schedule of classes for that semester. 

Students are advised to meet with their 

department chair or advisor no later than the 

beginning oftheir last semester to make sure 

their last course selections are correct. They 

28 

should resolve any outstanding problems 

prior to mid-semester, at which time copies 

of the students' records are submitted to 

the academic dean for approval/disapproval. 

All transcripts must be submitted 

and any pending grade changes or incomplete 

should be resolved and in the Records 

Office prior to mid-semester. The student's 

failure to do so could delay his/her graduation 

for an additional semester. 

Any student who does not complete 

degree requirements by the end of the 

semester for which the student has applied 

for graduation, or is not approved, must 

file another graduation application and pay 

another fee in the future semester in which 

the student plans to graduate. 

COURSE LOAD 

Full-time Status 

A full-time student is a degree candidate 

who is catrying a minimum of nine credit 

hours per semester (day or evening). A 

student wishing to carry a credit load of 

more than nine credit hours may do so 

with the written permission of the dean. 

Part-time Status 

A part-time student is a degree candidate 

who is carrying less than nine credit hours 

per semester (day or evening). Gordon 

College of Liberal Arts Special Students 

should refer to the general information section 

in the Yale Gordon College of Liberal 

Arts section of this catalog. 

l'IME LlMITA1'ION 

The student must not take longer than 

seven calendar years to complete the master's 

program at the Universiry of Baltimore 

after enrolling as a degree candidate. Credit 

hours accumulated in 600/700-level 

courses or their equivalent that are older 

than seven years shall normally not be 

applied toward the graduation requirements, 

except upon approval of the program 

director and academic dean.

THESIS AND COMPREHENSIVE OPTIONS 

Each graduate program has specific regulations 

concerning thesis or other terminal 

requirements. Degree candidates should 

refer to the graduation requirements listed 

under specific programs. 

Students writing a thesis must follow 

University regulations concerning binding 

and publication. These regulations may be 

obtained from the Langsdale Library. 

HOLIDAY CLASSES 

Graduate and undergraduate classes generally 

meet on federal and state holidays with 

the exception ofThanksgiving, Christmas, 

New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. 

Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, 

and Labor Day. Students should consult 

the academic calendar in the schedule of 

classes for an exact holiday schedule. 

INTER-INSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION 

The University System of Maryland 

(USM) Program 

It is the policy of the University System of 

Maryland (USM) to allow graduate students 

at the University of Baltimore to register 

for graduate courses at any other USM 

school. Likewise, students at other USM 

institutions may register for classes at the 

University of Baltimore. Prior approval by 

the student's academic advisor and by the 

Registrar at the student's home and host 

insritution is required. Courses taken at 

another USM institution through this program 

are counted as part of the student's 

regular program at the University of 

Baltimore, and the student pays University 

of Baltimore tuition. For full details of this 

policy, contact the Office of Records and 

Registration. 

The Maryland Institute Program 

The University of Baltimore participates in 

a student exchange program with the 

Maryland Institute College of Art. This 

program allows full-time students at the 

University to enroll in courses at the 

Institute. Prior approval by the student's 

academic advisor and the Registrar is necessary. 

Courses taken through this program 

can be counted as part of the student's regular 

program at the University, and the 

student pays University of Bal timore 

tuition. This program is not available during 

summer sessions. Further information 

may be obtained from an advisor or the 

Office of Records and Registration. 

TUITION AND FEES 

Businm Office 

Tel: 410/837-4848 

Tuition and fees at the University of 

Baltimore are subject to change at any time 

by the Board of Regents of the University 

of Maryland System when such changes are 

deemed necessary. 

The following tuition and fees apply to 

the 2001-2002 academic year. Students are 

advised to consult the schedule of classes 

booklet published every semester for additional 

information and possible changes in 

tuition and fee structures .. 

2001-2002 TUITION AND FEES 

Liberal Arts, Maryland Resident 

Tuition, per credit hour 

University Part-Time 

Per Credit Fees 

(less than 12 credits) 

Total, per credit hour 

$294.00 

$ 30.00 

$324.00 

University Part-Time Flat Fees 

(less than 12 credits) $ 60.00 

Liberal Arts, Out of State Resident 

Tuition, per credit hour $438.00 

University Part-Time 

Per Credit Fees $ 30.00 


Total, per credit hour $468.00 

29



Business, Maryland Resident 


University Parr-Time 

Per Credir Fees 



$294.00 

$ 30.00 

$324.00 



Business, Out ofState Resident 






$438.00 

$ 30.00 

$468.00 

University Parr-Time Flat Fees 


M.S. Taxation, Maryland Resident 








M.S. Taxation, Out ofState Resident 








PARKING 

$65.00 

Parking permits are available in the 

Business Office. The parking fee is 

included in the University Flat Fee; there 

will be no additional charge for a parking 

30 

permit. However, the Business Office 

requires a completed parking application. 

OTHER CHARGES AND FEES 

Application Fee: Payable at the time of 

application (not refundable) . 

Degree-seeki ng $30.00 

Re-applicants $15 .00 

M.S. Taxation $35.00 

Graduation Fee: $40.00; M.S. in Taxation, 

$50.00. Payable at the time of application 

(not refundable). This fee, and all other 

outstanding charges, must be paid before a 

degree will be conferred. 

Graduation Late Filing Fee: $10.00 payable 

ar the time of filing. 

Laboratory Fee: Variable as indicated each 

semester under each course in the schedule 

of classes, and not refundable after the last 

regularly scheduled registration date. 

Returned Check Charge: $25.00 charged for 

each returned item. 

Deferred Payment Fee: $10.00 administrative 

charge, payable at the time of registration. 

Not refundable. 

Arrearage Charge:$25.00 each month an 

account remains unbalanced when compared 

with the deferred payment schedule, 

payable on the firsr of the month following 

the charge. 

Collection Charge: 17 percent of the unpaid 

balance, assessed at the end of the semester. 

Express Tramcript Fee: $5.00 payable at the 

time of the issuance. 

Duplicate J.D. Charge: $5.00 payable at the 

time the card is iss ued.

POLICIES 

The following policies govern tuition and 

fees: 

1) If a student has not paid all bills from a 

previous semester, the student may not 

be allowed to re-enter for the current 

semester. 

2) If a student has an unpaid balance, the 

University will not issue official transcripts, 

grade reportS or any other official 

evidence of attendance or 

attainment until the balance is cleared. 

3) Candidates for graduation must pay in 

full all bills due the University before a 

degree will be conferred. 

4) All checks or money orders must be for 

the exact amount of the charges and 

made payable to the University of 

Baltimore. Post dated and two-party 

checks are not acceptable. 

5) If a check is returned unpaid by a 

student's bank, the University will 

charge the student's account $25.00 (for 

the returned check charge). A notice will 

be sent from the Business Office and the 

student will have seven days to redeem 

the check. Failing to do so will subject 

the student to disciplinary action. Any 

check returned by reason of a closed 

account will subject the student to disciplinary 

dismissal from the University. 

6) Graduate students raking undergraduate 

courses will be billed at the undergraduate 

tuition level. Undergraduate students 

raking graduate courses will be 

billed at the graduate tuition level, 

unless otherwise noted. 

CREDIT CARDS 

Arrangements have been made for use of 

Visa, Discover, and Mastercard for payment 

of tuition and fees . 

DEFERRED PAYMENT PLAN 

Normally, tuition is payable in advance for the 

semester. The University of Baltimore does 

offer a plan ofdeferred payments for students 

registering for five or more credit hours. There 

is an administrative fee of$1O.00 for handling 

the deferred payment plan. 

Fifty percent of the semester charge, 

plus the administrative fee is due at the 

time of registration. The balance of the 

semester charge is payable in two equal 

payments, due October 1 and November I 

for the fall semester, and March 1 and April 

1 for the spring semester. This plan is not 

offered during summer terms. 

Since credits and refunds are based upon 

the full charges for the semester and not 

upon the amount paid under the deferred 

payment plan, there is no advantage in the 

use of deferred payments except in cases of 

necessity. 

TUITION CREDIT AND/OR 

REFUND FOR WITHDRAWAL 

When a student withdraws from a course 

or courses or from the University, the 

student is required to file a written notice 

of withdrawal with the Office of Records 

and Registration before being entitled ro 

any credit or refund of tuition. 

Discontinued attendance, notification to 

the instructor or any other office will not 

constitute an official withdrawal. 

In aff cases, respomibility for official withdrawal 

rests with the student. The computation 

of such credits or refunds will be based 

upon the date of filing of the formal notice 

of withdrawal, and not on the date when 

the student stopped attending class(es). 

Further information concerning the computation 

of the refund may be obtained by 

contacting the Business Office, 410/837 

4848. 

When a student officially withdraws 

prior to the beginning or completion of a 

semester, the financial obligation is computed 

on the basis of the following schedule 

which is specified by the Board of 

Regents of the University System of 

Maryland. 

Fees are not refundable after the end of 

the walk-in registration period. 

Any student dismissed by the University 

for disciplinary reasons shall not be entitled 

31

Verification 

Federal regulations require that a percentage 

of applicants have their information 

verified. Students who are selected will be 

notified to supply documents such as tax 

returns and W-2 form. All applicants must 

be sure to have copies ofall information 

they used to complete their application in 

case it is requested. 

APPLICATION PROCESS 

Students enrolled in special programs, i.e., 

the Advanrage MBA (AMBA) and weekend 

enrollment programs should contact the 

Financial Aid Office for additional instructions. 

AWARD PROCESS 

The financial aid administrator first reviews 

the need-analysis information supplied by 

the student on the financial aid application 

(FAFSA) which measures how much the 

student and/or the family is expected to 

contribute toward the cost of the student's 

education. 

SAMPLE STUDENT BUDGET 

Expenses Self-supporting 

Tuition* $ 5,592 

Books 730 

Room and Board 11,110 

Total $ 17,432 

*Tuition is calculated on the basis ofnine 

credits, which equals foil-time enrollment for 

graduate study. 

Students cannot be awarded more than 

their determined financial budget. 

Financial need is the difference between the 

student's cost of education (budget) minus 

the expected family contribution. 

The financial aid administrator will 

then award funds to the student based on 

the bottom line financial need figure. 

Awards are OpackagedO in a combination 

of loans, grants, scholarships, and work. 

Because funds are limited, students are 

encouraged to apply early for consideration. 

In limited cases, students may request a 

budget adjustment. Generally, budgets are 

adjusted for dependent care expenses 

required in order for a student to attend 

school, or for expenses incurred due to a 

disabiliry not covered by some other 

agency. Documentation of these expenses 

must be submitted to the financial aid 

office with a letter requesting a budget 

adjustment. Budgets are not adjusted to 

accommodate relocation expenses. 

SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS 

Federal regulations require that all students 

receiving federal financial assistance from 

the Title IV financial aid programs (Federal 

College Work Study, Federal Perkins Loan, 

and Federal Family Educational Loans) 

must be making satisfactory progress 

toward a degree or certificate in order to 

continue receiving financial aid. Students 

who must enroll in undergraduate or noncredit 

courses must submit proof that the 

class is required for the degree program in 

order for that course to be counted toward 

financial aid eligibiliry. In addition, entollment 

in only undergraduate courses generally 

will not be considered graduate study. 

Students who are required to enroll in 

undergraduate course work as a prerequisite 

to graduate admission may only receive 

Stafford Loans at the undergraduate award 

level ($6,625). 

The satisfactory academic progress standards 

for the Universiry differ from the satisfactory 

academic progress policy used to 

receive financial assistance. Students must 

maintain a minimum GPA each semester 

in order to retain financial aid eligibiliry. 

In addition, financial aid recipients are 

required to complete their program of 

study within a maximum time frame to 

remain eligible for financial assistance. 

Students registering for less than six credit 

hours are ineligible for financial assistance. 

33

Enrolling for classes and withdrawing after 

the drop/add period will affect your completion 

rate adversely. 

The Financial Aid Office evaluates 

financial aid recipients for satisfactory 

ptogress at the end of each semester and at 

the end of each academic year. 

Students suspended from the University 

are ineligible for financial assistance. 

Students academically dismissed from their 

ptogram who enroll in a new degree program 

will be ineligible for financial aid the 

first semester of their new program. 

Students must meet minimum GPA 

requirements by the end of the semester for 

financial aid reconsideration. 

SA'I'ISFACTORY PROGRESS STANDARDS 

Students must successfully complete a 

required percentage of credits attempted 

and attain a minimum GPA within a specified 

time frame. 

Courses completed with grades ofA, B, 

C, PS,CS, and CR are counted as successfully 

completed. Courses completed with 

grades ofF, W, WA, I, and NC are not considered 

as successfully completed, but they 

are counted as credits attempted. 

PROGRAM TIME FRAMES 

Students must successfully complete a 

required percentage of credits attempted 

and attain a minimum GPA at the end of 

each semester. Summer sessions will not be 

included as additional semesters but any 

earned credits will be added to the yearly 

total. Failure to achieve these minimum 

standards will result in a loss of financial 

aid eligibility until the minimum requirements 

are met. 

Students whose program ofstudy 

requires longer than the time frame established 

will be evaluated on an individual 

basis to determine continued eligibility. 

Students who continue at the University 

and move from an undergraduate to a graduate 

or law degree program will begin the 

34 

new time frame established for that program. 

GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Full- and part-time students must complete 

65 percent of the first 11 credits attempted 

and 75 percent of the remaining credits 

attempted. A minimum GPA of 3.0 is 

required in order to receive financial aid. 

Academic Status Max. Time Frame* 

Full-time 3 years 

Part-time 4 1/2 years 

*For financial eligibility. 

DROPPING ACLASS OR 

WITHDRAWING FROM SCHOOL 

A reduction in course load could affect current 

and future financial aid eligibility. 

Students should speak to a financial aid 

counselor before dropping any classes. 

Further information regarding this topic is 

available in the Guide to Financial Aid. 

REFUNDS AND REPAYMENTS 

Refunds: Depending on when a student 

withdraws, a tuition refund may be available. 

Any such refund must be used to 

repay the student's awards in the following 

order: Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, 

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan, Federal 

Perkins Loan, State Student Incentive 

Grant, other aid. The student is responsible 

for paying any outstanding charges not 

covered by financial aid or other resources. 

Repayments: If a student receives financial 

aid to assist with living expenses and subsequently 

withdraws, a calculation is performed 

to determine if any aid must be 

repaid. This is based on the amount of aid 

disbursed and the number ofweeks 

attended.

APPEAL PROCESS 

Students with mitigating circumstances 

who are not meeting the satisfactory 

progress requirements may have their 

record reevaluated to determine continued 

eligibility. In general, students may appeal 

financial aid decisions in the following categories: 

1) fmancial difficulties that may require a 

revision of the financial aid application; 

or 

2) academic difficulties that result from illness, 

separation/ divorce, or workrelated 

problems. 

Students may appeal a financial aid 

decision (in writing) to the director of 

student financial aid. Ifan appeal results in 

the waiver of satisfactory academic progress 

standards, the student may be placed on 

financial aid probation for a minimum of 

one academic semester. Failure to meet the 

conditions of the probation will result in 

suspension from participation in the financial 

aid programs. 

The need for more than one waiver of 

academic progress generally indicates a serious 

problem. Such cases will be reviewed in 

consultation with the director and associate 

director of financial aid and the appropriate 

academic advisor. 

FINANCIAL AID PROBATION 

Students whose GPA is below the minimum 

required for graduation, but above 

the minimum GPA as specified above will 

be placed on financial aid probation. 

Students who are placed on financial aid 

probation will be notified in writing of 

their status. 

Readmitted students who were suspended 

from the University for academic 

reasons will be ineligible for financial aid 

upon re-enrolling. The student must meet 

the minimum GPA requirements as indicated 

above before reconsideration of 

financial assistance is given. 

FINANCIAL AID SUSPENSIDN 

Students who do not accumulate the 

required percentage ofcredits and required 

GPA will be suspended from receiving 

additional financial aid. 

Continuing students who are dismissed 

from an academic division and enroll in 

another will be suspended from fmancial 

aid eligibility for one semester. The student 

must successfully complete the first semester 

of the new program as described above 

for GPA requirements before reevaluation 

for financial assistance is given. In addition, 

the student's time frame will not be 

adjusted if additional charges are required 

as a result of the program change. 

Continuing students who are dismissed 

from one program within a division and reenroll 

in another will follow the same criteria 

as stated for continuing students who 

are dismissed from an academic division. 

STUDY AT OTHER INSTIl'UTIONSI 

STUDY ABROAD 

Courses to be taken at another institut.ion 

which will apply toward the student's UB 

degree will count toward financial aid eligibility. 

Students contemplating enrolling for 

one or more courses at another school 

should make an appointment with a financial 

aid counselor well in advance of 

enrolling at the other school. The student 

must provide proof of the UB advisor's permission 

to take the course(s). A consortium 

agreement between the two institutions 

may be required. 

The costs of such study will be included 

in the student's budget when determining 

the amounts ofaid for which a student is 

eligible. It is the student's responsibility to 

meet payment obligations at the host 

school if financial aid is not in place at the 

University of Baltimore, and to notify our 

financial aid office if there is a change in 

his/her enrollment at the host school. 

35

LOANS 

Loans are a major source of funding for 

students pursuing a graduate degree. The 

following loan programs are available: 

Federal Perkins Loan 

(Formerly National Direct Student Loan) 

The Federal Perkins Loan is a long term, 

low-interest loan at 5 percent. Applicants 

must demonstrate financial need and carry 

at least six credits (half-time). For borrowers 

receiving a Perkins Loan for the first 

time after July 1, 1987, repayment begins 

nine months after a student graduates or 

ceases to be enrolled at least half-time. For 

a borrower who has an outstanding balance 

on a loan received prior to July 1, 1987, 

repayment begins six months after the borrower 

graduates or ceases to be enrolled at 

least half-time. All repayment periods are a 

maximum of 10 years. 

Federal Stafford Loan Programs 

A separate application is required (available 

ftom the FAO or participating lenders). 

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans are 

based on need. Unsubsidized Federal 

Stafford Loans are for those students who 

do not qualify for, or are ineligible for, the 

full amount of the Subsidized Federal 

Stafford Loan. Independent and 

graduate/professional students may be eligible 

for additional unsubsidized Stafford 

Loan funds ($5,000 and $ 10,000, respectively.) 

A student's e1igibiliry for the Subsidized 

Federal Stafford Loan must be determined 

before receiving an unsubsidized Federal 

Stafford Loan. For the Subsidized Federal 

Stafford Loan funds, the student accrues no 

interest nor owes any payments while 

enrolled at least half-time; thereafter, a sixmonth 

grace period is allowed . The terms 

for the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan are the 

same as the Subsidized Federal Stafford 

Loan, except borrowers are responsible for 

the interest that accrues during in-school, 

grace, deferment and repayment periods. 

Interest payments can be made monthly, 

36 

quarterly or automatically capitalized 

(added to the loan principal). 

Note: Halftime attendance is requiredfor 

both Subsidized and Unsubsidized Feckral 

Stafford Loan programs. 

Tuition Loan Program (MBA) 

MBA Loans make available the Federal 

Stafford (subsidized/unsubsidized) loans as 

described above. In addition, the program 

offers a private loan known as the Tuition 

Loan Program (TLP)"" based on educational 

costs. The maximum amount per 

year is $15,000. Interest rates vary based on 

the 91-dayT-Bili plus three percent. 

Laurence Short Emergency 

Loan Program 

The Laurence Short Emergency Loan 

Program was established through an 

endowment from the family of alumnus 

Dr. Ali Alemi. To cover temporary financial 

needs, modest loans are available to qualified 

foreign students holding F-l visa status 

enrolled in degree or certificate programs. 

Contact the International Services Office 

for applications and information. 

ACG Emergency Loan Fund 

The ACG Student Emergency Loan Fund 

was established with a grant from the 

Association for Corporate Growth to assist 

students in meeting emergency financial 

obligations that may threaten their continued 

enrollment at the Universiry. Students 

must meet certain criteria for e1igibiliry. 

Maximum loan is $500. Applications are 

available in the Business Office. 

Loan Consolidation 

Loan consolidation offers the student borrower 

the opportuniry to combine student 

loan debts into one single loan. These loans 

must total $7,500 or more and must be in 

a grace period or repayment status. 

Consolidation allows a lower monthly payment 

and repayment is extended from 12 

to 30 years, depending on the loan 

amount. The trade-off is a potentially

higher interest rate. This program now permits 

married couples, parents with PLUS 

loans, and delinquent and defaulted borrowers 

to consolidate their eligible educationalloans. 

In addition, borrowers will 

have up to six months to add any additionalloans 

to their consolidation. Contact 

the Financial Aid Office or a participating 

student loan lender for more information. 

GRANTS, FELLOWSHIPS 

AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

Grants and scholarship funding is provided 

through outside donor agencies and institutional 

sources. These programs include: 

Diversity Grants for Graduate Study 

(Formerly Other Race Grants) 

Maryland residents enrolled in degree program 

at UB are eligible to apply for the 

Diversity Grant. Preference is given to first 

time, full-time students who demonstrate 

financial need or have no source of tuition 

reimbursement, and possess unique attributes, 

characteristics, and abilities which 

would add to the diversity of the graduate 

student population. Consideration is also 

given to students who major in an academic 

discipline experiencing a shortage of 

qualified professionals in Maryland, or who 

demonstrate an ability to overcome personal 

obstacles in the pursuit of higher education. 

An essay may be required. 

William Donald Schaefer Center for 

Public Policy Fellowships 

The Schaefer Center awards a limited number 

of fellowships each year to full-time 

graduate students pursuing degrees in public 

policy fields. Schaefer Fellows are 

involved in research projects of the Schaefer 

Center and have the opportunity to serve 

in internships in local and state government 

as part of their degree programs. 

Interested students from either the Gordon 

College of Liberal Arts or the Merrick 

School of Business should direct inquiries 

to the director of the Schaefer Center. 

State Scholarships 

These scholarships are for Maryland residents 

only. Interested students may contact 

either the Maryland State Scholarship 

Administration (MSSA) or the FAO for 

further information. Most scholarships 

require the FASFA. 

Graduate Foundation Scholarships 

Applications for graduate scholarships are 

avai lable in the Admissions Office unless 

otherwise noted. Deadlines are March 1 for 

the fal l semester and November 1 for the 

spring semester. 

The University of Baltimore 

Educational Foundation makes scholarships 

available to new full-time (nine credits 

or more) and part-time (at least six 

credits) graduate students. Awards range 

from $1000 per semester if enrolled for 12 

or mOre credits; $750 for 9- 11 credits; and 

$500 for 6-8 credits. 

Eastern Shore Scholarship 

Annual Scholarship award of $2,000 for 

residents of the Eastern Shore. 

Nominations are made by the University of 

Baltimore Alumni Association-Eastern 

Shore chapter. Applications may be 

obtained from the Financial Aid Office. 

Follett Bookstore Scholarship 

One semester book vouchers of $300 for 

continuing students with University of 

Baltimore minimum GPA of 3.0 enrolled 

for six credits or more and demonstrating 

financial need. Preference will be given to 

students not receiving financial aid through 

the University, an employer or any other 

external agent. (Separate application, available 

through Admissions Office, required.) 

Dr. and Mrs. George Lassen 

Memorial Scholarship Fund 

The Division of Applied Psychology and 

Quantitative Methods awards an annual 

scholarship to an outstanding graduate 

student specializing in counseling. Contact 

37

Internships/Cooperative Education 

(Co-op) 

Co-op provides salaried pre-professional 

work experience directly tailored to studies 

at the Universiry of Baltimore. For information, 

see "Cooperative Education" under 

Student and Academic Services. 

OTHER PROGRAMS 

Veterans Certification 

The Financial Aid Office is responsible for 

all veteran certifications and will assist all 

veterans in obtaining VA benefits and services, 

including paid tutorial assistance for 

eligible veterans. 

Veterans MUST inform the Financial 

Aid Office of their course load and complete 

the necessary forms prior to each 

semester. Veterans also MUST immediately 

inform the office of any subsequent 

changes in their course load. All veteran's 

grades will be monitored to determine 

whether satisfactory progress has been 

achieved. Veterans failing to exhibit satisfactory 

progress will be placed on probation 

and/or have their benefits suspended. 

Veterans Service Award 

The Veterans Service Award was established 

through a contribution from the UB 

Veteran's Club. A cash award will be made 

in each semester to a student veteran who 

has made past contributions in areas that 

concern veterans. Contact the Financial 

Aid Office for additional information. 

R.O.T.e. Program 

The R.O.T.C Program at the Universiry of 

Baltimore is hosted by the Instructor 

Group at The Johns Hopkins Universiry. 

R.O.T.C is a nationwide program providing 

training in military science leading to a 

commission as an officer in the Army. 

Courses vary from soldier skills and adventure 

training to American military history. 

Many students qualifY for this advanced 

level through prior military service (veterans), 

training with the U.S. Army Reserve 

or National Guard, or through attending 

R.O.T.C basic camp the summer prior to 

entering the Universiry of Baltimore. 

R.O.T.C cadets experience a challenging 

learning environment geared to management 

and leadership. 

Honorably discharged veterans may 

qualifY for the ROTC Simultaneous 

Membership Program and ROTC scholarship 

awards. The award amount varies and 

may cover tuition, books, and a stipend. 

For general information about the 

R.O.T.C Program, contact the Universiry 

of Baltimore Financial Aid Office or the 

R.O.T.C Department at Johns Hopkins 

Universiry, 410/516-7474. 

39

ROBERT G. MERRICK SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 

Dr. John D. Hatfield, Dean 

Dr. Daniel A. Gerlowski, Associate Dean 

Graduate Advising Center, 410/837-4944 

MISSION 

The Merrick School of Business is committed to creating and disseminating the best 

applied business knowledge to career-minded adult learners. Our programs deliver high 

quality, practical learning experiences in a variety of innovative ways, always adding value. 

Our stakeholders benefit from our teaching excellence, intellectual contributions, and 

dedication to serving our students, communities, institutions, and professions. 

Merrick School students benefit from a wide variety of course offerings, class schedules, 

and modes of delivery; diversity in our student body; and above all , high quality teaching. 

The School serves students from throughout the world, and the international scope of our 

academic programs adds a distinctive global context, preparing Merrick graduates for successfUl 

careers in the world marketplace. 

Merrick School alumni are linked strongly to the School through guest presentations to 

classes, service as mentors, involvement in the Alumni Association, membership on the 

Merrick Advisory Board, appearances in periodic publications, and participation in special 

alumni events. Certain alumni contribute their expertise back to the school by serving as 

instructors. 

Merrick faculty actively work in the business community. The business community 

contributes to the Merrick School through Executives in Residence, who help ensure practical 

applications of the School's intellectual capital; through Merrick Advisory Board 

teams that provide advice and contribute to School initiatives; and through its general 

support of important School projects. 

ORGANIZATION 

The Office of the Dean is responsible for the administration of the Merrick School of 

Business, for maintaining relationships with the business community, and for student and 

academic advising. 

STUDENTS 

More than 2,000 studen ts are enrolled in programs in the Merrick School of Business, 

with almost 900 in the graduate program. The average age of graduate students is 33. 

More than 80 percent of students work fULl - or part-time. Because of the level of maturity 

and professional experience ofstudents, the interchange of ideas in the classroom is lively 

and highly informative. 

FACULTY 

Merrick School faculty bring to the classroom exceptional professional and academic credentials. 

Ninety-five percent of Merrick School faculty possesses the doctorate or other 

terminal degree in their fields. In addition, Merrick School faculty members average more 

than five years of professional work experience with business, government, or nonprofit 

40

organiz.ations. Professors combine a dedication to teaching with significant research, professional 

and community service activities. 

FACILITIES 

The Merrick School is located in the William H . Thumel Sr. Business Center at Charles 

Street and Mount Royal Avenue on the University of Baltimore Campus. This six-story 

building contains 30 classrooms, of which 26 smarr rooms feature state-of-the-art display 

capabilities and Internet access; a 200-seat auditorium with simultaneous translation capability; 

catering and meeting facilities; two student lounges; offices for the Merrick School 

faculty and administration; and an 85-workstation computer lab for student use. 

RESOURCE CENTERS 

The Center for Technology Commercialization (UB-CTC) 

The Center for Technology CommercialiLation trains students and professionals in the 

artS ofentrepreneurship, technology transfer, and high-tech commercialiLation. UB-CTC 

works with researchers, inventors, and businesses on actual technologies. These hands-on 

projects are seen as coursework opportunities not only for UB students bur for those 

attending other University System of Maryland colleges and universities. The Center also 

conducts commercialiLation projects as well as research and studies in commercialiLation 

and technology transfer. 

The Jacob France Center 

The Jacob France Center was established in 1989. Three research programs -The 

Maryland Business Research Partnership, the Regional Employment Dynamics Program, 

and the International Program - fulfill the Center's responsibility to conduct research 

that meets the needs of the Merrick School's regional business and government constituents. 

Research opportunities for fuji-time graduate students are available through each 

of these programs on a competitive basis. 

The Information Systems Resource Center (ISRC) 

ISRC supports faculty and student research in the broad area of management information 

systems and serves as a link ro information systems professionals in the Baltimore 

business community. A Group-Support Laboratory, Multimedia Facility, Graphics 

Presentation Workstation, and numerous facilities to support research are available to UB 

faculty and students on a regular basis. Cooperative research programs with area business 

and government organiLations are continually in progress. The Center also conducts 

research to improve the quality and effectiveness of computer resources available to faculty 

and students. 

GRADUATE STUDIES IN THE MERRICK SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 

The objectives of all Merrick School graduate programs are: to provide students with the 

appropriate knowledge, professional competencies and flexibility to enhance entry into the 

job market; and to prepare students for meaningful advancement opportunities. 

The Merrick School offers its Professional MBA program with ten areas of specialiLation; 

Master ofScience degree programs in Accounting and Taxation; and a Master of 

Science in Business with specialiLations in Management Information Systems, Finance 

41

and Marketing and Venturing. Additionally, certificate programs are available in Graduate 

Business (general) and Technology Commercialization. All programs are accredited by The 

Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business - International (AACSB 

International), the professional accreditation body for business schools. 

Curricula development is a continuous process in the Merrick Schoo!. Following a 

major revision in 1994, new courses, specializations and degree programs have been added 

in response to the changing demands of the workplace. These changes are consistent with 

the revised accreditation requirements ofAACSB - International (www.aacsb.edu) 

Please note: General information on applying to graduate business programs appears in 

the following pages and should be read by all graduate business students. 

MASUR'S PROGRAMS 

• Master of Business Administration (MBA) 

Speciaiizatiom in: Decision Technologies; E-Commerce; Entrepreneurship; Finance; 

Health Care Management; Human Resource Management; International Business 

Management Information Systems; Marketing; and Service and Manufacturing 

Operations. 

The Professional MBA is available in five tracks - FLEX Advantage, Saturday, Web 

and Custom. The part-time FLEX track offers students the option of attending evening 

classes on a regular 1S-week semester schedule. A degree may be completed in as little as a 

year of intensive study in the Advantage track. In the Saturday track, classes are offered 

exclusively on Saturdays with the MBA awarded within two years. 

Students needing to mix and match from the Advantage, Saturday, and WebMBA 

tracks can possibly do coursework within the FLEX track to create their own Custom track. 

Not all specializations are available in all tracks; however, all are available within the FLEX 

track. 

• Master of Science (M.S.) in Business 

Speciaiizatiom in: Finance, Management Information Systems, and Marketing and 

Venturing 

• M.S. in Accounting 

• M.S. in Taxation 

JOINT PROGRAMS 

• MBAlJ.D. (with University of Baltimore School of Law and University of Maryland 

Law School) 

• MBA/M.S. in Nursing (with University of Maryland School of Nursing) 

• MBAlPh.D. in Nursing (with University of Maryland School of Nursing) 

• MBAlPharm.D. (with University of Maryland School of Pharmacy) 

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS 

• Graduate Business Certificate 

• Certificate in Technology Commercialization (with University of Maryland 

Baltimore County) 

42

EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES OF MERRICK GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Upon graduation.from the graduate business program, each student should be able to: 

1) Demonstrate proficiency with the basic vocabulary, concepts and tools of accounting, 

economics, finance, management, marketing, production and operations management, 

information systems, statistics and decision science. 

2) Demonstrate an understanding of the perspectives that form the context of demographic 

diversity in organizations. 

3) Demonstrate proficiency in oral communication, including listening, persuading and 

negotiating. 

4) Demonstrate proficiency in written communication, including organization, research, 

and clear, concise writing. 

5) DemonStrate team skills, including leadership, delegation, planning and creativity. 

6) Demonstrate problem-solving ability, including defining the problem, creatively identifying 

solutions and selecting the best alternative. 

7) Demonstrate a current best practices capability in the use of information technology 

applied to the processes of business and in the use of communicating information 

effectively in all aspects of business operations. 

8) Demonstrate global awareness, including a knowledge ofother cultures and an international 

point of view. 

9) Demonstrate an ability to effectively use Internet resources including a background 

from which to understand the implications of an evolving Internet on commerce. 

ACCEPTANCE FOR DEGREE PROGRAM ENTRY 

Applicants are responsible for presenting the following information for consideration for 

admission: 

1) formal application submitted to the Admissions Office with the appropriate application 

fee 

2) two official copies of transcriprs from all institutions attended submitted to the 

Admissions Office 

3) Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) score (details offered below) ; or, an 

alternative test score routinely used for entry to graduate programs; or evidence of an 

earned doctorate from any accredited university or college 

4) Two letters of recommendation testifying to the abilities of the applicant to successfully 

complete a graduate business program and indicate what contributions the applicant 

can make to the University and its programs 

5) Resume 

6) Letter ofIntent (a statement by the student explaining reasons for pursuing a master's 

degree and how the student feels helshe will contribute to the graduate program) 

Note: Applicants for non-degree status need only submit their application, transcript 

and resume. 

Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) 

The GMAT is required of all graduate students other than those who apply as non-degree 

or visiting students. Applicants are urged ro take the GMAT early, well in advance of making 

their application for program entry. The GMAT is administered as a Computer 

Adaptive Test (CAT) throughout North America and many other pans of the world by the 

Educational Testing Service, Box 6103, Princeton, New Jersey 08541-6103, gmat@ets.org, 

609/771-7330. 

43

Information booklets may be obtained from the Educational Testing Service directly or 

from the Graduate Admissions Office, University of Baltimore, 

admissions@ubmail. ubalt. edu, 410/837-4777. 

Admissions Criteria 

An applicant eligible for consideration is not guaranteed an offer ofadmission. It must be 

recognized that staff, facilities , and resources are limited. This means that the number of 

eligible applicants who can be adequately served must be determined. As a result, offers of 

admission may be limited to only the most qualified of the eligible applicants. 

The Graduate Admissions Committee considers variables such as the following: the 

applicant's undergraduate GPA; the difficulty of the applicant's undergraduate program; 

the percentile ranking on the GMAT; the length of time and the number of activities since 

graduation and work experience. 

POST GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Post-Graduate Student Status 

A student who has already earned an MBA or other business-related master's or doctorate 

may be accepted for course enrollment. The student must arrange for an official transcript, 

showing the award of the graduate degree, to be forwarded by his/her previous university 

to the Graduate Admissions Office. 

Second Master's Degree 

For a student who has already obtained one master's degree from the Merrick School of 

Business, it is possible to pursue another advanced degree in the school provided that: 

1) no second MBA degree is to be obtained; 

2) the degree sought is not in the same functional discipline; 

3) only one M.S. in Business, in either MIS,u or Finance is earned; and, 

4) alter meeting core requirements, a minimum of 21 new credits are earned for the second 

degree. 

TRANSFER CREDIT AND WAIVER OPTIONS 

The following qualifications govern the waiver of core requirements: 

1) The undergraduate equivalent must have grades of B or higher and have been completed 

in a degree earned within the past five years. 

2) No remedial courses are considered. 

3) Advanced placement courses will be given consideration. 

4) Any graduate courses considered for the transfer must have grades of B, or higher. All 

courses must be completed within the seven-year time period allowed for degree completion. 

A maximum of six graduate credits may be transferred from previous study at 

another AACSB-accredited university, to satisfy credits beyond the core. 

ADMISSION OF THE SPECIAL NON-DEGREE STUDENT 

Non-degree students are limited to taking six graduate credits. Non-degree status students 

must satisfy degree program eligibility requirements except for the GMAT; fulfill degree 

program admission standards and procedures; meet University deadlines; pay regular graduate 

fees; and maintain degree-program performance standards. The number ofspecial, 

44

non-degree students admitted each semester is restricted. Students who have been denied 

admission as degree candidates to the Merrick School will not be admirred as non-degree 

students. 

VISITING STUDENTS 

A student who has matriculated into a graduate or professional studies program at another 

regionally recognized university and who is in good standing may be accepted for course 

enrolJment on a space-available basis. Visitors from other universities must file an application 

as a visiting student. A letter of introduction from his/her program director, citing the 

foregoing conditions, is required in lieu of meeting other GMAT or transcript requirements. 

This lerrer should state what courses are being approved by the student's home 

institurion. 

Any student from the Gordon College of Liberal Arrs or the School of Law will be permined 

to enroll in graduare business courses with wrirren permission from his/her program 

advisor/ director. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

All candidares for graduarion must meer the specific requirements for their programs of 

study, comply with the academic policies of rhe University of Baltimore, and file for graduarion 

no larer than the beginning of their lasr semesrer (date specified in the course 

schedule). 

ACADEMIC POLICY REGARDING F'S 

A graduate business student who fails the same course twice or fails two different courses 

ar least once will be placed on academic probarion. Probarion is auto rna ric and no notice is 

sent. A student whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.0, after having completed 

ar least 6 credirs, is automarically on probarion. Students on probarion have six more credits 

to raise rheir average to 3.0. Failure to do so will result in suspension. 

Srudents will only be allowed to regisrer to repear a maximum ofone course in the program. 

GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Graduate assisrantships are available in each academic area in the Merrick School, as well 

as in the Dean's Office and Merrick Advising Center. Addirional informarion may be 

found in rhe Financial Assistance secrion of this caralog. 

RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS 

A selecr number of graduare students are hired each semesrer to provide research assisrance 

for faculty members. Srudents are hired on a salary basis and are required to work 10-20 

hours per week. Applications are found in the back of the application bookler for graduate 

admission. 

45

GRADUATE BUSINESS ASSOCIATION 

This student organization helps orient graduate students, arranges special seminars and 

lectures, promotes social affairs and maintains a framework for faculty-student interaction. 

ACCELERATED BUSINESS PROGRAMS 

Undergraduate students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity may fulfill 

the combined requirements of the Merrick School's bachelor's and master's degrees. 

These accelerated programs require a minimum of 144 credits. A maximum of six graduate 

credits, completed at the undergraduate level, may be applied simultaneously to the 

requirements for the baccalaureate and graduate degrees. Those interested should discuss 

their proposals with the appropriate academic advisor. 

To be eligible for admission to the accelerated program, students must have a cumulative 

3.5 GPA in their undergraduate course work and a 3.0 GPA in their graduate courses. 

Students transferring from four-year colleges and universities may apply a maximum of90 

credits toward graduation in these accelerated programs at the University of Baltimore. 

To be admitted to the program, students need the approval of the Associate Dean and 

must apply prior to beginning the last 30 credits of their undergraduate degrees. 

Moreover, students must secure approval for admission as special students in the appropriate 

graduate program and pay the applicable fees. Graduate tuition fees will be charged for 

up to six graduate credits applicable to the bachelor's and master's degrees. To be admitted 

to the graduate program unconditionally, a student must take the Graduate Management 

Admission Test (GMAT) and supply other required information. 

The Associate Dean will select the appropriate graduate courses and undergraduate 

electives for each student at the time of admission to the accelerated Bachelor's/Master's 

Program. These courses may not include independent study or research, directed study, 

thesis, internship or practicum courses. The undergraduate specialization will be individually 

tailored for the student to include the six hours of graduate work. Changes in the program 

of study will require approval of the Associate Dean. 

Students must be in continuous enrollment at the University of Baltimore for this 

agreement to remain in effect. Those who fail to maintain the eligibility requirements will 

be dropped from the accelerated program. Applicability (if any) of graduate courses to the 

undergraduate degree will be determined on an individual basis. Students should be aware 

that graduate courses applied to both undergraduate and graduate degrees at the 

University may not transfer as graduate credits to another institution. 

Applications for unconditional admission and payment of applicable fees to the graduate 

program must be made during the semester immediately prior to the completion of the 

credits in the bachelor's program. Admission to the graduate program will be effective the 

semester after completing the credits required for the bachelor's degree. 

46

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, MBA 

In today's dynamic marketplace, successful managers must be innovative and entrepreneurial, 

combining a general knowledge of business functions with specific skills in their 

area of responsibility. The Merrick School's Professional Master of Business 

Administration Program was developed to provide students with this expertise. 

In order to develop students' broad managerial skills, the Profess ional MBA curriculum 

includes a core ofseven basic business courses and 18 credits in cross-functional courses. 

Twelve credits ofelectives give depth to the program. Students may select four electives to 

meet their specific career goals or choose from among the following ten specialization 

groupings: decision technologies; e-commerce, entrepreneurship; finance; health care 

management; human resource management; international business; management information 

systems; marketing; and service and manufacturing operations. 

BASIC SKILLS RECOMMENDED FOR INCOMING MBA STUDENTS 

In addition to meeting the academic standards for admission, MBA students should bring 

to graduate business studies the following skills to ensure success in the program: 

• Quantitative skills: knowledge ofalgebra and basic calculus 

• Verbal skills: The ability to collect relevant information, organize thoughts and communicate 

them dearly 

• Computer skills: Competence in word processing, spread sheets, presentation software 

and Internet usage 

Students may obtain or enhance these skills before admission or early in their programs 

ofstudy by utilizing the many programs, courses and training sessions offered by the 

University. 

PROGRAMS AND FOCUS 

The hallmark of the Professional MBA at the Merrick School is flexibility in delivering 

high-quality educational experiences. T here are five tracks leading to the MBA. The Flex 

MBA track, a conventional IS-week semester evening program; the Advantage MBA track, 

which is a full-time, one-year, fast-track option; the Saturday MBA track, a convenient 

weekend program; the WebMBA track, which is delivered entirely via the Internet; and 

the Custom track, in which students are able to combine course schedules and delivery 

modes to best meet their needs. (ScheduJing options are described in more detail at the 

end of the MBA Specializations.) 

Depending on the student's academic background 30 to 51 credits are required. 

Courses covering a basic knowledge of business functions account for up to 21 credits. Of 

the remaining 30 credits, 18 are in required cross-functional areas of business practice and 

12 are selected as either part ofa defined specialization or as free electives. 

UNDERGRADUATE COURSE EQUIVALENTS 

Indicated on the student's program plan ofstudy are core requirements that need to be satisfied. 

The following courses ca n be waived if the student has completed an undergraduate 

degree within the last five years. Only equivalent courses, completed as part of the degree 

with a grade of B or better, will be considered. Before earning 15 credits toward their graduate 

degree, graduate students may take a waiver exam for an undergraduate course that 

47

does not meet the time and grade requirements. The undergraduate courses shown are 

from the Universiry of Baltimore. Equivalents from other colleges will also satisfy the 

requirements. 

Graduate Preparatory Courses Undergraduate Courses 

ACCT 504 Financial Accounting (3) ACCT 20 I and 202 Principles of 

Accounting I and II (each 3 credits) or 

equivalent 

ECON 504 Economics (3) ECON 300 Principles of Economics (3) 

(or 6 credits of Microeconomics and 

Macroeconomics) 

FIN 504 Financial Management (3) FIN 331 Financial Management (3) 

MGMT 504 Organizational Behavior MGMT 300 & 301 Organizational Behavior I 

and Human Resource Management (3) & II (each 3 credits) or equivalent 

MG MT 506 Production and Operations MGMT 339 Production Management (3) 

Management (3) 

MKTG 504 Marketing (3) MKTG 30 I Marketing Management (3) 

OPRE 504 Basic Statistics (3) APST 287 Statistics for Business (3) 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

The MBA program requires completion of Core Courses (21 credits), Cross-Functional 

Courses (18 credits); and Electives (12 credits), as below: 

Core Courses (21 credits) 

OPRE 504 Business Statistics (foundation course) (3) 

ACCT 504 Financial Accounting (3) 

FIN 504 Financial Management (3) 

ECON 504 Economics (3) 

MGMT 504 Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management (3) 

MGMT 506 Production and Operations Management (3) 

MKTG 504 Marketing (3) 

Cross-Functional Courses (18 credits) 

INSS 640 Information Systems and Technology (3) 

OPRE 640 Applied Management Science (3) 

ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial Decisions (3) 

ECON 640 Global and Domestic Business Environment (3) 

MKTG 640 Organization Creation and Growth (3) 

MGMT 640 Strategic Innovation and Renewal (3) 

Electives (12 credits) 

Before taking electives, core courses must be completed. Prior or current enrollment in 

INSS 640, OPRE 640, and ACCT 640, or permission of the inscructor is also required. 

48

Electives are 600-700 level business courses. Specializations consist of four courses of three 

credits each. 

SPECIALIZATION IN DECISION TECHNOLOGIES 

The decision-making process is the premier function of managers and professionals in 

competitive business environments, and information technology has changed both the 

methods and roo ls required to make the right decisions. This specialization addresses the 

decision-making process in today's business. Tools, techniques, processes and products are 

examined in the context of improved decision making. 

The following three courses are required: 

OPRE 705 Decision Technologies: Deterministic Systems (3) 

OPRE 706 Decision Technologies: Stochastic Systems (3) 

OPRE 746 Data Analysis and Forecasting Techniques (3) 

Elective approved by the specialization advisor (3) 

SPECIALIZATION IN E-COMMERCE 

A student choosing a specialization in E-Commerce will gain a sound understanding of 

how electronic commerce impacts the way businesses interact with customers, each other, 

resources, employees and markets. Additionally, an appreciation of [he basic tools used to 

manage \Veb-based activity is taught. 

The following two courses are required: 

INSS 765 Global Electronic Commerce (3) 

INSS 701 Internet Development for Business (3) 

Two courses are to be chosen from the following list: 

MGMT 797 Managerial Challenges of Global E-Commerce (3) 

PBDS 720 Digital Economy (3) 

LAW 875 Cyberspace Law Seminar (3) 

SPECIALIZATION IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

The objective of the entrepreneurship specialty is to prepare students to successfully found 

and manage ventures of any type. The specialization emphasizes high-tech entrepreneurship 

because of its potential for business graduates to partner with inventors, but it is 

applicable to any business idea. Courses stress creativity, analys is, costing, marketing, planning, 

legal issues, parrnering, financing and risk analysis. 

Four out ofthe following courses are required: 

MGMT 760 Organizational Creativity, Change and Entrepreneurship (3) 

MGMT 761 Technology Trends (3) 

MGMT 762 Opportunity Analysis (3) 

MGMT 763 Commercialization Planning (3) 

MGMT 764 Commercial Start-up (3) 

One elective approved by the specialization advisor (3) 

49

SPECIALIZATION IN FINANCE 

The specialization in Finance offers students a variety of opportunities to learn about the 

financial management of a business, valuing investments in securities and other assets and 

the general structure and functioning of financial institurions and markets. After completing 

the course in Advanced Financial Managemem (FIN 705), students can choose their 

courses from a menu of choices that will enable them to complete a general specialization 

or one that can focus on any of the following: corporate finance, investments, markets and 

institutions. 

Required Course: 

FIN 705 Advanced Financial Management (3) 

Choose three elective courses which may include, but are not limited to, the following: 

ECON 650 Business Economics and Forecasting (3) 

FIN 704 Bank Management (3) 

FIN 710 Capital Markets (3) 

FIN 715 Investment Analysis (3) 

FIN 720 International Financial Management (3) 

FIN 745 Derivative Instruments (3) 

FIN 750 Real Estate Investment (3) 

FIN 780 Corporate Restructuring (3) 

FIN 797 Special Topics (3) 

Note: Other courses may be added at the discretion of the Finance-area faculty. 

SPECIALIZATION IN HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT 

This specialization is designed for health care managers and administrators and those who 

wish to become health care managers, administrators and consulrants. The health care 

concemration is a practical blend of accounting, fmance, operations, marketing and computer 

courses, along with legal, ethical and issue-oriented courses, designed to develop 

skills necessary for leadership in the health care field. 

Required Courses: 

MGMT 765 Management of Health Care Organizations (3) 

-or- 

PUAD 755 Health Administration (3) 

ACCT 761 Accounting for Health Care Organizations (3) 

ECON 765 Health Services Systems (3) 

Approved Electives (select onefrom the following).' * 

ACCT 762 Medicare Regulation (3) 

PUAD 750 Health Care Policy (3) 

PUAD 751 Managed Care Administration (3) 

PUAD 752 Strategic Management for Health Care (3) 

*Courses in other special topics in Health Care are offered periodically. 

50

SPECIALIZATION IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGMENT 

This specialization is designed for students who wish to focus on the selection, motivation 

and development of human resources in business, government and nonprofit organizations. 

Building on a broad undemanding of human resources, students will study the field 

from the point of view of the managerial decision maker. 


MGMT 710 Strategic Human Resource Management (3) 

MGMT 712 Employment Law and the Human Resource Manager (3) 

Choose two courses ftom the following to complete the specialization: 

MGMT 650 Research for Strategic Human Resource Management Decisions (3) 

MGMT 715 Compensation, Evaluation and Motivation (3) 

MGMT 720 Labor Management Relations (3) 

MGMT 725 Conflict Management and Dispute Resolution in the workplace (3) 

SPECIALIZATION IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

Many companies are involved in international business, to a greater or lesser degree. Their 

involvement is increasing at a rapid pace making the global economy more and more integrated. 

This specialization furthers skills and expertise in international business that are 

usefuj to managers employed by companies based in the United States and abroad. 


MGMT 780 International Management 

MGMT 781 International Business Strategy 

Select two ofthe following courses: 

MGMT 753 Global Management ofTechnology and Operations (3) 

FIN 720 International Finance (3) 

MKTG 760 Global Marketing Management (3) 

INSS 765 Global E-Commerce (3) 

MGMT 797 Global Business Practicum 

Other approve elective* 

* Students may choose one non-business elective from graduate courses offered by the 

School of Law or the College of Liberal Arts to meet their career goals. Students must 

meet the prerequisites for this elective and obtain the approval of the International 

Business specialization advisor. 

SPECIALIZATION IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

The MIS specialization provides students with the opportunity to learn the skills necessary 

for the analysis, design, implementation and management of information systems in both 

the public and private sectors. 

The following three courses are required: 

INSS 650 Telecommunicar.ions (3) 

INSS 651 Database Management Systems (3) 

INSS 671 Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

One elective approved by the specialization advisor (3) 

51

SPECIALIZATION IN MARKETING 

This specialization provides knowledge of applications and in-depth analysis in pteparation 

for careers in marketing management, product management, strategic planning and 

marketing entrepreneurship. The expertise and skills acquired are designated for life-long 

value in domestic or international marketing. 

The followingfour courses are required: 


MKTG 770 Product Development and Management (3) 

MKTG 780 Market Information and Research (3) 

MKTG 790 Marketing Field Project (3) 

SPECIALIZATION IN SERVICE AND MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS 

The management of technology, quality and operations has become the most critical element 

in international competition in manufacturing and services. The specialization will 

deal with management, design and creation of high quality products/services that can be 

sold at competitive prices. 

Three out ofthefolwwingfour courses are required: 

MGMT 752 Management of Quality and Productivity (3) 


MGMT 740 Seminar in Service Operations (3) 

MGMT 750 Manufacturing Management (3) 

Elective approved by the specialization advisor (3) 

PROFESSIONAL MBA PROGRAM SCHEDULE OPTIONS 

The Merrick School's Professional MBA Program allows students to choose the schedule 

and format for their education that works best for them. Some students prefer courses 

offered in our traditional pattern ofclasses meeting one night a week for 15 weeks. Because 

all ofour MBA specializations are available through this option, we call this traditional 

fall , spring and summer course schedule the FLEX track in the Professional MBA 

Program. 

Attractive alternatives presenting a more intensive, and faster finishing, scheduling format 

are found in our WebMBA, Saturday MBA, and Advantage MBA tracks. These are 

offered on our "4 x 10" schedule. 

Flex Track 

Busy professionals who work part-time or full-time often find that evening classes are most 

convenient. Each fall and spring semester, classes are scheduled in the evenings from 5:30 

p.m. - 8:00 p.m. and from 8: 15 p.m. - 10:45 p.m., Monday through Thursday. Each 

course meets only one night per week for two and a half hours over a I5-week period. 

There is one eight-week summer term that begins after Memorial Day. Summer courses 

meet twice a week and generally end prior to August I. 

The Merrick School also offers some of its FLEX courses entirely on the Web (see Flex 

Web course offerings). 

52

4 x 10 Schedule 

The "4 x 10" schedule was designed to offer more courses on an established schedule year 

round. Students receive the same amount of classroom instruction as in the 15-week 

semester. Each class meets for three hours and 45 minutes a week for 10 weeks. A threeweek 

break is scheduled between each of the four terms per year. To comply with the 

scheduling of University of Baltimore publications, the July and October lO-week terms 

are found in the fall schedule; and the January and April lO-week terms are found in the 

spring schedule. 

The WebMBA, the Saturday MBA and the Advantage MBA tracks follow the 4 x 10 

schedule. Students enrolling exclusively in the Saturday and Advantage tracks can opt for 

specializations in Finance, Management Infotmation Systems, Health Care Management, 

or cteate their own specialization from an array of electives. Students enrolling exclusively 

in the WebMBA track will choose electives from specially designed courses geared toward 

making the student a leadet in the technology-driven marketplace of tomorrow. 

The WebMBA track is offeted entirely on the Internet. Thete ate no tequired campus 

visits. The WebMBA fits into the schedule of the busiest executive, even those who travel 

frequently. Many physicians have found this a convenient alternative. The Metrick School 

was the fitst MCSB-accredited business school to offer a completely online program. 

The two-year Saturday MBA track provides a convenient alternative for busy executives 

and managers. 

The Advantage MBA track is a one-year, full-time program. Fout courses are scheduled 

in each ten-week term. There are four terms per year with a thtee-week break between 

terms. This track begins in July. Classes are offered on weekdays with one Saturday afternoon 

class. 

The Custom MBA track allows students to mix and match courses offered in the tenweek 

Advantage, Saturday, and WebMBA programs with the I5-week Flex MBA track 

schedule. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS/FINANCE 

Graduate Advisor 

The Mastet ofScience in Business, Specialization in Finance provides motivated and talented 

students with a sophisticated program that includes advanced financial theory, practical 

business applications, and understanding of current research issues. Students will 

learn how ro apply the latest rools and technologies of financial analysis and engineering to 

solve the challenging problems that they will confront in a global business environment. 

The program differs from the MBA in that both the core and secondary levels are concentrated 

in finance, allowing students more rigorous, specialized training in this functional 

discipline. 

There have been major developments in the business world over the past decade. These 

include the globalization of financial and product markets, technological advances in the 

processing and communication of financial information, and the resulting wave of financial 

innovation and corporate restructuting. Since these changes are expected ro continue 

to have a major impact on the conduct of business and financial affairs, individuals will 

need the more sophisticated level of training that the MS in Finance provides. Ou t faculty 

membets call upon their diverse experiences in the academic and business arenas ro provide 

students with a program that meets this need. The program will enhance both local 

53

and global career opportunities in corporate finance, securities research and investment 

management, and the operation and oversight of financial institutions. 



OPRE 504 Business Statistics (3) 




Required Courses (15 credits) 

FIN 705 Advanced Financial Management (3) 

FIN 710 Capital Markets (3) 

FIN 715 Investment Analysis (3) 


ECON 650 Business Economics and Forecasting (3) 


Selectfive o/the following: 

FIN 704 Bank Management (3) 

FIN 720 International Financial Management (3) 

FIN 745 Derivative Instruments (3) 

FIN 750 Real Estate Investment (3) 

FIN 780 Corporate Restructuring (3) 

FIN 797 Special topics (3) 

FIN 799 Individual Research (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS! 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

Milton Jenkins, Advisor 

This program provides a thorough understanding of the development process of management 

information systems. Students learn skills necessary for the analysis, design, implementation 

and management of information systems needed to provide management with 

information required for effective operational and strategic planning and control. 

Students receive a thorough introduction to modern computer technology supported 

by hands-on use of current hardware, software, tools and analytic techniques needed to 

analyze business problems. This program balances information systems theory and applications, 

preparing students for careers in the private and public sector as information systems 

analysts, information resource managers, MIS analysts, and numerous related 

positions. 

The MIS program is not limited to students from any specific discipline; rather, it is a 

natural extension of undergraduate work in business, computer science, economics, engineering, 

nursing, mathematics, statistics and related fields. 

54

CORE COURSES 

The following undergraduate and graduate level courses or their equivalent, as approved by the 

advisor, are required: 

INSS 209 Structured COBOL (3) 

INSS 325 Problem Solving and Programming Languages (3) 





INSS 610 Information Systems Techniques (3) 

INSS 641 Information Resource Management (3) 

INSS 650 Telecommunications (3) 

INSS 651 Data Base Management Systems (3) 


INSS 789 Information Systems Applications (3) 

Electives (15 credits required) 

Select five courses, with the approval ofthe advisor and department chair. A minimum ofnine 

credits must be INSS courses. 

INSS 701 Internet and Business (3) 

INSS 711 Systems Simulation (3) 

INSS 737 Management of IS (3) 

INSS 738 Advanced DBMS (3) 

INSS 739 Systems Analysis and Design: Tools and Techniques (3) 

INSS 751 Operating Systems (3) 

INSS 772 Group Support Systems (3) 

INSS 774 Artificial Intelligence/Expert Systems (3) 

INSS 775 End-User Computing (3) 

INSS 777 Human Factors in IS (3) 

INSS 778 Software Maintenance and Retrofitting (3) 

INSS 784 IS Planning (3) 

INSS 797 Advanced Topics in IS (3) 

INSS 799 Individual Research in IS (3) 

MGMT 752 Management of Quality and Productivity (3) 


55

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS! 

MARKETING AND VENTURING 


This program is a unique, advanced degree that combines the fundamentals of entrepreneurship 

(starting a new business) with the fundamentals of intrapreneurship (starting a 

new line of business or a new product for a company). Students explore innovation 

through a practical, hands-on approach where they are presented with real-world situations, 

and complete commercialization plans for actual products or ideas. 





MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) 


MGMT 504 Organization Behavior and Human Resource Management (3) 





Elective Courses (18 credits) 

Select two ofthe following: 





Selectfour ofthe following: 




MKTG 770 Product Development and Management (3) 

MKTG 780 Market Information and Research (3) 

MKTG 797 Special Topics in Marketing (3) 

Project-centered Capstone in Practical Application (6 credits) 

Select either ofthe following two-semester combinatiom: 


MGMT 799 Individual Research (3) 

- or 

MKTG790 Marketing Field Project (3) 

MKTG 799 Individual Research (3) 

56

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTING 


The University of Baltimore's Master of Science in Accounting program was established in 

direct response to the impending 150-semester-hour requirement for membership in the 

American Institure of Certified Public Accountants, the srarutory mandate of the 

Maryland legislature and the enactment of the regulation by the Board ofAccountancy of 

the Srate of Maryland. This program is exceptionally flexible, however, and accommodates 

srudents whose interests lie outside of public accounting in areas of managerial or COSt 

accounting, internal auditing, accounting for governmental or other not-for-profit entities 

and raxation. 

The Master of Science in Accounting is an advanced accounting degree for persons 

who have an undergraduate degree in business with a major in accounting or its equivalent. 

It is a 30-hour program with only two required accounting courses (Financial 

Accounting Theory and Design of Managerial Cost and Control Systems). Srudents select 

four additional accounting electives from a variety of advanced tax, auditing, accounting 

systems, and other topical courses not found in the undergraduate curriculum. Four additional 

electives from outside of accounting are required to complete the program. Srudents 

may design a four-course sequence in a specific topical area such as finance or information 

systems, or they may choose their electives from a broad range of business and businessrelated 

graduate courses. 

PREPARATORY COURSES 

Persons who do not have the accounting degree or equivalency, bur who meet the admissions 

requirements for graduate study in the Merrick School of Business, are admitted to 

the program but are required to satisfY equivalency in conjunction with completion of the 

program. 

To meet accounting major equivalency requirements, students may be required to complete 

some or all ofthe following courses: 


ACCT 301 Intermediate Accounting I (3) 

ACCT 302 Intermediate Accounting II (3) 

ACCT403 Advanced Accounting (3) 

ACCT 512 Auditing/ Accounting Information Systems (3) 

ACCT 405 Income Taxation (3) 

ACCT306 Cost Accounting (3) 

-or 

ACCT640 Accounting for Managerial Decisions (3) 


Thirty credits are required to complete the program, as follows: 

Required Accounting Courses (6 credits) 

ACCT 630 Financial Accoun ting Theory (3) 

ACCT 720 Design of Managerial Cost and Control Systems (3) 

57

Accounting Electives (12 credits) 

ACCT 655 Tax Policy (3) 

ACCT 680 Taxation of Entities (3) 

ACCT 740 Advanced Topics in Auditing (3) 

ACCT 752 Advanced Topics in Accounting Systems (3) 

ACCT 755 Governmental and Not-for-Profit Accounting (3) 

ACCT 761 Accounting for Health Care (3) 

ACCT 762 Accounting for Medicare (3) 

ACCT 770 Seminar in Current Topics in Accounting (3) 

ACCT 799 Individual Research (3) 

Non-Accounting Electives (12 credits) 

Students may choose non-accounting electives from other graduate courses offered by 

other departments in the Merrick School of Business, the School of Law, or the Gordon 

College of Liberal Arts to meet their career goals. Students must meet the prerequisites for 

those courses and additional courses may be required to accommodate those electives for 

which the student does not meet prerequisites. 

Students who wish to take the Uniform CPA Examination in Maryland or another 

jurisdiction should take care in selecting their non-accounting electives to meet the 

requirements of the state in which they wish to sit for the exam. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TAXATION 

Fred Brown, Director (School ofLaw) 

The University of Baltimore's M.S. in Taxation program was established in response to the 

increasing complexity of the field of taxation and its critical impact on the effective management 

of business, financial, industrial, governmental and non profit organizations. The 

objective of the program is not only to prepare students for careers as professional tax advisors 

for these organizations, but also to sharpen their skills and knowledge in a sophisticated 

and challenging educational environment created by the caliber of the students 

themselves, most of whom are working professionals seeking career enhancement or 

advancement. The course ofstudy is designed to benefit tax advisors in the legal and 

accounting professions and professionals involved in the fiscal policy and management of 

public and nonprofit organizations. 

Graduate courses in taxation focus on the interrelationship of tax policy with the political 

environment and with national social and economic objectives. The program enables 

the student to develop broad technical competence in the procedural and substantive provisions 

of current tax law and to engage in research dealing with the theoretical aspects of 

taxation. The program also emphasizes the development of strong communication skills so 

that students learn to express their ideas and research findings clearly and persuasively. 

The Master ofScience in Taxation program along with an undergraduate degree in 

accounting may fulfill the 150 hours ofeducation required to take the Uniform CPA 

Examination in the State of Maryland. Because course work completed as part ofan 

undergraduate degree in accounting may vary, students are advised to contact the 

Maryland State Board ofAccountancy for the specific course requirements. Students who 

wish to sit for the CPA examination in other jurisdictions should contact rhat state's Board 

58

ofAccountancy to determine that jurisdiction's specific requirements for raking the examination 

and subsequent licensing. 

The Master ofScience in Taxation degree is based on the student's having an undergraduate 

degree in business with a major in accounting or its equivalent. It is a 30-hour 

program with seven required courses covering the basic areas of taxation. Varied electives 

in specialized areas of taxation are available to complete the program's required 30 hours of 

coursework. An individual program ofstudy is designed for each student that meets the 

student's career objective. 

Persons who do not have the accounting degree or equivalency, but who meet the 

admissions requirements for graduate study in the Merrick School of Business, are admitted 

to the program but are required to satisfy equivalency in conjunction with completion 

of the program. To meet equivalency requirements students may be required to complete 

the preparatory courses required for the M .S. in Accounting as well as the core requirements 

for the M.S. in Business, Specialization in Finance. 


Required Courses 

TAXA 650 Tax Research and Writing (3) * 

TAXA 651 Fundamentals of Federal Income Taxation I (3) ** 

TAXA 652 Corporate Taxation (3) 

TAXA 653 Partnership Taxation (3) 

TAXA 654 Tax Practice and Procedure (3) 

TAXA 655 Tax Policy (3) 

TAXA 678 Fundamentals of Federal Income Taxation II (3) * 

'" Students are recommended to take these courses early in the program. Also see **, below: 

** This course is a prerequisite for all other tax courses except TAXA 650 Tax Research and 

Writing. Typically, it is offeredfall semester only. In the fall semester only, TAXA 651 is 

a prerequisite or corequisite for TAXA 650. With the approval o/the program director, 

students who do not begin their course work during fall semester may take courses during 

spring and summer terms without meeting this prerequisite requirement; such students 

must take TAXA 651 at the earliest opportunity. 

Electives 

TAXA 660 Estate and Gift Taxation (3) 

TAXA 662 Foreign Taxation (3) 

TAXA 663 Qualified Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans (3) 

TAXA 664 Executive Compensation (2) 

TAXA 665 Tax Exempt Organizations (2) 

TAXA 667 Estate Planning (3) 

TAXA 668 Business Planning (3) 

TAXA 670 Income Taxation of Estates and Trusts (2) 

TAXA 671 Corporate Reorganizations (3) 

TAXA 672 State and Local Taxation (2) 

TAXA 674 Consolidated Corporations (2) 

TAXA 675 Advanced Real Estate Taxation (2) 

TAXA 679 Welfare Benefit Plans (2) 

TAXA 680 Advanced Qualified Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans (3) 

59

TAXA 682 BankruprcyTaxarion (2) 

TAXA 683 Basics in Financial Planning (3) 

TAXA 684 S-Corporarions (1) 

TAXA 799 Independent Srudy (J -2) 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONI 

M.S. IN NURSING ADMINISTRATION 


The Roben G. Merrick School of Business and the University of Maryland School of 

Nursing offer a joint MBNM.S. program (0 students seeking advanced prepararion in 

business administrarion and nursing administrarion. 

The 66-credir curriculum combines elements of rhe MBA and M.S. programs and can 

be complered in two years of full-rime srudy. Srudents may apply (0 borh programs concurrently 

or (hey may apply to the nursing program and later to the business program 

when ir is appropriare to begin joint degree course work. Individuals musr meet each 

school's admission requiremenrs. Starring on the first day of matriculation, a maximum of 

seven years is allowed for the completion of the joint program. Contact the Office of 

Admissions at the University of Balrimore and the University of Maryland School of 

Nursing for further information, or call the Merrick School, 410/837-4944. 

Indicared on rhe student's program plan-of-study are any graduare core courses that 

need (0 be taken. Students will be required (0 complete those courses listed unless rhey 

have complered rhe undergraduare equivalent course(s) prior (0 entering the program. To 

earn the MBA degree, srudents must complere rhe following curriculum: 


The MBA program requires completion of foundation and core courses; 18 credits of 

cross-funcrional courses; and 9 (0 13 credits ofelectives. 


OPRE 504 Business Statisrics (3) 






NURS 691 Organizational Theories (3) 

Cross-Functional Courses (18 credirs) 

INSS 640 Information Sysrems and Technology (3) 






60

MBA Electives (13 credits) 

NURS 606 Systems in Health Care Delivery (3) 

NURS 692 Administration of Nursing Service (3) 

-or- 

NURS 709 Managed Care Services (3) 

NURS 701 Science and Research for Advanced Nursing Practice (4) 

One Health Care elective from the Merrick School of Business (3) 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONI 

PH.D. IN NURSING ADMINISTRATION 


The MBNPh.D. is offered to students seeking advanced research and practice-based study 

in the fields of nursing and business administration. 

The 85-credit curriculum combines elements of the Ph.D. and MBA programs and can 

be completed in four years of full-time study. Students may apply to the nursing program 

first and later apply to the business program when it is appropriate to begin joint degree 

course work. Individuals must meet each school's admission requirements. 

Core and Cross-Functional Courses 

Students follow the same business curriculum as the MBNM.S. students for the Core and 

Cross-functional courses (see preceding pages). 

Electives 

NURS 812 Seminar in Nursing Measurement (3) 

NURS 813 Design of Nursing Research I (3) 

NURS 814 Design of Nursing Research II (3) 

NURS 818 Special Topics in Nursing Research (3) 

One Health Care elective from the Merrick School of Business (3) 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION/PHARM.D. 


The dual Doctor of Pharmacy/Master of Business Administration Program provides Doctor 

of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) students with management skills and reaches them how to 

develop entrepreneurial capabilities for a pharmacy career in a diverse range of health care 

areas. The Merrick School of Business at the University of Baltimore (UB) and the School 

of Pharmacy, University of Maryland, Baltimore (UMB) offer a combined program that 

facilitates the attainment of the Master of Business Administration. Enrollment in the dualdegree 

program allows for the transfer ofseven pharmacy courses toward the MBA. 

61


The MBA program requires completion offoundation and core courses; 18 credits ofcrossfunctional 

courses; and 12 credits of electives. 


PHMY 517 Study Design and Analysis (2) 

PHMY 529 Financial Reporting (3) 




PHMY 529 Marketing (3) 

PHMY 529 Organizational Behavior (3) 

PHAR 515 Personal Management (1) 








MBA Electives (12 credits) 

Select one three-credit HeaLth Care electivefrom the Merrick SchooL ofBusiness and 

nine credits from the foLLowing: 

PHAR 522 COntext of Health Care (3) 

PHAR 523 Ethics in Pharmacy Practice (1) 

PHAR 580 Pharmacy Law (2) 

PHMY 522 Business Plan Development (2) 

PH MY 577 Pharmacy Economics (3) 

PHMY 583 Management Health Systems (3) 

Admission 

Pharm.D. students must have a bachelor's degree or four years of college to be eligible for 

admission into the MBA program. Applicants need to file an application with the 

Universicy of Baltimore and request that the UMB School of Pharmacy Student Affairs 

Office send a copy of their pre-pharmacy transcripts to UB. If the applicant has not taken 

the GMAT, the PCAT will be substituted. 

62

JURIS DOCTOR AND MASTER OF BUSINESS 

ADMINISTRATION O.D.lMBA) 


With society becoming increasingly complex, the administration of private and public 

business enterprises requires greater interaction with the legal system. Concurrent with 

this development, there is an increasing need for lawyers who are fully trained in administration 

and management. A current practice of modern professional graduate and law 

schools is the inclusion of some study in a complementary discipline as an integral part of 

their separate programs. 

In recognition of this in terdisciplinary need, the Merrick School of Business has 

authorized a combined degree program with both the University of Baltimore School of 

Law and the University of Maryland at Baltimore School of Law. These two dual degree 

programs lead to both the J.D. and the MBA. The program is designed to give students 

the most relevant courses in a sequence that most effectively utilizes the relation inherent 

between these courses in the two schools. 

The J.D.lMBA program allows a student to obtain J.D. and MBA degrees in an integrated 

sequence of courses over a three- to four-year period. The Law School will transfer 

nine credits of required MBA courses as law electives. The Merrick School wiJi transfer 

nine credits oflaw electives as MBA electives. 

ADMISSION AND ADVISEMENT 

Students need to apply and be admitted into both the Law School and the Merrick 

School. The LSAT may be used in lieu of the GMAT, if the student has been accepted into 

the Law School. The J.D.lMBA advisor prepares a program plan ofstudy. This plan lists 

the courses required to meet the MBA degree requirements. The School of Law also counsels 

students particularly with regard to blending the degree requirements. Students do not 

take business courses during the first year oflaw school and either begin their MBA after 

the first year, or interrupt the MBA for two semesters. 


Core Courses (21 hours) 

OPRE 504 Business Statistics (foundation course) (3) 












63


MGMT640 Strategic Innovation and Renewal (3) 


Nine credits of electives are transferred from the School of Law. One three-credit elective 

must be taken from the Merrick School of Business in one of the following disciplines: 

Accounting, Finance, Information Systems, Management or Marketing. 

GRADUATE BUSINESS CERTIFICATE 

Daniel A. Gerlowski, Advisor 

The program leading to the Graduate Business Certificate emphasizes student choice 

toward fulfLiling career needs. This certificate is designed primarily for three target audiences: 

students interested in learning some of the basic concepts of business in areas of 

their choosing, perhaps to enhance their career preparedness; students considering eventual 

completion of an MBA, but desiring a sampling of courses; and students seeking to 

complete the 150-hour requirement for the CPA examination, but not wishing to earn an 

entire graduate business degree. Local, national and international organizations frequently 

consider the Graduate Business Certificate as an option for maintaining the currency of 

their organization's human capital. 

ADMISSION 

Admission to the Graduate Business Certificate program requires proof of a bachelor's 

degree with a 3.0 Grade Point Average, two letters of intent, submission of transcripts for 

all work completed since the bachelor's degree, completion of a University of Baltimore 

application, and a planned course of study approved by the Graduate Advisor or the 

Associate Dean of the Merrick School of Business. 

APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION 

Application for graduation must be made prior to completing the last three credits of the 

certificate program. The cerrificate award will ignore any course waivers or substitU(ions, 

all 12 credits must be completed at the Merrick School of Business. 

REQUIREMENTS 

Subject to the individual student's approved plan, the Graduate Business Certificate 

requires completion of four of the following courses: 

ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) 







64

ACCT 510 Inrermediate Accounring (3) 

ACCT511 Inrermediate/ Advanced Accounring(3) 

ACCT 512 Auditing Accounring Systems (3) 

CERTIFICATE IN TECHNOLOGY 

COMMERCIALIZATION 

Lanny Herron, Advisor 

The program leading to the Certificate in Technology Commercialization consists of 12 

credits (four courses) covering various aspects of technology commercialization, ranging 

from an overview of trends in technology to courses in commercialization planning and 

implemenration. Individual courses also may be taken to supplemenr a currenr graduate 

program, or to explore a special topic, and classes may be taken for noncredit as well. 

This program is offered in conjunction with the University of Maryland, Baltimore 

County (UMBC). Classes are held at either campus. At UMBC. classes meet in the 

Technology Cenrer, off 1-95 in southwest Baltimore County. At UB, courses meet in the 

Business Cenrer building on Me Royal Avenue near North Charles Street. 



MGMT 762 Enrrepreneurship Opportunity Analysis (3) 



65

YALE GORDON COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS 

Dr. Carl W. Stenberg, Dean 

Dr. Irvin Brown, Associate Dean 

Dr. Margaret Ponhast, Assistant Dean 

Suzanne Behr, M.A., AcatUmic Advisor 

PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS IN THE LIBERAL ARTS 

The Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs, an upper-division and graduate institution, 

awards bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees that combine traditional liberal arts and 

professional scudies. This combination, emphasizing inter- and cross-disciplinary work, 

makes the College unique among the insticutions within the University System of 

Maryland and allows scudents to pursue academic programs that prepare them for the 

work of the world as well as for the life of the mind. 

The College was founded in 1937 as a junior college emphasizing the liberal arts. In 

1961, it became a four-year institution offering day and evening classes, and offered its 

first graduate program in 1974. Since 1975, it has been an upper-division college and 

graduate school. 

In 1982, the College was named for Yale Gordon, a University of Baltimore alumnus 

and businessman who understood the central importance of the humanities in higher 

education and in the life of a community. Thus, with his wife, he established the Peggy 

and Yale Gordon Trust, which supporrs organizations, including the YaJe Gordon 

College, that are dedicated to advancing the humanities. Along with this endowment 

from the Gordon Trust, the College is supported by a Challenge Grant from the National 

Endowment for the Humanities and by endowment grants from the Hearst Foundation, 

the Helen P. Denit Foundation, the Klein Family, and others. Support for developing the 

General Education Core Curriculum was provided by a planning grant from the 

National Endowment for the Humanities and by the Fund for the Improvement of 

Postsecondary Education. 

The College's mission is to advance professional applications of the liberal arts, that is, 

to define and explore the linkages between the intellectual and the practical, the theoretical 

and the functional, and to apply the insights and critical perspectives of the liberal 

arrs disciplines to professional studies. The nature of the College, which offers only graduate 

and advanced undergraduate programs, helps make this concentrated, innovative 

focus possible. 

The purpose, strengths, and offerings of the Yale Gordon College are targeted toward 

scudenrs who are interested in establishing and/or advancing their careers in specific areas 

in the humanities and social sciences. Most graduate students in the college work full or 

part-time, and most classes take place in the evenings, some on weekends. Student services 

are also available during evening hours. 

The College places considerable importance on research and public service as well as on 

teaching. Theoretical and applied research among faculty members enhances the quality of 

the academic programs and represents a significant benefit to scudents, and in several 

areas, faculty members enjoy national recognition for their work. As a public insticution, 

the College recognizes its responsibility to the state and the Baltimore metropolitan area 

and carries our this responsibility in numerous ways, notably through the work of the 

Schaefer Center for Public Policy, the Institure for Language, Technology, and 

Publications Design, the Center for Baltimore Studies, the University's Hoffberger Center 

66

The Division of Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies 

Dr. Catherine Albrecht, Division Chair; Director, B.A. in Jurisprudence 

Dr.Jeffery Sawyer, Director, B.A. in Jurisprudence 

Dr. Donald Mulcahey, Director, M.A. in Legal and Ethical Studies, and M.S. in Negotiations 

and Conflict A1anagement 

This division offers undergraduate programs leading to the B.A. in History and 

Jurisprudence and an innovative graduate program in Legal and Ethical Studies (M.A.) 

and Negotiations and Conflict Management (M.S.). Additionally, the division administers 

a B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies. These programs reinforce the natural alliances among 

history, jurisprudence, philosophy, and legal studies. Special emphasis is given ro the study 

of ideas and ethics as well as to regional, economic, and cultural studies. The division is 

closely affiliated with the University's Hoffberger Center for Professional Ethics. 

School of Communications Design 

Dr. Nancy Kaplan, Co-Director ofthe School; Division Chair, Language, Literature, and 

Communications Design; Director, B.A. in English 

Dr. Neil Kleinman, Co-Director ofthe School; Director, Institute for Language, Technology, 

and Publications Design 

Dr. Virginia Kirby-Smith Carruthers, Director, M.A. in Publications Design 

Dr. Jonathan Shorr, Director, B.5. in Corporate Communication 

Dr. Stephen Matanle, Director, B.A. in English 

The School of Communications Design encompasses the Division of Language, 

Literature, and Communications Design, offering academic programs; and the Institute 

for Language, Technology, and Publications Design, which conducts research, sponsors 

special programs, and undertakes contractual, service, and other projects. 

The Division of Language, Literature, and Communications Design offers the B.S. in 

Corporate Communication, the B.A. in English with three specializations (Literature; and 

Professional Writing and Publications, which includes an option to concentrate in 

Creative Writing; and Language, Technology, and Culture), the B.A. in Interdisciplinary 

Studies, and the M .A. in Publications Design (with specializations in Creative Writing and 

Publishing and in Media Design). The Division also offers graduate certificate programs in 

Advanced Design, Communications and Design Theory, Literary Publishing, and New 

Media Publishing. 

School of Public Affairs 

Dr. Larry Thomas, Director ofSchool and Director, Schaefer Center for Public Policy 

Dr. Larry Downey, Director, B.A. in Government and Public Policy 

Dr. Kathleen Galbraith, Director, B.S. in Health Systems Management 

Dr. Daniel W. Martin, Director, Master ofPublic Administration (MPA) and Doctor of 

Public Administration (DPA) 

The School of Public Affairs consists of two components: the Schaefer Center for 

Public Policy, which conducts research and public service projects and sponsors conferences 

and other special programs; and the Division of Government and Public 

Administration, which currently offers the B.A. in Government and Public Policy, the 

B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies, the Master of Public Administration (MPA), the Doctor 

of Public Administration (DPA), and the j.D.lMPA with the University of Baltimore 

School of Law. 

68

STUDENTS 

The approximarely 1,600 men and women enrolled in rhe Yale Gordon College of Liberal 

Arrs - 47 percent in graduare programs - represent abour a rhird of rhe roral Universiry 

of Balrimore student popularion. 

The average age of srudents in rhe College is 32, and more than half are women. Abour 

two-thirds of all students rake evening classes, and more than half attend parr rime. Some 

graduare students enter masrer's degree programs righr afrer finishing college, alrhough 

mosr have been working a few or many years in a wide variery of jobs. Some students are 

seeking advancement in rheir current careers. Orhers are preparing to change careers. This 

diversiry of age and experience is an imporrant and invigoraring parr of campus life. 

FACULTY 

In reaching, research, scholarship, and service ro rhe communiry, faculry members of rhe 

Yale Gordon are leaders in rhe Universiry communiry. Full-rime faculry members reach 

borh graduare and undergraduare courses, conducr sponsored research, publish, and 

engage in public service as consulranrs, board members, and volunteers. Among irs reaching 

faculry rhe College also includes a cadre of adjuncr professors who are leading professionals 

in dozens of fields, from government to rhe arrs, from nonprofir organizarions to 

business.These adjuncr faculry members contribure in significant ways to crearing and 

advancing professional applicarions of rhe liberal arts. Also, a number of the Universiry's 

chief adminisrrarive officers serve as affiliare faculry members. 

A complere lisr ofborh full-rime and parr-rime faculry members can be found in rhe 

Directories secrion of rhis caralog. 

FACILITIES 

Classrooms, laboratories, and faculry offices for the Yale Gordon Gordon College are 

locared in rhe Academic Center, Charles Hall, the Charles Royal Building, and Sr. Paul 

Hall. The college shares rhe Universiry of Balrimore's Langsdale Library, Academic 

Computing Center, and Academic Resource Center wirh orher components of the 

Universiry. 

Advanced laboratories in rhe School of Communicar ions Design supporr student work 

in hypermedia, graphics and desktop publishing, audio/video producrion, and non-linear 

ediring. These laboratories provide high-end Macintosh and Windows compurers, web 

and Interner applicarion servers, an exrensive array of printers, CD jukeboxes wirh clip arr 

libraries, and a wide range of peripherals. Open seven days and evenings a week, students 

have easy access to srare-of-rhe-arr software for desktop publishing, image manipularion, 

animarion, and web applicarions. 

Students may also rake advantage of non-linear ediring equipment and software including 

iMacs connecred to a Storage Area Network for large video files. Other media faciliries 

include an in-house producrion studio wirh NB-Roll and cuts ediring rooms, ADAT digiral 

audio recorder, VHS and SHVS cameras and lighring equipment. Through a grant 

from the RWD Foundarion, rhe School also has digiral producrion equipment (video and 

srill); a digiral posr-producrion faciliry in video and audio; and a range of software to supporr 

mulrimedia producrions and 3-D modeling and animarion. 

69

CENTERS AND INSTITUTES 

The Institute for Language, Technology, and Publications Design 

The Institute, a component of the School of Communications Design, was established in 

1989 to create links between the study and practice of writing and graphic design with an 

emphasis on new technologies. To this end, it promotes research, undertakes contractual 

and consulting projects, and offers seminars, lectures, workshops, and other programs. 

Through a series of experimental programs and workshops, it helps to extend the School's 

curriculum - undergraduate, graduate, and docroral- while at the same time making 

the work of its students and faculty more visible. 

Committed to developing a creative and professional community, the Institute works 

with regional groups, public agencies, and professional associations ro bring rogether a 

range of professionals and students working in the fields of communications design. In 

cooperation with other universities, the Institute co-sponsors the International Lawrence 

Durrell Conference and Deus Loci: The Lawrence DurrellJournal, and supports several 

other traditional and online publications, including Passager, a literary quarterly, and 

scan360, an online publication that publishes student research about technology trends. In 

addition to recognizing distinguished faculty within the University, it brings ro campus 

prominent writers, designers and scholars to work with students and faculty on both short 

and long term projects. 

The Institute's current initiatives include supporting students and faculty who wish to 

develop new businesses; funding research and creative work; attracting distinguished 

teaching adjuncts; and undertaking programs intended to enhance and make visible the 

School of Communications Design. To accomplish this, the Institute has established partnerships 

with local businesses, created forums that bring entrepreneurs and venture capitalists 

to campus, received funding support from nonprofit foundations and area 

businesses, and collaborated with the Entrepreneurship Program in the University's 

Merrick School of Business. 

The Schaefer Center for Public Policy 

Housed within the School of Public Affairs, The Schaefer Center for Public Policy conducts 

research and other projects focusing on public policy issues with particular emphasis 

on state and local government. With grants and other funding now totalling millions of 

dollars, the Schaefer Center is recognized as one of the leading public policy research 

organizations in the region, and also sponsors training programs for various agencies in the 

public sector as well as conferences, lectures, and orher educational programs. 

Students in both Yale Gordon College and the Merrick School participate in Schaefer 

Center projects and may be eligible for internships and graduate fellowships. (See the 

Financial Assistance section for more information.) 

The Center for Baltimore Studies 

The Center for Baltimore Studies, established in 2000, focuses its efforts in three areas: 

archives and community documentation; public programs; and the creation of an undergraduate 

major in community studies. The Center is designed to formalize the University's 

role as custodian of Baltimore's history and culture, especially as it relates to community 

making and civic activity. Through the Center's activities, UB's faculty and students are 

involved in both theoretical and applied research that uses Baltimore as a laboratory to 

focus on urban and regional issues. 

70

The Center for Negotiations and Conflict Management 

The Center for Negotiations and Conflict Management was established in 1997 to broaden 

the understanding ofconflict, to provide training and techniques in the field ofconflict resolution, 

and to expand the application of techniques and approaches for dispute resolution 

in a wide variety ofcontexts. Combining the expertise and intellectual resources of the 

University's liberal arts, law and business divisions, the Center offers alternative dispute resolution 

(ADR) services directly to businesses, government agencies, unions and various 

interest groups and communities, as well as cutting-edge opportunities for UB students. 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Programs Leading to the Graduate Certificate 

• Advanced Design 

• Communications and Design Theory 

• Correctional Administration 

• Criminal Justice 

• Literary Publishing 

• New Media Publishing 

• Police Administration 

Programs Leading to the Master's Degree 

• Applied Psychology (M.S.) 

• Creative Writing and Publishing (M.A. in Publications Design) 

• Criminal Justice (M.S.) 

• Human Services Administration (M.S.) 

• Legal and Ethical Studies (M.A.) 

• Media Design (M.A. in Publications Design) 

• Negotiations and Conflict Management (M.S.) 

• Public Administration, Master of (MPA) 

• Publications Design (M.A.) 

Programs Leading to the Doctoral Degree 

• Applied Assessment and Consulting (Psy.D.) 

• Communications Design (D.C.D) 

• Doctor of Public Administration (DPA) 

Combined Degree Programs 

• MPN].D. (offerd in conjuntion with the UB School of Law) 

• M.S. in Criminal Justice/J.D. (offered in conjunction with the UB School of Law) 

The graduate programs in the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts are designed to advance 

and forge professional applications of the liberal arts, and all are based on a combination 

of theory and practice. They are founded on the idea that professional studies at the graduate 

level must be broad based and rooted in the liberal arts, in order to prepare students 

for a constantly changing world; as well as skills-specific, in order to provide students with 

the mastery of knowledge necessary for superior professional performance. 

The College also encourages students to develop specializations that combine elements 

of two or more master's programs. For example, students in the MPA program may take 

courses in Publications Design in order to master the skills of shaping and communicating 

ideas in the public arena. Similarly, studenrs in Legal and Ethical Studies and Applied 

71

Psychology may take courses in the MPA program so as to sharpen management skills and 

prepare for careers in the public and not-for-profit sectors. Such combinations offer an 

exceptionally broad range of opportunities, and (he College continues to develop formal 

specializations (hat cross and integrate the academic divisions. 

ADMISSIONS 

Applicants to all the programs must have received a bachelor's degree at a regionally 

accredited college or university and must satisfy the additional .admission requirements of 

individual programs. Some programs admit degree-seeking students on a conditional 

basis. For more information, see the Graduate Admissions section of this catalog. 

Some undergraduate students in the Yale Gordon College may be admitted to accelerated 

bachelor's/master's programs or may rake graduate courses. See the University of 

Baltimore Undergraduate Catalog for more information. 

Note: Applicants to doctoral and combined degree programs are subject to the specific 

admission requirements for rhose programs, as noted in their program descriptions. 

GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Assistantships for graduate students are offered byThe Dean's Office, each graduate program, 

the Schaefer Center for Public Policy, and the Institute for Language, Technology 

and Publications Design. See the Financial Assisrance section of this catalog for more 

information. 

ADVISEMENT NDl'ICE 

Students are advised mat any deviation from rheir program ofstudy must be approved in 

writing by the graduate program director and the dean of the Yale Gordon College. 

Following a period of absence of more than cwo semesters from the University and upon 

applying for readmission, a student's program ofstudy must be reviewed by the graduate 

program director. 

72

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE DIVISION OF APPLIED 

PSYCHOLOGY AND QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

Applied Psychology, Master ofScience 

Dr. Paul Mastrangelo, Program Director 

FACULTY: Clewell, Fisher, Kohl, Markowitz, Mastrangelo, Mitchell, Munshell, 

Neemann, Singleton. 

AFFILIATE PROFESSORS: Pelletier, Potthast. 

The Master of Science in Applied Psychology is administered by the Division of Applied 

Psychology and Quantitative Methods. It offers training in the application of psychological 

knowledge to a variety of human situations. Students must select one of three specialization: 

Applied Psychology, Counseling Psychology, or Industrial/Organizational 

Psychology. In all three specializations the program focuses on career preparation but also 

provides broad foundation for admission to doctoral programs. 

The curriculum consists of four core courses required ofall matriculants, a specified set 

of required courses particular to the chosen specialization, and elective courses. Students 

may choose electives from any specialization and, with permission, from related departments. 

Practicum placements in applied, counseling and I/O psychology are available in a 

broad range of work settings in both private and public sectors. These placements enable 

students to gain relevant experience under the guidance ofa practicing professional. 

Completion of the program enhances the students' career opportunities in human service 

settings and a variety of placements in the business community. Students and graduates 

of the applied psychology program are currently employed in mental health facilities, in 

consulting firms, and in corporate and government human resource departments. The 

program sponsors a chapter of Psi Chi, the national honor society in psychology, and a 

student chapter of the Society for Human Resource Management. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Candidates for admission to the Applied Psychology program must have received a baccalaureate 

degree from a regionally accredited institution. Essentially, candidates must 

demonstrate that they have the necessary prerequisites and capabilities for completing a 

master's program in applied psychology. Materials that the division requires as part of that 

demonstration are specified in the Graduate Application Packet. 

Unconditional acceptance is granted only to those who have: (1) a minimum undergraduate 

GPA of 3.0; and, either (2) an undergraduate degree in psychology, or (3) an 

acceptable specialization in psychology, including a course in statistics appropriate to psychology, 

a course in experimental psychology, and a theories course in psychology. 

Applicants who meet (1) but do not meet either (2) or (3) above may be accepted conditionally 

in the fall semester. In this case they are required to complete APST 531 

Introductory Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (or an equivalent course), PSYC 309 

Research Methods, and PSYC 300 History and Systems of Psychology. These courses do 

nor count toward the graduate degree and must be completed with grades of B- or better 

before taking any graduate courses. 

73

Applicants who meet (2) or (3) but not meet (1) above may also be considered for conditional 

admission. In this case they are required to complete each of the first 12 credit 

hours of the degree program with grades of at least B- and an average of B or better. 


A maximum of 12 relevant graduate credits may be transferred from another program or 

regionally accredited school towards the M.S. degree. subject to the approval of the program 

director. 

COMPLETION TIME 

All requirements for the Master ofScience in Applied Psychology must be completed 

within seven years from formal acceptance into the program. 


Each student must complete a minimum of 42 credits of approved graduate study. An 

overall grade point average of at least 3.0 must be maintained. and no more than six credits 

with passing grades less than B- may be applied to the degree. 

SELECTING ELECTIVE COURSES 

To maximize career opportuniry. advisement is recommended when selecting elective 

courses. Various courses in applied psychology and other disciplines (Criminal Justice. 

Management. Human Services Administration. Legal and Ethical Studies. Negotiations 

and Conflict Management. Public Administration. Publications Design) are permitted as 

electives. However. a maximum of 12 credits outside the department is permitted and such 

electives are subject to the approval of the program director. See the Course Descriptions 

section at the end of the catalog. 

GENERAL CORE COURSES 

The following J2 credits are requiredfor all specializations: 

APPL 631 Intermediate Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences* (3) 

APPL 632 Research Methods* (3) 

APPL 601 The Biological Basis of Behavior (3) 

APPL 603 Learning and Cognition (3) 

*These two courses must be taken sequentially in the first two semesters of attendance. 

APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS 

Specialization Core Courses (21 credits) 

APPL 608 Applied Assessment Procedures (3) 

APPL 635 Program Evaluation (3) 

Choose one ofthe following courses: 

APPL 606 Basic Counseling Techniques (3) 

APPL 605 Advanced Theories ofPersonaJiry (3) 

APPL 613 Human Development (3) 

74

Choose one ofthe /of/owing courses: 

APPL 641 Organizational Psychology (3) 

APPL 644 Personnel Psychology (3) 

APPL 650 Work Groups in Organizations (3) 

Choose one 9-credit specialization from among the /of/owing: 

Communication 

PBDS 635 Communication Theory (3) 

PBDS 716 Propaganda and Persuasion (3) 

PBDS 719 Imaging Information and Ideas (3) 

Conflict Management 

CNCM 506 Understanding and Assessing Conflict (3) 

CNCM 513 Negotiations: Theory and Practice (3) 

CNCM 515 Mediation: Theory and Practice (3) 

Forensics 

APPL 610 Psychopathology and Diagnosis (3) 

APPL 624 Psychology and the Law (3) 

CRJU 710 Advanced Criminology (3) 

Health Care Management 




Human Services Administration 

HSAD 602 History and Foundation of Human Services (3) 

HSAD 610 Strategies for Human Services Program Planning (3) 

HSAD 621 Administrative Decision-Making in Human Service Agencies (3) 


COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS 


APPL 602 Ethics and Legal Issues in the Practice of Psychology (3) 

APPL 605 Advanced Theories of Personality (3) 


APPL 610 Psychopathology and Diagnosis (3) 

APPL 616 Advanced Treatment Techniques (3) 

APPL 619 Overview of Psychological Assessment (3) 

(formerly Psychological Assessment) 

APPL 703 Practicum in Counseling (3) 

(formerly Practicum in Behavioral Change) 

Electives (9 credi ts) 

75

INDUSTRIAl/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS 


APPL 641 Organizational Psychology (3) 

(formerly Behavioral Factors) 

APPL 642 Motivation, Satisfaction, and Leadership (3) 

(formerly Seminar in Organizational Psychology) 


APPL 645 Personnel Assessment (3) 

APPL 651 Job Analysis (3) 

APPL 655 Practical Applications in 1/0 Psychology (3) 

Electives (12 credits ) 

Professional Counselor Pre-Licensure Pro gam 

Dr. Mark Fisher, Program Director 

FACULTY: Members of the Division ofApplied Psychology and Quantitative Methods 

The post-master's Professional Counselor Pre-Licensure Program, offered by the Division 

ofApplied Psychology and Quantitative Methods, provides students a guided path to State 

licensure as a Professional Counselor. Each student is assigned an advisor who will design, 

around hislher previous coursework, a customized program ofstudy that will meet the 

preconditions necessary to sit for the National and State Counseling Exam required by the 

State Board of Examiners for Professional Counselors. 

The University of Baltimore's graduate curriculum in applied psychology includes 

courses that cover all of the required content areas for licensure. Further, the division routinely 

offers at least two evening courses during each of the fall and spring semesters that 

cover required content areas and at least one such course over the summer. Some courses 

are offered at the· Gateway Center in Howard County both in the evenings and on 

Saturdays. 

To become licensed as a Professional Counselor, one must have a master's degree in 

counseling or a related field, and have completed 60 graduate credit hours, including the 

master's degree. Of these 60 credits, 12 core courses in various psychological areas are 

required. Also, 3000 hours of supervised clinical experience is required. 


Admission to this program requires a master's degree in counseling or a related area. 

76

Applied Assessment and Consulting, 

Doctorate in Psychology (Psy.D.) 

Dr. Deborah Kohl, Interim Program Director 

FACULTY: Fisher, Kohl, Markowitz, Mastrangelo, Mitchell, Munshell, Neemann, 

Singleton. 

The Psy.D. in Applied Assessment and Consulting is a first professional degree program 

that educates psychologists in the application of psychological theory, measurement theory, 

assessment techniques, research methods, and quantitative skills to the assessment, 

evaluation and development of organizations. 

The psychologist with a Psy.D. in Applied Assessment and Consulting works 

autonomously as an internal or external consultant ro assist private and public sector 

employers in assessing and improving their organizational functioning. The Psy.D. in 

Applied Assessment and Consulting provides practitioners with the skills ro measure individual 

and organization performance by using methodologies common to all sub-disciplines 

of psychology while implementing behavioral change techniques found in both 

industrial/organizational and clinical/counseling psychology. These assessments are used to 

evaluate accountability and to develop and implement programs designed to increase organizational 

effectiveness. 

This degree is designed for individuals who hold master's degrees in industrial/organizational 

psychology, counseling psychology, clinical social work, or career counseling; and 

for individuals with a doctorate in psychology who are seeking skills that will permit a 

career change into organizational consulting. Members of both of these groups realize that 

additional training in assessment and increased knowledge of organizational structure and 

function will permit them to work independently, autonomously and without other professional 

supervision. They also are aware of the demand for individuals with these skills 

and this knowledge base. 


To be admitted to the Psy.D . in Applied Assessment and Consulting, an individual must 

hold a master's or doctoral degree in psychology or a related field, with demonstrated master's-Ievel 

competencies in the following areas: History and Systems in Psychology, 

Biological Bases of Behavior, Cognitive Psychology, Social Psychology, Developmental 

Psychology, Tests and Measurements, Intermediate Statistics, and Research Methods. 

If there are deficiencies in one or more of these areas, the applicant may be admitted to 

the doctoral program, but would be required to complete courses providing these competencies 

at the master's level in the Division's master's degree program. 

All applicants must submit the following: 1) GRE scores for both the general aptitude 

portion of the GRE and the Psychology Test of the GRE; 2) complete transcripts of 

undergraduate and graduate education; 3) three letters of recommendation; and, 4) a 

statement of his or her educational and career goals. Applicants deemed eligible will be 

required to interview with representatives of the program. 

77


Doctoral students are required to complete 42 credits of post-master's course work. 

Students are required to complete a 24-credit core, 9-12 credits of electives, a 3-credit 

practicum and a 3-6 credit doctoral project. Students must attain a CPA of 3.0 or better in 

order to remain in the program, and must complete the program within seven years 

Students may be enrolled full-time or part-time. Transfer credits will not be accepted. 

After completion of the required core (excluding the practicum and doctoral project), 

students are required to pass a comprehensive examination. Only those students in good 

academic standing who have passed the comprehensive examination will be permitted to 

proceed to the practicum and doctoral project. 


APPL 801 Statistics for Assessment and Evaluation I 

AJ>PL 802 Statistics for Assessment and Evaluation II 

AJ>PL 803 Measurement Theory 

AJ>PL 804 Organizational Theory and Development 

AJ>PL 805 Consulting Skills 

AJ>PL 635 Program Evaluation 

AJ>PL 806 Survey Development and Implementation 

AJ>PL 807 Examination Construction 

Elective Courses (9-12 credits) 

AJ>PL 810 Qualitative Research Methods 

AJ>PL 811 Individual Assessment 

AJ>PL 812 Croup Process and Procedures 

APPL 813 Performance Appraisal and Management 

APPL 830 Special Topics in Organization Development 

AJ>PL 840 Special Topics in Program Evaluation 

AJ>PL 850 Special Topics in Assessment 

Practicum and Doctoral Project (6 -9 credits) 

AJ>PL 897 Practicum in Applied Assessment (3) 

AJ>PL 899 Doctoral Project (3-6) 

78

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE DIVISION 

OF CRIMINOWGY, CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

AND SOCIAL POLICY 

Human Services Administration, Master ofScience 

Dr. Elaine Loebner, Program Director, University ofBaltimore 

Dr. John Hudgins, Program Director, Coppin State College 

FACULTY: Benokraitis, Loebner (UB); Bright, Hudgins, Taylor (CSC) 

ADJUNCT FACULTY: Bowers, Burian, Herron, Kemery, Lippinco[[, Mastrangelo, 

Mulcahey, Trotter (UB); Buffaloe, Cartwright, Hill-Lyles, Mathura, Phillips, Spry, 

Taylor, Waters, Williams (CSC) 

The Master of Science program in Human Services Administration is a fully collaborative 

joint program between Coppin State College and University of Baltimore. 

Under the guidance of the program directors, students take courses on both campuses, 

receiving a joint degree from both institutions. 

The 36-credit curriculum prepares students for professional careers in the field of 

human services administration in a variety of settings (corporate, governmental, nonprofit 

and community). Through 18 credits of required coursework, students will 

have the opportunity to develop administrative abilities in the areas ofplanning, evaluation, 

leadership and decision-making. Then, students wiU individualize their course 

of study by choosing 12 credits of coursework in an approved human services content 

area such as counseling psychology, entrepreneurship, health care systems, negotiations 

and conflict management, addictions counseling, family counseling, gerontology, 

rehabilitation counseling, special education, and community recreation for the 

disabled. The capstone experience is student's choice of six credits of field experience, 

or six credits of research in program planning, implementation and/or evaluation. 

The market demand for human service administrators is high. Nationally and in 

Maryland, the job opportunity growth rate is outpacing the number of trained professionals. 

Those wi th the Master of Science degree in Human Services 

Administration will be uniquely positioned to take advantage of this growth sector of 

the economy, while making significant contributions to human service agencies in a 

variety ofadministrative capacities such as: program planning, implementation and 

evaluation; grant wriring and administration; fundraising; personnel and fiscal 

administration; and community outreach. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE CANDIDATES 

1) A baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university. The major or specialization 

should be relevant to the graduate degree program. 

2) A minimum cumulative grade point average of3.0 on a 4.0 scale in undergraduate 

studies. (Under certain conditions, a student with a lower average may be admitted 

on a conditional basis pending the grade resulrs of the student's first nine credits 

in graduate school.) 

79

3) Three letters of recommendation, preferably from former professors and an 

employer. 

4) A personal interview with one of the graduate program directors. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Baccalaureate applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission as degree candidates 

or who do not choose formally to enter the graduate degree program may be admitted on a 

conditional basis under the following conditiom: 

1) They may be required to take additional undergraduate preparatory work that is 

relevant to the graduate degree program into which admission is sought. No credit 

toward the graduate degree will be granted for this work. 

2) They may be required to submit Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores for evaluation. 

3) They may be required to show evidence of successful work in the profession to 

which the program is related. 

4) No conditional graduate student may become a degree candidate until the student 

completes nine credits of graduate work in the program with a minimum grade 

point average of 3.0. 

5) All changes from conditional status to degree candidacy status must be approved 

by one of the graduate program directors. 

STANDING 

Every person who applies will be evaluated by one of the program directors and, if 

admitted, will be given a profile showing any graduate credits, any deficiencies to be 

corrected, required courses, and options available. This student profile will become a 

permanent part of the student's record and will serve as a guide throughout the period 

of matriculation. 


All requirements for the M.S. degree must be completed within seven calendar years 

from formal acceptance into the program. 

SCHOLASTIC STANDARDS 

Graduate students must maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0. No more than 

six credits of C may be applied toward the M.S. degree. Students failing to maintain a 

3.0 average may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the degree 

program. 


The M. S. degree in Human Services Administration requires the successful completion 

of 36 credits of graduate coursework. This consists of24 credits of required core 

coursework (including student's choice of internship or research option) and 12 credit 

hours of coursework chosen from one of the program's elective content areas. 

80

CORE COURSES (18 credits required) 

The core curriculum is as follows. Each course is offered only at one ofthe participating 

campuses, VB or esc, as indicated. 

HSAD Administration: Historical and Contemporary Issues 

HSAD 602 History and Foundations of Human Service Systems (3) (UB) 

HSAD 603 Contemporary Issues in Human Service Administration (3) (CSC) 

HSAD Administration: Planning and Evaluation 

HSAD 610 Strategies for Human Services Program Planning (3) (UB) 

HSAD 611 Program Evaluation and Policy Analysis (3) (CSC) 

HSAD Administration: Leadership and Decision-Making 

HSAD 620 Human Services Leadership and Supervision (3) (CSC) 

HSAD 621 Administrative Decision-Making in Human Service Agencies (3) (UB) 

CAPSTONE PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE (6 credits) 

The student chooses one of the following options: 

Internship Option 

HSAD 695 Field Practicum I: Human Services Administration (3) (UB) 

HSAD 696 Field Practicum II: Human Services Administration (3) (CSC) 

Research Option 

HSAD 698 Research Practicum I: Program Planning, Implementation, 

Evaluation (3) (CSC) 

HSAD 699 Research Practicum II: Ptogram Planning, Implementation, 

Evaluation (3) (UB) 

ELECl'IVE CONTENT AREAS (12 credits) 

In consultation with a program advisor, the student chooses four courses from one of 

the following approved elective content areas related to human services. Each elective 

content area is offered at only one ofthe participating campuses, ese or VB, as indicated. 

Addictions Counseling (CSC) 

PSYC 621 Addiction Prevention Techniques for the Individual, Family, School 

and Community (3) 

PSYC 641 Advanced Individual Counseling, Diagnosis and Assessment of the 

Addicted Client (3) 

PSYC 642 Advanced Group Counseling, Diagnosis and Assessment of the 

Addicted Client (3) 

PSYC 643 Action Research on Alcoholism and Multiple Addictions in the Inner 

City (3) 

SOCI 520 Counseling for Substance Abuse (3) 

Counseling Psychology (UB) 


APPL 613 Human Development (3) 

APPL 621 Substance Abuse Counseling (3) 

APPL 622 Group Counseling (3) 

81

APPL 623 Career Counseling (3) 

APPL625 Multicultural Counseling (3) 

APPL661 Death, Dying, Loss and Grief (3) 

Entrepreneurship (UB) 

ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) 




Family Counseling (esC) 

SOCI 513 Group Counseling (3) 

SOCI 520 Counseling for Substance Abuse (3) 

SOCI 601 Child Abuse and Spousal Abuse (3) 

SOCI602 Techniques of Marriage and Family Counseling (3) 

Gerontology (CSC) 

ADLT 530 Environment and Aging (3) 

ADLT 531 Nutritional Problems of the Aging (3) 

ADLT 532 Developmental Psychology: Adult Years and Aging (3) 

ADLT 533 Processes ofAging (3) 

Health Care Delivery Systems (UB) 

MGMT 765 Management of Health Care Organizations and Professional$ (3) 

PUAD 751 Policy Issues in Health Care (3) 




Negotiations and Conflict Management (UB) 


CNCM 508 Approaches to Managing Conflict and Methods of 

Dispute Resolution (3) 


CNCM 515 Mediation: Theory and Practice (3) 

MGMT725 Conflict Management and Dispute Resolution in the Workplace (3) 

Recreation for the Disabled (esC) 

RECR 500 Health and Safety Factors in Recreational Planning (3) 

RECR 501 Recreation in Community Settings (3) 

RECR 502 Leisure Skills for the Disabled (3) 

REHB 502 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) 

RECR 503 Outdoor Adventure Programming for the Disabled (3) 

SPED 507 Techniques of Measurement and Evaluation of the Disabled (3) 

Rehabilitation Counseling (esC) 

REHB 504 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability (3) 

REHB 513 Introduction to Rehabilitation (3) 

REHB 516 Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3) 

82

REHB 536 CaseworkiCaseioad Management (3) 

REHB 610 Organization and Administration of Counseling and 

Rehabilitation Programs (3) 

REHB 636 Multicultural Counseling (3) 

Special Education (CSC) 

SPED 511 Group Dynamics: The Educator's Role (3) 

SPED 512 Administration and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3) 

SPED 514 Seminar in Interdisciplinary Information (3) 

SPED 587 Teaching Exceptional Children in the Regular Classroom (3) 

SPED 700 Legal Aspects of Special Education (3) 

Criminal Justice, Master ofScience 

Dr. Cindy]. Smith, Program Director 

FACULTY: Block, Grant, Ross, Smith, Wright. 

ADJUNCT FACULTY: Broccolina, Coppola, Gersh, Kinlock, Pilachowksi 

The Master of Science program in Criminal Justice is administered through the Division 

of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy. Metropolitan Baltimore contains the 

headquarters of the Maryland State Police, the Baltimore County Police Department, the 

Baltimore City Police Department, the Howard County Police Department, the 

Department ofJuvenile Justice, the State Division of Parole and Probation, the State 

Division of Corrections, numerous federal agencies, federal and state courtS, and a number 

of related correctional institutions and agencies. Representatives from these agencies 

currently are entolled in the undergraduate and graduate programs in Criminal Justice. 

The master's degree program in criminal justice assists the student in comprehending 

the total concepts of criminal justice, particularly as these pertain to metropolitan 

America. To achieve these objectives, the program is designed to: 

1) broaden the student's knowledge of the entire justice system and process; 

2) teach the student how to integrate knowledge and evaluate scientific and scholarly literature; 

and, 

3) develop the student's skills in the planning, implementation, and analysis of criminal 

justice programs. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE CANDIDATES 

1) A baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university. 

2) A minimum cumulative grade point average of2.8 on a 4.0 scale in undergraduate 

studies. The major or specialization should be relevant to the graduate degree program. 

(Under certain conditions, a student with a lower average may be admitted on a conditional 

basis pending the grade results of the student's first 12 credits in graduate 

school.) 

83

3) A personal interview with the director of the Criminal Justice graduate program and a 

recommendation from the director that the candidate be admitted. 

4) Two recommendations, preferably from one former professor and an employer. 

5) Successful completion of undergraduate courses in statistics and criminological theory. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Baccalaureate applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission as degree candidates 

or who do not choose formally to enter the graduate degree program may be admitted on 

a conditional basis under the following conditions: 

1) They may be required to take additional undergraduate preparatory work that is relevant 

to the graduate degree program into which admission is sought. No credit toward 

the degree will be granted for this work. 

2) They may be required to submit Gtaduate Record Exam (GRE) scores for evaluation. 

3) They may be required to show evidence ofsuccessful work in the profession to which 

the program is related. No conditional graduate student may become a degree candidate 

until the student completes 12 credits ofgraduate work at the University with an 

overall grade point average of 3.0. All changes from conditional statuS to degree candidacy 

status must be approved by the graduate program director. 


A maximum of 12 relevant graduate credits may be transferred from another regionally 

accredited school toward the M.S. degree in Criminal Justice, subject to the approval of 

the program director. None of the 12 credits may be applied to the five Core Course; all 

Core Courses must be taken at UB. 

STANDING 

Every person who applies will be evaluated by the graduate program director and, if 

admitted, will be given a profile showing graduate credits (if any), deficiencies to be corrected, 

required courses, and options available. This student profile will become a permanent 

parr of the student's record and will serve as a guide throughout the period of 

matriculation. This will be given to the student at the initial interview with the director. 


All requirements for the M .S. degree must be completed within seven calendar years. In 

some instances, the director may require a student, prior to graduation, to repeat or 

replace a a course or courses that have become clearly outmoded or outdated. This requirement 

is in addition to all previous degree requirements. 


Completion of the M.S. degree may be accomplished through one of two plans: 

Plan I, an option of 30 credits and successful completion of a thesis for six credits, for a 

total of 36 credits; or 

Plan II, 36 credits and a written comprehensive examination. 

Under either plan the student must complete at least 24 credits ofgraduate Criminal 

Justice course work at the University of Baltimore, including the five Core Courses and at 

84

least one course in each of the three Criminal Justice components - Law Enforcement, 

Courrs, and Corrections 

The Criminal Justice core consists of five courses required of all students plus the thesis, 

if elected. The student specialize in Law Enforcement, Couns, or Corrections by taking 

nine credits in one of these areas. In addition, graduate students may choose from a list 

of approved electives selected from other University of Baltimore graduate programs and 

focus their studies on one of three general areas: the administration of criminal justice, law 

and criminal justice, or crime and deviance. These electives within the 36 credit rotal allow 

students ro tailor their studies to meet their professional, educational and career goals. The 

graduate program director or an advisor designated by the director will approve each 

student's course selection. 

Non-thesis candidates must take a written comprehensive examination that covers the 

core material and the chosen specialization area. This may be taken only after 27 credits of 

satisfactory graduate work. Students are allowed only two attempts ro pass the comprehensive 

examination. Thesis candidates will be expected ro show competency in all areas of 

specialization during the oral defense. 

Core Curriculum 

CRJU 602 Research Techniques I (3) 

CRJU 603 Statistical Techniques in Criminal Justice (3) 

CRJU 610 Administration ofJustice (3) 

CRJU 615 Criminal Justice Planning/Systems Analysis (3) 


Specialization Areas 

Law Enforcement 

CRJU 631 Police and Society (3) 

CRJU 640 Managing Police Organizations (3) 

CRJU 712 Seminar in Law Enforcement (3) 

Courts and Law 

CRJU 630 Institutional Treatment and the Law (3) 

CRJU 645 Constitutional Law (3) 

CRJU 705 Juvenile Justice (3) 

CRJU 706 Contemporary Criminal Court Issues (3) 

CRJU 713 Seminar in Judicial Administration (3) 

Corrections 

CRJU 637 Studies in Probation, Parole, and Community Corrections (3) 

CRJU 742 Managing Correctional Organizations (3) 

CRJU 611 Contemporary Corrections (3) 

CRJU 714 Seminar in Criminology and Corrections (3) 

85

SCHOLASTIC STANDARDS 

Graduate students must maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0. No more than six 

credits ofC may be applied toward the M .S. degree. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 

average may be placed on probation, suspended or dismissed from the degree program, 

according to Universiry policies. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Graduation requirements are 30 credits with an overall average of 3.0, together with a thesis 

(six credits); or 36 credi ts with an overall average of3.0, together with the successful 

completion of the comprehensive examination. 

COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION 

Students electing the comprehensive examination as their terminal step should discuss 

their plans with their advisors at least one semester prior to the examination. This examination 

constitutes a comprehensive review in which each student demonstrates an abiliry 

to integrate and synthesize his/her academic experience in criminal justice. 

THE MASTER'S THESIS 

If a student chooses the thesis option for completion of the master's degree, a thesis advisor 

must be selected by the student. Two additional thesis committee members will be selected 

from among the faculry by the student in consultation with the thesis advisor. A written 

thesis proposal must be submitted to the committee for a formal defense. 

The three-member thesis committee will oversee the student's thesis research. 

Following completion of the thesis, an oral defense of the thesis will be scheduled and the 

defense will be open to the Universiry communiry. The three-member committee must 

unanimously vote to accept the thesis, otherwise a second defense must be scheduled. 

Failure to pass the second defense will constitute thesis failure. 

Following successful completion of the thesis requirements, the original ryped manuscript 

with the thesis advisor's signature on the approval page will be provided to the graduate 

program director. Two copies of the thesis must also be provided to the coordinator of 

special collections, Langsdale Library and another signed copy must be given to the dean 

of the Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts. Grades for the thesis will not be issued until 

the signed copies have been received. 

There are additional requirements for successful completion of the thesis. Students 

considering the thesis option should obtain copies of these requirements from the graduate 

program director prior to beginning the thesis research. 

86

Combined Program, J.D. and M.S in Criminal Justice 

Dr. Cindy J. Smith, Program Director 

Tony Torain, Assistant Dean, School ofLaw 

The University of Baltimore School of Law and the Gordon College Division of 

Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy offer students the opportunity to obtain 

Juris Doctor 0.0.) and Master of Science (M.S.) in Criminal Justice degrees by completing 

courses over a three- to four-year period. Students seeking the combined degree will 

find their training useful in managerial and legal positions in federal, state, and local criminal 

justice agencies. 

Students in the combined program will be required to complete a minimum of 90 

credits in law school and a minimum of 36 credits in the M.S. program. However, the 

School of Law recognizes six credits of the Criminal Justice requirements as transferable to 

its program and the Criminal Justice program reciprocally allows the transfer of nine credits 

oflaw school courses to satisfY coursework requirements in its program. Thus, students 

who are admitted to this program have the opportunity to obtain both the J.D. degree and 

M.S. in Criminal Justice for 15 fewer credits than would be required were the two degrees 

obtained independently. 

All other requirements for the J.D. degree apply to students in this program. Students 

in the combined program must also successfully pass the Criminal Justice comprehensive 

examination or defense ofa master's thesis. 


Applicants for the combined program must meet the admissions standards of both the 

School of Law and the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy. 

Students may enter the combined program after having enrolled in either the J.D. or M.S. 

program. 

Law School Criteria 

Admission to the School of Law is determined by the Committee on Admissions which 

bases its decisions on a variety of factots. This committee, which is composed of members 

of the faculty, the associate dean for admissions, and student representatives, evaluates all 

material in an applicant's file but places substantial emphasis on the cumulative undergraduate 

grade point average and the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) score. In most 

cases, a combination of these criteria will be sufficient for the admissions decision. 

The committee also recognizes non-traditional factors that may be relevant in determining 

the applicant's ability to complete law school successfully. The committee seeks to 

include persons of diverse racial, ethnic and cultural backgrounds. It considers the level of 

difficulty of the undergraduate field of study, graduate degrees and other indications not 

susceptible to measurement by traditional academic criteria, such as demonstrated ability to 

overcome adversity, individual achievement, motivation , work experience, and character. 

M.S. in Criminal Justice Criteria 

Admission to the M.S . program in Criminal Justice is determined by the graduate program 

director, with the assistance of the faculty. A student may be admitted to the program 

in two different categories: 

87

1) A student wirh a degree from an accredited college or universi[}' who has maintained at 

least a 2.8 grade point average during undergraduate work and who has strong leners of 

recommendation from persons who can assess the applicant's academic and career 

potential may be granted admission as an unconditional degree srudenr. 

2) Srudents who who do not meet these standards or have not completed undergraduate 

course work in statistics andlor criminology may apply for a conditional admission. 

ADVISEMENT 

Responsibili[}' for the overall administration of the combined J.D IM.S. program is vested 

in the Assistant Dean in the School of Law and the M.S. program director. If a srudent has 

interest in the program, the first step is to talk to the Assistant Dean of the School of Law. 

The M .S. Program Director is available for program and academic advisement during regular 

office hours. 

Application materials for admission to the combined program may be obtained from 

the Assistant Director of Law School Admissions and Assistant Director of Graduate 

Admissions. The law school application form should be completed and returned to the 

Associate Dean of Law School Admissions, together with a non-refundable application fee 

and an Application Matching Card from the Law School Admission Services (LSAS) 

packer. All first-year applicants mUSt take the Law School Admissions Test (LSAT), and 

register with the Law School Data Assembly Service (LSDAS) . A transcript from each college 

and universi[}' attended must be submitted ro LSDAS, which will prepare an official 

candidate's reporr containing the LSAT test score, transcripts, and computation ofa uniform 

undergraduate grade point average, for use by the law school in evaluating the application. 

Application materials for admission to the Criminal Justice program may be obtained 

from either the Admissions Office or from the director of the Criminal Justice graduate 

program. The completed application form, the application fee, and official transcripts of 

all prior college work must be submined to the Admissions Office. Leners of recommendation 

and other relevant materials should be sent directly to the program director. 

No student will be considered for admission to the combined J .D.lM.S. program until 

the Law School Admissions Committee has acted favorably. Candidates are, however, 

encouraged to file applications to both programs concurrently. 

CURRICULUM 

The combined J.D.lM.S. in Criminal Justice is divided into required and elective courses 

for a total of 112 credits. Students must successfully complete 52 credits of required law 

courses, in addition to fulfilling the upper-level writing and upper-level advocacy requirements. 

They must also successfully complete 15-18 credits of required criminal justice 

courses. 

Under rhis program, srudents begin work on their master's degree either the summer 

preceding the beginning of their law school career or the summer after finishing the first 

year oflaw school. Most of the work toward the master's degree is completed during the 

various summer semesters but in no event maya srudent take courses within their master's 

program during the fall and spring semesters of their first year of law school. 

The schedule shown below is designed to illustrate a [}'pical sequencing of courses for srudents 

in the combined J.D.lM .S. program. 

88

First Year, Fall Semester (15 credits) 

LAW Contracts I (3) 

LAW Civil Procedure I (3) 

LAW Torts I (3) 

LAW Criminal Law (3) 

LAW Legal Analysis, Research, and Writing (3) 

First Year, Spring Semester (14 credits) 

LAW Contracts II (3) 

LAW Civil Procedure II (3) 

LAW Torts II (2) 

LAW Property (3) 

LAW Moot Court· (2) 

First Year, Summer Semester (6 credits) 


CRJU One Criminal Justice elective (3) 

Second Year, Fall Semester (18 credits) 

LAW Commercial Transactions I (3) 

LAW Constitutional Law I (3) 

LAW Corporations (3) 

LAW Constitutional Criminal Procedure (3) 

LAW Professional Responsibility (3) 

CRJU 602 Research Techniques I (3) 

Second Year, Spring Semester (18 credits) 

LAW Commercial Transactions II (3) 

LAW Evidence (3) 

LAW Constitutional Law II (3) 

LAW Law elective (3) 


CRJU 603 Statistical Techniques in Criminal Justice (3) 

Second Year, Summer Semester (6 credits) 

CRJU Criminal Justice elective (3) 


Third Year, Fall Semester (18 credits) 







Third Year, Spring Semester (15 credits) 



89



CRJU 615 Criminal Justice Planning Systems/Applications (3) 

Third Year, Summer Semester (3-6 credits) 


-or- 

CRJU 729 Thesis (3-6) 

Total Credits: 111-114 

LAW Credits: 84 

CRJU Credits: 27-30 

Correctional Administration, 

Graduate Certificate 


FACUL1Y: Members of the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice and Social Policy; 

and members of the Division of Government and Public Adminisrration. 

The graduate cerrificate program in Correctional Administration, offered by the Division 

of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy, provides an intensive and focused 

course ofstudy in management and administration designed for individuals already 

employed in the corrections field. Upon me successful completion of me 21-credit program, 

students are awarded me graduate cerrificate in Correctional Adminisrration. 

Completion of mis program provides correctional personnel wim knowledge and skills 

direccly relevant (0 me management and administration of correctional organizations. 

The cenificate is not the equivalent ofa master's degree, bur rather recognizes the completion 

of a unique and rigorous course of graduate study. Students may elect to continue 

meir studies (Oward a master's degree. The cenificate program is specifically aniculated 

with the M.S. in Criminal Justice and Master of Public Administration degrees. 

The 21-credit cerrificate program consists of four required courses and three electives. Of 

the required courses, rwo are offered by the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice, 

and Social Policy; and rwo by the Division of Government and Public Administration. 

With (he elective courses, students choose (0 specialize in personnel administration, labor 

relations, program analysis and evaluation, or general administration. 



2) A minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of2.8 on a 4.0 scale. 

Students with lower undergraduate grade point averages may be admitted on a conditional 

basis at the discretion of (he cerrificate program direcror. Students accepted conditionally 

must achieve a 3.0 average for their first nine hours in the program in order 

(0 be allowed (0 continue. 

90

3) A personal interview with the director of the certificate program. 

4) Current or former employment with a correctional agency. In exceptional circumstances 

this requirement can be waived by the certificate program direcror, but the program 

is primarily intended to enhance the administrative skills and career ptospects of 

correctional practitioners. 

5) Two letters of recommendation from superiors or other officials knowledgeable of the 

applicant's work and potential. 

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM REfJUlREMENTS 

Each student must complete the program's four required courses plus three elective courses 

within one of the approved specializations. Students must maintain an overall grade point 

average of 3.0. No more than six credits of C may be applied toward the requirements of 

the certificate program. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average may be placed on probation, 

suspended, or dismissed from the certificate program, according to University 

policies. 


PUAD 623 Bureaucracy and the Political Process (3) 

PUAD 624 Public Organization Theory (3) 

CRJU 742 Managing Correctional Organizations (3) 

CRJU 714 Seminar in Corrections (3) 

Specialization in Correctional Personnel Administration 

Choose three ofthe following for a total ofnine credits: 

PUAD 621 Public Personnel and Human Resource Management (3) 

PUAD 730 State and Local Personnel Management (3) 

MGMT 710 Human Resource Management* (3) 

MGMT 715 Compensation, Evaluation, and Motivation (3) 

APPL 604 Interviewing (3) 

APPL 605 Theories of Behavior Change (3) 


*MGMT 110 is aprerequisitefor MGMT 115. 

Specialization in Correctional Labor Relations 

Take the flilowingfor a total ofnine credits: 

PUAD 731 Public Employee Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3) 

MGMT 710 Human Resource Management (3) 

MGMT 720 Labor Management Relations (3) 

Specialization in Correctional Program Analysis and Evaluation 

Choose three ofthe following for a total ofnine credits: 

PUAD 628 Statistical Applications in Public Administration (3) 

PUAD 629 Public Program Evaluation (3) 

PUAD 630 Analytic Techniques for Public Decision Making (3) 

-or- 

CRJU 615 Criminal Justice Planning Systems Applications (3) 

91

Specialization in General Administration 

Choose three ofthe flllowingfor a total ofnine credits; only one course from CRJU selections: 

CRJU 630 Institutional Treatment and the Law (3) 

CRJU 637 Studies in Parole, Probation, and Community Corrections (3) 

CRJU 611 Contemporary Corrections (3) 

PUAD 740 Administrative Law and Regulation (3) 


PUAD 622 Public Budget and Fiscal Administration (3) 

PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical Environment of Public Administration (3) 



Please note: Students may not apply more than nine total creditsfrom business 

courses to the certificate requirements. 

Police Administration, Graduate Certificate 


FACULTY: Members of the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy, 

and the Division of Government and Public Administration. 

The graduate certificate program in Police Administration, offered by the Division of 

Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy, provides an intensive and focused course 

ofstudy in management and administration designed for individuals already employed in 

the police field. Upon the successful completion of the 21-credit program, students are 

awarded the graduate certificate in Police Administration. The certificate is not in any 

respect the equivalent ofa master's degree, bur rather recognizes the completion of a 

unique and rigorous course of graduate study. Students may elect to continue their studies 

toward a master's degree. The certificate program is specifically articulated with the M.S. 

in Criminal Justice and Master of Public Administration degrees. 

The 21-credit certificate program consists offour required courses and three electives. Of 

the required courses, two are offered by the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice, 

and Social Policy and two by the Division of Government and Public Administration. 

With the elective courses, students choose to specialize in personnel administration, labor 

relations, program analysis and evaluation, or general administration. 

Completion of this program provides police personnel with knowledge and skills directly 

relevant to the management and administration of police organizations. 



2) A minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of2.8 on a 4.0 scale. 

Students with lower undergraduate grade point averages may be admitted on a conditional 

basis at the discretion of the certificate program director. Students accepted 

unconditionally must achieve a 3.0 average for their first nine credits in the program in 

order to be allowed to continue. 

92

3) A personal inrerview with the director of the certificate program. 

4) Currenr or former employment with a police agency. In exceptional circumstances this 

requiremenr can be waived by the certificate program director, but the program is primarily 

inrended to enhance the administrative skills and career prospects of police practitioners. 

5) Two letters of recommendation from superiors or other officials knowledgeable of the 

applicanr's work and potenrial. 

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 

Each student must complete the program's four required courses plus three elective courses 

within one of the approved specializations. Studenrs must mainrain an overall grade poinr 

average of3.0. No more than six credits ofC may be applied toward the requiremenrs of 

the certificate program. Studenrs failing to mainrain a 3.0 average may be placed on probation, 

suspended, or dismissed from the certificate program, according to University 

policies. 

Required Courses (I2 credits) 

PUAD 623 Bureaucracy and the Political Process (3) 



CRjU 112 Seminar in Law Enforcemenr (3) 

Elective Courses (9 credits) 

Select one of the following specializations: 

Specialization in Police Personnel Administration (9 credits) 

Choose three ofthe following 

PUAD 621 Public Personnel and Human Resource Managemenr (3) 

PUAD 730 State and Local Personnel Managemenr (3) 

MGMT 710 Human Resource Managemenr* (3) 

MGMT 715 Compensation, Evaluation, and Motivation (3) 

APPL 604 Inrerviewing (3) 

APPL 605 Theories of Behavior Change (3) 


* MGMT 71 0 is a prerequisite for MGMT 715. 

Specialization in Police Labor Relations (9 credits) 

Choose the following: 


MGMT 710 Human Resource Managemenr (3) 

MGMT 720 Labor Managemenr Relations (3) 

Specialization in Police Program Analysis and Evaluation (9 credits) 

Choose the followingfor a total ofnine credits: 



PUAD 630 Analytic Techniques for Public Administration (3) 

93

Specialization in General Police Administration (9 credits) 

Choose three ofthe following: 

CRJU 631 Police in Sociery (3) 

PUAD 740 Administrative Law and Regulation (3) 


PUAD 622 Public Budget and Fiscal Administration (3) 




NOTE: Students may not apply more than nine rotal credits from business courses to the 

certificate requirements. 

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE DIVISION OF LEGAL, 

ETHICAL AND HISTORICAL STUDIES 

Legal and Ethical Studies, Master ofArts 

Dr. Donald Mulcahey, Program Director 

FACULTY: Albrecht, Botes, Carney, Eghbal, Elfenbein, Guy, Jacklin, Legon, Middleton, 

Mulcahey, Sawyer, Walen, Wayne 

ADJUNCT FACULTY: McDermitt. 

The graduate degree program in Legal and Ethical Studies, offered through the Division of 

Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies, is designed for students who are interested in the 

graduate level study of law and ethics in a liberal arts setting. The curriculum emphasizes 

practical applications, contemporary problems, and historical and philosophical perspectives. 

All courses are in the evenings. 

The curriculum is divided into three general areas. First, introductory courses provide 

students with a foundation for advanced study and for the development of research and 

writing skills. Second, advanced courses focus on basic concepts and contemporary issues 

in particular areas of law, philosophy, and historical inquiry. Third, students may take several 

electives in other graduate programs for the purpose of broadening or deepening their 

knowledge, or exploring other disciplines related to their educational objectives. 

The program is most appropriate for the student who is motivated by intellectual interest 

as well as career goals.* Courses emphasize the connections between knowledge and 

practice. The curriculum serves the serious student aiming for a liberal arts master's degree, 

while also serving career-oriented students with a desire for graduate courses in specialized 

areas such as business-related law, real properry, professional ethics, family law and public 

policy, constitutional issues and contemporary debates, administrative law and organization, 

legal and ethical issues in health care, wills and trusts, and legal and constitutional 

history. Advanced students may enroll in specific courses in the School of Law, School of 

Business, and other College of Liberal ArtS graduate programs such as Criminal Justice, 

Public Administration, and Applied Psychology; permission from the appropriate instruc 

94

tors and adminisrrators is required. Students interested in alternative dispute resolution 

and in any of the areas ofarbirration, mediation, and negotiation should solicit the advice 

of the Program Director concerning appropriate courses. 

* Please note: The Legal and Erhical Studies program makes many srudents more competitive 

for law school admission, but does not qualify studenrs for admission to or 

advanced standing in rhe Universiry of Baltimore's School of Law. The program 

does not lead to formal cerrification as a paralegal, nor does it qualify students for the 

Maryland State Bar Examination. 


The requirements include a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or universiry, 

earned wirh a grade point average of 3.0 or berrer. Individuals wirh lower grade point averages 

may be admitted on a conditional basis wirh rhe approval of the director. Application 

forms and information can be obtained from the Admissions Office. 

With rhe approval of the direcror, individuals who are not interested in the degree program 

but who would like ro enroll in one or more courses may be admirred upon submission 

ofan application with a wrirren statement of purpose explaining their reasons for 

taking the course and providing a resume of relevant qualifications. If interested in receiving 

credits, non-degree students will be graded on the same basis as degree-seeking students. 

Please note: Courses are usually available in the summer, but students must enter the 

program in the fall or spring term. 

TRANSFER OF CREDITS 

A maximum ofsix credirs earned in related courses may be transferred from orher accredited 

graduate programs with the approval of the graduate program director. 

FOUNDATION COURSES 

After being admitted, students are required to complete the following 15 credits of foundation 

course work: 

LEST 500 Legal Research (3) 

LEST 501 Legal and Ethical Foundations (3) 

LEST 506 Hisrorical Perspectives (3) 

LEST 507 Legal and Ethical Arguments (3) 

LEST 508 Law and Moraliry (3) 

ADVANCED COURSES 

Students then complete 18 credirs ofadvanced course work. Studenrs must take at least 

one course from the Principles in Action group, and at least one course from the Problems 

and Perspectives group. Students may take up to nine credits from orher graduate programs, 

on a selective basis and with the approval of the direcror. 

Principles in Action (3 credirs minimum) 

LEST 603 Law ofContracts (3) 

LEST 604 Law of Business Organizations (3) 

LEST 605 Topics of Law (3) 

95

LEST 606 Family Law (3) 

LEST 607 Real Property (3) 

LEST 608 Wills and Trusts (3) 

LEST 612 Health Law (3) 

LEST 613 Products Liability Law (3) 

LEST 614 Torts (3) 

Problems and Perspectives (3 credits minimum) 

LEST 600 Advanced Research (3) 

LEST 601 Ethics and Advocacy (3) 

LEST 602 World Legal Systems (3) 

LEST 610 Special Topics (3) 

LEST 620 Philosophy of Law (3) 

LEST 624 Professional Ethics (3) 

LEST 629 Lawyers as Villains in Literature and Film (3) 

LEST 630 Law and History Seminar (3) 

Electives (9 credits maximum) 

With the approval of the program director, students may take up to nine credits of graduate 

course work in any other division of the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts, in the 

School of Law,* or in the Merrick School of Business. Some suggested electives are: 

LAW 837 Civil Liberties 

LAW 854 Environmental Law 

CRJU 645 Constitutional Law 

CRJU 705 Juvenile Justice 

PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical Environment of Public Administration 

PUAD 740 Administrative Law and Regulation 

* Please note: Students who enroll in School of Law courses are subject to the following 

sti pulations: 

1) They must obtain permission to enroll from the law school instructor, the Associate 

Dean of the Law School, and the director of the Legal and Ethical Studies program 

2) While enrolled the student is subject to the course requirements and grading procedures 

of the School of Law. 

3) No more than six credits may be completed in courses offered in the School of Law. 

Negotiations and Conflict Management, Master ofScience 

Dr. Donald Mulcahey, Program Director 

FACULTY: Selected faculty from the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts, the Merrick 

School of Business and the School of Law 

The M.S. in Negotiations and Conflict Management is a 42-credit program designed to 

prepare students for professional careers in the field of negotiations and conflict management. 

Although it is administered by the Division of Legal, Ethical, and Historical 

Studies, the program is intensely interdisciplinary. The curriculum draws upon the courses

and expertise of all three of the Universiry's academic units: the School of Law, the 

Merrick School of Business and the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts. 

In addition to specialized courses in conflict theory and methods of dispute prevention 

and resolution, the program requires courses in a variery of disciplines that provide a specific 

focus on the contextual settings in which conflicts and disputes arise, and on the 

potential alternatives for resolution or settlement in that context. The infusion of legal, 

business, social science, and humanities perspectives into this program is designed to challenge 

students to gain a broad and rich understanding of conflict and conflict management. 

Such understanding enhances their abiliry to develop successful careers in this 

rapidly growing field of scholarship and professional practice, which spans both the public 

and private sectors. 

Comprised of theoretical and practical components designed to enhance students' 

understanding of conflict and their abiliry to manage it effectively in a variery of contextual 

settings, the program requirements lead the student through three levels of coursework 

and experience, as below: 

Level One - a series of three-credit Core Courses that inttoduce the field and enable 

students to develop the skills necessary for a career in the field. 

Level Two - a series ofAdvanced Perspective Courses and Electives that deepen the 

student's appreciation of the impact of the contextual setting on the nature, prevention 

and resolution of conflict, and promote an understanding of the distinction between conflict 

settlement and conflict resolution. When appropriate, Special Topics courses in various 

disciplines may be taken. Although some overlap is inevitable, Level Two course are 

categorized according to their focus on one of three distinct perspectives: Individual and 

Interpersonal perspectives; Managerial and Governmental perspectives; and Cultural, 

Ethical and Policy perspectives. 

Level Three - the Capstone Experience, which consists of two components: a clinical 

experience; and a reflective paper that intergtates theory and practice, and equips the 

student with a well thought-out approach to future involvement and professional practice 

in the field. 


Applicants who have earned a bachelor's degree with a GPA of 3.0 or better from an 

accredited institution are eligible for unconditional admission to the program. Applicants 

must also submit a written personal statement, summarizing their experience and/or interest 

in the field, and they may also be tequired to obtain letters of recommendation and to 

meet with the program director. 

Applicants who do not meet the 3.0 GPA requirement may be eligible for conditional 

admission. Conditional admission is a probationary status affording those admitted in this 

category the opportuniry to demonstrate performance sufficient to succeed in the program. 

Upon completion of 12 credits in the program, conditional students who have 

achieved the requisite 3.0 G PA are admitted unconditionally. 

PROGRAM SEI1UENCE 

Level One - Core Courses (18 credits) 

CNCM 500 Methods of Research (3) 


CNCM 508 Approaches to Managing Conflict/Methods of Dispute Resolution (3) 


97

CNCM 515 Mediation: Theory and Practice 

CNCM 517 Arbitration:Theory and Practice (3) 

Level Two - Advanced Perspective Courses (9 credits) 

Select one courseftom each o/the following three groupings: 

Individual and Interpersonal Perspectives 

APPL 604 Interviewing (3) 

APPL 605 Advanced Theories of Personality (3) 

APPL 612 Human Relations (3) 

APPL 662 Seminar in Organizational Psychology (3) 

CRJU 702 The Victim: Crime Victims and Society (3) 

INSS 797 Topics: Game Theory (3) 

LAW 651 Evidence (3) 

LAW 652 Professional Responsibility (3) 

LAW 805 Collective Bargaining (3) 

LAW 813 Interviewing, Negotiating and Counseling (3) 

LAW 817 Litigation Process (3) 

LAW 827 Domestic Relations Workshop (3) 

LAW 832 Mediation Skills (3) 

LAW 850 Alternative Dispute Resolution Seminar (3) 

LEST 603 Law of Contracts (3) 

LEST 606 Family Law (3) 

PUAD 705 Special Topics: Bargaining and Negotiation (3) 

PUAD 705 Special Topics: Judgement and Decision Making (3) 

SOCI605 Human Services Throughout the Life Cycle (3) 

Managerial and Governmental Perspectives 

APPL 641 Behavioral Factors (3) 

APPL 646 Employment Law in Human Resource Management (3) 

APPL 650 Work Groups in Organizations (3) 


CRJU 642 Managing Correctional Institutions (3) 


ECON 765 The Health Services Systems (3) 



MGMT 504 Labor Management Relations(3) 

MGMT 504 Conflict Management and Dispute Resolution in the Workplace (3) 

MGMT 504 Organizational Creativity, Change and Conflict (3) 

MGMT 504 Management of Health Care Organizations and Professionals (3) 

MGMT 504 Special Topics in Management (3) 

PUAD 731 Public Employee Union Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3) 

SOCI601 Community Organization of Human Services (3) 

SOCI682 Sociology ofWork and Organizations 

Cultural, Ethical and Policy Perspectives 


APPL 643 Advanced Social Psychology (3) 

98

CRJU 610 Administration of Social Justice (3) 

CRJU 63X Policing and Society (3) 

CRJU 713 Seminar in Judicial Administration (3) 


LAW 604 Criminal Law (3) 

LAW 719 Environmental Law (3) 

LAW 763 SportS Law (3) 

LAW 764 Wetlands Law (3) 

LEST 507 Legal and Ethical Arguments (3) 

LEST 508 Law and Morality (3) 

LEST 605 Special Topics (3) 

LEST 624 Professional Ethics (3) 

MGMT712 Employment Law (3) 


PUAD761 Environmental Policy and Administration (3) 

SOCI606 Sociology of Wei farel Public Assistance (3) 

SOCI655 Seminar on Race and Ethnic Relations (3) 


Take any three additional courses from the Advanced Perspectives courses. 

Level Three - Capstone Course (6 credits) 

In concert with the program director, the student selects an appropriate intership/clinical 

experience and develops a written expression of what has been learned. This paper provides 

an opportunity for the student (Q integrate his or her knowledge and experience, and 

to develop a thoughtful philosophy and approach ro practice in the field. 

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE SCHOOL OF 

COMMUNICATIONS DESIGN 

Publications Design, Master ofArts 

Or. Virginia Kirby-Smith Carruthers, Program Director 

FACULTY: Carruthers, Fitz, Gibson, Gold, Kaplan, Kleinman, Magida, Matanle, 

Moulthrop, Patschke (affiliate), Peirce, Phillips,]. Shorr, Simon, B. Smith, Yarrison. 

'VCIRITERS IN RESIDENCE: Keller, Kopelke. 

ADJUNCT FACULTY: Boam, Childers, Connor, Genovese, Goldman, McDonald, 

McLaughlin, Pointer, Queen, Segreti, Spencer, Strittmater, Wasmer, Weiss 

The Master ofArts in Publications Design is administered by the Division of Language, 

Literature, and Communications Design in the School of Communications Design. 

Combining theory and practice, the liberal artS and skills training, words and images, the 

99

Master ofArcs in Publications Design integrates conceptual thinking, writing, and graphic 

design - in both traditional and new electronic media. Founded in the late 1970s, me 

program anticipated the day when computers would make possible (if not require) such an 

integrated approach. The evolving curriculum has consistently prepared students [0 adapt 

co often rapid changes in publications technology. 

Students come [0 me Publications Design program from a wide variety of educational 

backgrounds and employment his[Ories. Their undergraduate majors range from the predictable 

(English, journalism, mass communication, graphic design, studio art) [0 the 

unexpected (geography, music, foreign languages, biology, business administration). 

Though mahy are already working in publications as writers or designers, a good number 

have no experience in the field. What these students share is a fascination with the interaction 

of words and images and a commitment [0 exploring new modes of visual and verbal 

communication. 

The faculty includes scholars, literary and media critics, graphic designers, hypermedia 

specialists, fiction and nonfiction writers, poets, film-makers and videographers, and publications 

professionals who, like the program itself, combine the intellectual, the academic, 

and the worldly. Also, adjunct professors from Baltimore's sophisticated publications community 

share their expertise in advanced courses in writing, design, and business practices. 

CURRICULAR OPTIONS 

Applicants choose from among three options. The principal program in Publications 

Design is appropriate for students who are interested in the integration of professional 

writing and graphic design in public relations, advertising, corporate publications, journalism, 

and magazine editing and design. The specialization in Creative Writing and 

Publishing is tailored for writers of fiction, literary nonfiction, and poetry who would like 

[0 explore nontraditional avenues [0 publication of creative work. The specialization in 

Media Design offers students the opportunity [0 focus on the relationships among communications 

theory, video production, and the integration of print, graphic design, and 

aural and visual images. Students in the principal program and either of the cwo specializations 

may elect courses in hypermedia which explore the role of writing and design in electronic 

publishing. 

Each of the three options involves the com pletion of 36 credits of course work. All 

three share a set of core requirements, including cwo six-credit, team-taught courses that 

frame the program; an advanced writing course; an elective from a category of courses 

focusing on significant backgrounds and ideas that inform both writing and design; and a 

course concerned with business practices relevant [0 publications professionals. (Specific 

requirements for each option are detailed on subsequent pages.) The minimum amount of 

time in which a student can complete a degree is four semesters. Since many students are 

working full time, it is more common [0 take six or even eight semesters. To accommodate 

working students, all courses are offered in the evenings or on weekends. 

Before graduation, every student is expected co develop a polished resume and a substantial 

portfolio which demonstrates the ability [0 integrate writing, graphic design, and 

- in the case of the Media Design specialist -video production. 

COURSE SEQUENCING 

Although there is considerable flexibility in the order in which students may take electives 

in writing, backgrounds and ideas, and business practices, courses involving graphic design 

generally have prerequisites. 

100

To enroll in PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communication, a student should have 

a working knowledge of QuarkXPress. (The Graphics Lab offers noncredit courses in the 

software to prepare students for the Workshop.) For students with little or no prior experience 

in graphic design, PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communication is a prerequisite 

for PBDS 601 Writing and Graphics: Integration of Forms and for all advanced design 

courses. 

Ordinarily, a student is not permitted to enroll in any advanced design course (for 

example, PBDS 640 Design Principles and Strategies, PBDS 645 Typographic Form and 

Function, or PBDS 650 Advanced Design) until he or she has completed PBDS 601 or 

PBDS 620. 

In order to be eligible to enroll in PBDS 730 Seminar in Publications Design or PBDS 

731 Seminar in Creative Writing and Publishing, a student must have completed all other 

requirements for graduation, with the possible exception of three to six hours of free electives. 

BEYOND THE CLASSROOM 

Through the Institute for Language, Technology, and Publications Design, faculty and 

students engage in design, writing, and research projects that link the study and the practice 

of writing and graphic design. They undertake writing and design projects (for example, 

identity campaigns), produce video and multimedia presentations, and serve as 

consultants on publishing ventures. 

The Institute also offers noncredit seminars and workshops on topics as diverse as communications 

law, electronic publishing, marketing and management, portfolio preparation, 

media reladons, entrepreneurship, the art and craft ofwriting, and the business of 

design. 

From time to time the Institute brings to campus distinguished writers, designers, and 

scholars, often with the backing of local corporations. The Institute also co-sponsors the 

International Lawrence Durrell Conference and Deus Loci: The Lawrence Durrell Journal, 

and supports Passager, a literary magazine. 

Selected students and alumni who are appointed Fellows of the Institute may take special 

courses or collaborate with faculty members on significant projects. Members of the 

faculty who are particularly active in developing or supporting projects are designated 

Senior Fellows of the Institute. 

AWARDS 

The group projects prepared each spring by students enrolled in the capstone Seminar in 

Publications Design are judged by a jury of publications professionals. Prizes awarded to 

the winning projects include The E. John Schmitz Award, endowed in honor of E. John 

Schmitz. Sr., the founder of a major Maryland printing firm, presented for a traditional 

publication; and The Phillip)' Publishing International Award, given for creative work in the 

new media. 

Also each year, The Ampersand Award honors the graduating student who best exemplifies 

the spirit of the Publications Design program through exhibiting extraordinary 

achievement in the integration ofwords and images. This award is endowed by the 

Bobbye Gold Memorial Fund, established in memory of the wife ofEd Gold, professor in 

the Division of Language, Literature, and Communications Design, and carries a prize of 

$500. 

101

A[IMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Candidates for admission to the M.A. program in Publications Design must present evidence 

of the following: 

1) an earned bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited college or university; 

2) the ability to do graduate work in professional or creative writing, graphic design, 

media design, or hypermedia design, usually indicated by a strong undergraduate background 

in one of these areas, or substantial professional experience documented by a 

portfolio; and, 

3) an undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 or better, except when a combined portfolio 

and grade point average of 2.6 or better indicate high potential. 

Applications for admission may be obtained from the Admissions Office. The completed 

application form, the application fee, and official transcripts of all prior college and 

university work must be sent to the Admissions Office. A letter of application and a 

resume must be sent to the program director. An interview with the program director is 

required. 


A maximum of nine relevant graduate credits may be transferred from another regionally 

accredited school toward the M.A. in Publications Design degree, subject to the approval 

of the program director. 

FOUNDATION COURSES 

A student admitted to the Publications Design program may be required, on the basis of 

an evaluation of his/her academic background and portfolio, to complete one or rwo foundation 

courses before beginning the sequence of courses required ofall students. The 

foundation courses, PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communication and PBDS 503 

Workshop in Written Communication help students develop and refine basic graphic 

design and writing skills. Only one foundation course may be counted toward the 36 

credit hours required for the degree. 

PRINCIPAL PROGRAM IN PUBLICATIONS DESIGN 

Students in the principal program develop complementary skills in professional writing 

and graphic design as they prepare to pursue careers in corporate or nonprofit settings, to 

found publications, or to establish their own businesses. Free electives may be used to create 

informal concentrations in writing, design, hypermedia, backgrounds and ideas, or 

business practices. Students who have not already worked in the field of publications are 

encouraged to register for an internship. 


PBDS 601 Writing and Graphics: Integration of Forms (6) 

PBDS 645 Typographic Form and Function (3) 

PBDS 730 Seminar in Publications Design (6) 

Advanced Writing elective (3) 

Backgrounds and Ideas elective (3) 

Business Practices elective (3) 

Free electives (12) 

102

Advanced Writing Electives 

PBDS 602 

PBDS 603 

PBDS 604 

PBDS 605 

PBDS 606 

PBDS 611 

PBDS 622 

PBDS 623 

PBDS 624 

PBDS 625 

PBDS 626 

PBDS 627 

PBDS 628 

PBDS 680 

PBDS 690 

PBDS 750 

PBDS 752 

Background and Ideas Electives 

PBDS 635 

PBDS 710 

PBDS 711 

PBDS 712 

PBDS 713 

PBDS 714 

PBDS 715 

PBDS 716 

PBDS 717 

PBDS 718 

PBDS 719 

PBDS 720 

PBDS 721 

PBDS 755 

Business Practices Electives* 

PBDS 700 

PBDS 701 

PBDS 702 

PBDS 704 

PBDS 706 

PBDS 708 

PBDS 754 

Language and Form 

Edirorial Style 

Writing for the Marketplace 

Public and Private Languages 

Creating Technical Documems 

The Craft of Popularization 

The An of Narrative 

The Lyric Spirit 

Workshop in Novel Writing 

Script Writing 

Literary Nonfiction 

The Art of Memoir 

Screenwriting 

Image Making 

Research: A Writing Tool 

Writing: Special Topics 

Creative Writing: Special Topics 

Communication Theory and Ethics 

History of Prim 

Hisrory of Communication 

Hisrory of Graphic Design 

Language Theory: Syntax. Semamics. and Style 

Myth. Symbol. Sign 

Modern and Postmodern: Aesthetic Backgrounds 

Propaganda and Persuasion 

Perception and Meaning 

Imitation and Creativity 

Imaging Information and Ideas 

The Digital Economy 

Gifts of the Goddess 

Backgrounds and Ideas: Special Topics 

Publications Management 

Media Managemem 

Literary Publications 

Copyright and Publishing 

The Business of Graphic Design 

Promotional Strategies 

Business Practices: Special Topics 

'" With the program director's permission. a student may fulfill the business practices requirement 

by taking an appropriate course in the School ofBusiness. the School ofLaw. or 

another graduate program in the Coffege ofLiberal Arts. 

103

Free Electives 

As free electives, students may take, in addition to any offerings in the Publications Design 

program, courses in illustration, photography, graphic design, or production offered for 

graduate credit in the day or evening programs of the Maryland Institute, College ofArt. 

SPECIALIZATION IN CREATIVE WRITING AND PUBLISHING 

Professor Kendra Kopelke, Director 

This specialization brings together writers of fiction, literary nonfiction, and poetry who 

share an interest in the relationship between creative writing and publications arts. It is 

ideally suited to writers who are interested in not only creating their own work but seeing 

it through to publication. Students complete manuscripts of publishable qualiry and learn 

to give them visual form through understanding and applying the principles of graphic 

design. 


PBDS 620 Creativiry: Integration of Forms (6) 

Choose one ofthe followingfour courses: 

PBDS 622 The Art of Narrative (3) 

PBDS 623 The Lyric Spirit (3) 

PBDS 624 Workshop in Novel Writing (3) 

PBDS 626 Literary Nonfiction (3) 

Take the followingfour courses: 

PBDS 629 Advanced Creative Writing Workshop (3) 


PBDS 702 Literary Publications (3) 

PBDS 731 Seminar in Creative Writing and Publishing (6) 

Take one Backgrounds and Ideas elective, chosen from the following: 

PBDS 710 History of Print 

PBDS 712 History of Graphic Design 

PBDS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign 

PBDS 715 Modern and Postmodern: Aesthetic Backgrounds 

PBDS 717 Perception and Meaning 

PBDS 718 Imitation and Creativiry 

PBDS 721 Gifts of the Goddess 

Take three recommended electives, chosen from the following in cornultation with the program director: 

PBDS 510 Workshop in Video Production 

PBDS 511 Paper ahd Printing 

PBDS 628 Screenwriting 

PBDS 639 Video Aesthetics and Techniques 

PBDS 640 Design Principles and Strategies 

PBDS 641 Magazine Design 

PBDS 642 Book Design 

PBDS 650 Advanced Graphic Design 

PBDS 660 Hypermedia: An Introduction 

PBDS 662 Design of Interactive Environments 

PBDS 664 Hypermedia Production 

104

PBDS 750 Writing: Special Topics 

PBDS 752 Creative Writing: Special Topics 

PBDS 775 Internship in Publications Design 

SPECIALIZATION IN MEDIA DESIGN 

Professor Jonathan Shorr, Director 

This specialization brings together writers, graphic designers, videographers, and media 

producers who share an interest in the relationship between communication theory and 

media production and the integration ofgraphic design, kinetic visual images, and sound. 

Faculty teaching in the specialization share their expertise in script writing, video production/direction, 

hypermedia, audio technology, and computer graphics. 


PBDS 600 Media Design (3) 

PBDS 601 Writing and Graphics: Integration ofForms (6) 

PBDS 625 Script Writing (3) 

PBDS 639 Video Aesthetics and Technique* (3) 


PBDS 730 Seminar in Publications Design (6) 

One Backgrounds and Ideas elective** (3) 

One Business Practices elective (3) 

Two Free electives (6) 

'" Students with no prior video production experience will be required to take PBDS 510 

Workshop in Video Production as a prerequisite for this course. 

** PBDS 635 Communication Theory and Ethics is particularly recommended. 

Backgrounds and Ideas Electives 

PBDS 635 Communication Theory and Ethics 

PBDS 710 History of Print 

PBDS711 History of Communication 

PBDS 712 History of Graphic Design 

PBDS 713 Language Theory: Syntax, Semantics, and Style 

PBDS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign 

PBDS 715 Modern and Postmodern: Aesthetic Backgrounds 

PBDS 716 Propaganda and Persuasion 

PBDS 717 Perception and Meaning 

PBDS 718 Imitation and Creativity 

PBDS 719 Imaging Information and Ideas 

PBDS 720 The Digital Economy 

PBDS 721 Gifts of the Goddess 

PBDS 755 Backgrounds and Ideas: Special Topics 

Business Practices Electives* 

PBDS 700 Publications Management 

PBDS 701 Media Management 

PBDS 702 Literary Publications 

105

PBDS 704 Copyright and Publishing 

PBDS 706 The Business of Graphic Design 

PBDS 708 Promotional Strategies 

PBDS 754 Business Practices: Special Topics 

* With the program director's permission. a student may fulfill the Business Practices requirement 

by taking an appropriate course in the School ofBusiness. the School ofLaw, or another 

graduate program in the College ofLiberal Arts. 

Free Electives 

As free electives. students may take. in addition to any offerings in the Publications Design 

program, courses in illustration, photography, graphic design, or production offered for 

graduate credit in the day or evening programs of the Maryland Institute. College ofArt. 

Advanced Design, Post-Master's Certificate 

Professor Ed Gold, Program Director 

FACULTY: Members of the School of Communications Design 

The Certificate in Advanced Design is intended for graphic designers, art directors, publications 

managers, writers, editors, and other communications professionals. It is a projectoriented 

program of study that provides these professionals an opportunity to acquire a 

level of knowledge and expertise in design that increasingly is being demanded throughout 

their chosen careers. 

The 12-credit certificate program consists of two required courses and two electives. 

Taken together, the four courses provide students with a thorough and systematic understanding 

of publications design, with emphasis in either electronic or print media. The 

courses cover a wide range ofdesign subjects, from concept to production. 

The certificate program has been developed specifically for those who have completed 

their formal post-secondary education and are either working for a design firm, advertising 

agency, or in-house publications department. or are upgrading their knowledge and skills 

so that they can find employment in their field. For rhe most part, this ptogram will be 

most valuable to people who recognize the need for additional education in the area of 

design. but do not wish ro work for an additional degree. 


1) M .A.lM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a GPA of 3.0 

2) A grade of B or better in PBDS 645 Typographic Form and Function or its equivalent 

3) A portfolio that demonstrates proficiency in design 

4) Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admission 

CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

Each student musr complete two required courses plus two elective courses. Students must 

maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average 

may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed ftom the certificare ptogram, 

according ro University policies. 

106


PBDS 540 Creative Concepts (3) 

PBDS 640 Design Principles and Strategies (3) 

Electives (6 Credits) 

Take two ofthe following: 

PBDS 650 Advanced Graphic Design (3) 

PBDS 641 Magazine Design (3) 

PBDS 646 Typography across Media (3) 

PBDS 662 Design ofInteractive Environments (3)* 

PBDS 664 Hypermedia Production (3)* 

PBDS 665 Dynamic Web Sites (3)* 

PBDS 6xx The Book - From Inspiration to Publication (3)** 

PBDS 6xx Packaging the Professional (3)** 

PBDS 6xx Designer as Entrepreneur (3)** 

PBDS 6xx Advanced Design for the Internet (3)* ** 

PBDS 751 Graphic Design: Special Topics (3) 

* These courses require a grade ofB or better in PBDS 660 Introduction to Hypermedia or a 

passing grade on the Proficiency in Hypermedia Examination. 

** Courses Listed as "6xx" may be offered under various numbers; look for them in the schedule 

by name or speak with the program director. 

Certificate in Communications and Design Theory 

Dr. Neil Kleinman, Program Director 


The Certificate in Communications and Design Theory is intended for writers, designers, 

publication editors, video and hypermedia specialists, and other communication professionals. 

It is a program of study that will allow professionals to study the foundational concepts 

and procedures of communications design. It is intended to enhance advanced 

professional careers by providing an understanding of the theory and history that informs 

the practice ofcommunications design. 

The 12-credit certificate program consists of courses in two required areas of concentration 

and two electives. Taken together, the four courses provide students with an understanding 

of theoretical and historical underpinnings of professional communication. 

This certificate program has been developed specifically for those who have completed 

their formal, post-secondary education and are working in the area of publications design 

but wish to study the theory of what they do. Similarly, this program has been developed 

for those engaged in teaching in secondary schools or at communiry colleges who wish to 

connect traditional disciplines with disciplines now emerging as a result of new media. 

107


1) M.A.lM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a GPA of 3.0 

2) Completion of the Universiry Application for Graduate Admissions 


Each srudenr must complete one course in theory, one course in hisrory, and two elective 

courses. Srudenrs must mainrain an overall grade poinr average of 3.0. Srudenrs failing ro 

mainrain a 3.0 average ma), be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the certificate 

program, according ro Universiry policies. 


Take one course in theory and one course in history selected from the following: 

Theory 

PBDS 635 Communication Theory and Ethics (3) 

PBDS 6x:x Design Theory (3)** 

PBDS 713 Language Theory: Synrax, Semanrics, and Sryle (3) 

PBDS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign (3) 

PBDS 715 Modern and Postmodern (3) 

PBDS 720 Digital Economy (3) 

History 

PBDS710 Hisrory of Prinr (3) 

PBDS 711 Hisrory of Communication (3) 

PBDS 712 Hisrory of Graphic Design (3) 


Take two advanced courses that may include those listed above that have not been taken to meet 

the "theory" or "history" requirements, or one ofthe following: 

PBDS 716 Propaganda and Persuasion (3) 

PBDS 717 Perception and Meaning (3) 

PBDS 718 Imagination and Creativity (3) 

PBDS 719 Imaging Information and Ideas (3) 

PBDS 755 Backgrounds and Ideas: Special Topics (3) 

""Courses listed as "6>.:-,;" may be offired under various numbers; look for them in the schedule 


108

Information Design, Post-Master's Certificate 

Dr. Nancy Kaplan, Program Director 


The Cerrificate in Information Design is inrended for graphic designers, writers, edicors, 

publication managers, and other communication or information professionals who want 

to acquire demonstrable competence in the techniques and concepts required for the 

emerging field of information architecture. By inrroducing studenrs CO the disciplines of 

graphic design, psychology, information architecture and related field s, the program prepares 

studenrs co consttuct an information space and co create a user experience that balances 

the goals of the business, the conrenr collection, and the needs of the users. 

The 12-credit cerrificate program consists of two required courses and two electives. 

Taken cogether, the four courses provide studenrs with a systematic understanding of theoretical 

and practical knowledge applicable ro today's changing information environmenrs. 

Courses cover principles of requitement analysis, information design and delivery, usability 

testing, Web-based application development, and production techniques and standatds. 

Graduates are prepared ro develop, design, produce, and manage a range of 

electronic information resources. 

This certificate has been developed specifically for those who have completed their formal, 

post-secondary education and are either working in the area of web or information 

design or are upgrading knowledge and skills so that they can find employmenr in the 

field. 


1) M.A.lM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a GPA of3.0 

2) A grade of B or better in PBDS 660 Introduction ro Hypermedia or a passing grade on 

the Proficiency in Hypermedia Examination 

3) Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admissions 


Each studenr must complete two required courses plus two elective courses. Studenrs must 

mainrain an overall grade point average of 3.0. Students failing ro mainrain a 3.0 average 

may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the certificate program, 

according ro University policies. 


PBDS 662 Design of Inreractive Environmenrs (3) 

PBDS 6xx Usability Evaluation Methods (3) ** 



PBDS 664 Hypermedia Production (3) 

PBDS 665 Dynamic Web Sites (3) 

PBDS 668 Multimedia for the Inrernet (3) 

PBDS 6xx Inreractivity, Navigation & Inrerface Design (3) 

109

PBDS 6xx Hypermedia Programming (3) 

PBDS 756 Hypermedia: Special Topics (3) 

APPL643 Advanced Social Psychology (3) 


INSS 777 Human Factors in IS (3) 

** Courses Listed as "6xx" may be offered under various numbers; Look for them in the schedule 


Literary Publishing, Post-Master's Certificate 

Professor Kendra Kopelke, Program Director 

Faculty: Members of the School of Communications Design 

The Certificate in Literary Publishing is a practice-oriented program of study, providing 

an opportunity to acquire a level of knowledge and set of skills required for creating, 

developing, and producing literary publications. The certificate program consists of a set 

of courses that provide tangible evidence of the work that students have completed and 

the competency they have acquired. Courses cover diverse aspects of literary publishing, 

from concept and design to production and promotion. Students have an opportunity to 

explore the medium of print or electronic publishing environments such as the World 

Wide Web. 

The 12-credit certificate program consists of two required courses and two electives. 

Taken together, the four courses provide students with a thorough and systematic understanding 

of literary publishing. 

The Certificate program has been developed specifically for writers, designers, and editors 

of existing or soon-to-be created literary publications, whether in print or in electronic 

media. It's for those who are thinking ofstarting a new publication and want to 

know how to begin. It's for those who already know a great deal about literary publishing 

bur want to learn a lot more. 


• M.A.lMS degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a CPA of 3.0 

• A grade of B or bener in PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communication or demonstrable 

proficiency in design. 

• Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admission 


Each student must complete two required courses plus two elective courses. Students must 

maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average 

may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the certificate program, 

according to University policies. 

110


PBDS 702 Literary Publications (3) 

PBDS XXX An appropriate graphic design course (3)* 



PBDS 511 Paper and Printing (3) 

PBDS 621 Workshop in Literary Forms (3) 

PBDS 622 The Art of Narrative (3) 

PBDS 623 The Lyric Spirit (3) 

PBDS 626 Literary Nonfiction (3) 

PBDS 642 Book Design (3) 

PBDS 644 Hypermedia Production(3) ** 

PBDS 6xx The Book From Inspiration for Publication (3) *** 

PBDS 752 Creative Writing: Special Topics (3) 

PBDS 789 Creative Thesis (3) 

* Select with approval ofprogram director. 

** This course requires a grade ofB or better in PBDS 660 Introduction to Hypermedia or a 

passing grade on the Proficiency in Hypermedia Examination. 

*** Courses listed as "6xx" may be offered under various numbers; look for them in the schedule 


New Media Publishing, Post-Master's Certificate 

Dr. Stuart Moulthrop, Program Director 


The Certificate in New Media Publishing is intended for graphic designers, writers, editors, 

publication managers, and other communication professionals who want to acquire 

demonstrable competence in the techniques and concepts required for publishing in electronic 

media. Graduates will be prepared to develop, design, produce, and manage a range 

of on-line and new media publications. 

Each student must complete 12 hours of instruction. Taken together, the four courses 

provide students with a systematic understanding of theoretical and practical knowledge 

applicable to today's changing publications environments. Courses cover principles of 

information design and delivery, usability testing, production techniques and standards, 

and design aesthetics. 

The Certificate program has been developed specifically for those who have completed 

their formai, post-secondary education and are either working for a publishing concern or 

are upgrading knowledge and skills so that they can find employment in the field. For the 

most part, these are students who recognize the need for additional education in this area 

but do not want to work for an additional degree. 

III


1) M.A.lM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a GPA of 3.0 

2) A grade of B or better in PBDS 660 Introduction to Hypermedia or a passing grade on 

the Proficiency in Hypermedia Examination 

3) Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admission 


Each student must complete 12 credits of insttuction. Students must maintain an overall 

grade point average of 3.0. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average may be placed on 

probation, suspended, or dismissed from the certificate program, according to University 

policies. 


PBDS 662 Design of Interactive Environments (3) 

PBDS 664 Hypermedia Production (3) 


Two o/theflilowingfor a totalo/six credits: 


PBDS 668 Multimedia for the Internet (3) 

PBDS 6xx Digital Imaging (3) ** 

PBDS 6xx Virtual Worlds: Simulation and Invention (3) ** 

PBDS 6xx Interactivity, Navigation & Interface Design (3) ** 

PBDS 6xx Hypermedia Programming (3) ** 

PBDS 756 Hypermedia: Special Topics (3) 

** Courses listed as "6xx" may be offered under various numbers; look for them in the schedule 


Communications Design, Doctor of (DCD) 

Dr. Neil Kleinman, Program Director 

FACULTY: Members of the School of Communications Design and afftliated faculty in 

the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts and the Merrick School of Business 

The Doctor of Communications Design (DCD) is administered by the Division of 

Language, Literature, and Communications Design in the School of Communications 

Design. The DCD is a first professional degree that will prepare students to be leaders in a 

digital information society. 

Multidisciplinary in structure, the program requires that students take a range of 

courses to develop a number ofskills and perspectives. Ie is intended that students will 

graduate with an understanding of the new digital technology, digital economy and digital 

culture; an appreciation ofemerging communications systems; a critical and analytical 

perspective informed by history; a well-developed ability to produce content addressed to 

112

a variery of audiences; and me competence (0 create and manage complex projects in business, 

educational, or public secror environments. 

CALENDAR AND SCHEDULE 

Srudents may enroll full- or part-time. Since many srudents in me program are working, 

all classes are offered in the evenings or weekends. Students may use the labs seven days a 

week, day and evening; and faculry are available born day and evening. 

For me most part, graduate courses are offered only during the regular academic year 

almough a limited number are offered during me summer. 

ADMISSIONS 

The program offers limited enrollment, and admission is highly competitive. Normally, 

students will be admitted only for the Fall Semester. However, ifspace permits, a limited 

number ofqualified applicants may be admitted in the Spring Semester. 

A student wishing to apply for admission (0 the DCD must have completed a master's 

in publications design from the Universiry of Baltimore or an equivalent master's program 

(in writing, design, information systems, computer science) from another universiry. They 

must have earned at least a 3.2 GPA in previous graduate study, and also have significant 

experience in the fields of publishing, communications, web design or a related area. 

Students who have have not received a master's in publications design but who have significant 

experience and a master's in an appropriate area may be required (0 take, at minimum, 

me master's gateway course, PBDS 601 Writing and Graphics: Integration of 

Forms, or related foundation courses in design. 

An applicant must submit a portfolio containing both design and writing of a professional 

nature. This portfolio must demonstrate mastery and accomplishment as a condition 

ofadmission (0 the doctoral program. In addition, an applicant must submit a 

tentative plan ofstudy that also explains professional goals; a short annotated reading list 

of books considered to be significant (0 an understanding ofcommunications design; and 

a short essay based on a question or (Opic proposed by the DCD Admissions Committee. 

An applicant must also submit a completed Universiry Application for Graduate 

Admission. 

A brochure describing this application process and the program in more detail is available 

through the Office of me Direc(Or of me Doc(Oral Program in the School of 

Communications Design or mrough me Office of Graduate Admissions. 


The Doc(Or ofCommunications Design consists ofa minimum of48 hours ofcourse 

work beyond a master's in publications design (or an equivalent and approved master's 

program). 

Students are required (0 take courses in design, writing, business and public sec(Or 

management, market/audience analysis, and his(Ory and economics. As they progress 

through the program, they will select one of the following areas ofspecialization: publishing, 

advertising, or entertainment; business applications; government/public sec(Or applications; 

or teaching applications. They are also required (0 establish a high degree of 

competence in at least one digitally-based information technology - e.g., computers, 

Internet, radio, distance learning technology, video, multimedia, hypermedia, or CD 

ROM. In addition (0 course work, students must submit a major project (0 be evaluated 

113

y faculry from the School of Communications Design and by professionals from outside 

the School. 

Please note: With rhe approval of the program director, doctoral students will be able to 

take up to 15 credits of graduate work through articulated programs at universities in the 

Universiry System of Maryland. These credits can satisfy required skills or application 

courses, or be taken as electives. 

REQUIRED COURSES AND DISTRIBUTION 


The following courses are required ofall students: 

PBDS 720 The Digital Economy (3) 

PBDS 754 Promotional Strategies (3) 

PBDS 810 Pro-Seminar (3) 

Take one ofthe following: 

MGMT 762 Opportuniry Analysis (3) 

MGMT 763 Commercial Planning (3) 

MGMT 797 New Venture 

PUAD 626 Information Resource Management (3) 

Skills Courses (9 credits) 

Select three courses from among the fl!!owing areas: 

Advanced Writing 

Advanced Graphic Design 

Advanced Videography 

Advanced Interface Design/Hypermedia/Computing 

Applications/Audience Courses (6 credits) 

Select two courses in one ofthe following areas: 

Publishing, Advertising, Entertainment 

Business Applications/Content 

Government/Public Sector Applications/Content 

Teaching Applications/Content 


Select three elective courses. 

Special Topics (6 credits) 

Select six credits ofadvanced-level doctoral work. 

Project-Related Work (6 credits) 

Complete an approved project for six credits. 

Competency 

In addition to demonstrable mastery and accomplishment in both Writing and Design (primary 

competencies), all students must demonstrate mastery ofone of the following areas: 

Interface Design, Hypermedia, Computer Graphics, Computer Programming; Media 

Design or Videography; or Statistics or Survey Techniques (related to market analysis). 

114

To satisfy competency in any of the above, a student will normally present a major project 

done in conjunction with a course or independently, and this work will be judged by a 

committee of faculty. 

Qualifying Examination 

After completing 24 credits, a candidate for the Doctor of Communications Design must 

take a qualifying exam. It wiJi be both written and oral. based upon a study list ofvisual 

material and written texts developed by the candidate and his/her Advisory Committee. 

Project 

The project must be a significant, useful, and executable work of application that demonstrates 

an ability to apply professional skills of design and writing, to analyze a problem, to 

define an audience, and to integrate content, medium, and market. The work may be 

done in anyone ofa number of media, e.g., print, Internet, CD ROM, video. 

Although the project will reflect a primary emphasis on application and problem solving, 

each project must include a well-developed and reflective written analysis of the problem 

[hat includes an audience and market analysis; a business or implementation plan 

(along with a rationale for the approach taken and a discussion of alternate possible solutions); 

and an analysis of the social impact of the project or the values developed in it. In 

all cases, the projects undertaken must have a direct application to the business community, 

to education, or to government; or it must be one that can easily be translated into a 

publishing or entrepreneurial venture. While the project may be based upon the student's 

current work or professional activities, i[ should address the community beyond his or her 

employment or institutional affiliation. 

Each project will be judged by a panel of faculty and outside professionals. 

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE 

SCHOOL OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS 

Public Administration, Master of (MPA) 

Dr. Daniel W. Martin, Program Director 

FACULTY: Darling, Downey, Durant, Galbraith, Gawthrop, Haynes, Henderson, 

Lippincott, Lyles, Martin, Stenberg, Swaim, Thomas, Wilson-Gentry. 

ADJUNCT FACULTY: Boyd, Brown (affiliate), Qualls (affiliate), Wilson. 

The Master of Public Administration (MPA) is a two-year professional degree offered by 

the School of Public Affairs. The program is designed to provide graduate education for 

persons currently holding or seeking administrative careers in the public sector or nonprofit 

organizations. Students with all types of undergraduate backgrounds are considered 

for admission. 

The objective of the program is to educate adminisrrative generalists. Based on this 

premise, the course ofstudy is designed to improve the student's understanding of the 

political and legal environment in which public managers function, to enhance knowledge 

115

of managerial processes and organizational behavior, and to improve skills in research 

methods and quantitative techniques. 

The program is structured to prepare students for administrative positions in agencies 

and departments at all levels ofgovernment and in private, nonprofit organizations. The 

MPA program also is designed to: 

1) increase the promotional potential of in-service personnel; 

2) prepare students for further graduate study in doctor of philosophy and doctor of public 

administration programs; 

3) provide pre-service students with on-the-job training through an internship program; 

4) allow students to participate in the University of Baltimore's combined Juris 

Doctor/Master of Public Administration Program; and, 

5) offer students the opportunity to earn the MPA degree and the Ph.D. degree in cooperation 

with University of Maryland Baltimore County. 

NASPAA ACCREDITA-rlON 

The University of Baltimore's Master of Public Administration program is accredited by 

the National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration (NASPAA) . 

Programs seeking NASPAA accreditation must undergo a lengthy evaluation involving a 

detailed self-study, a site visit, and an examination by a peer group review committee comprising 

NASPAA members from other universities. 

The evaluation is based on the following criteria: quality of faculty, content of the curriculum, 

policies for admission, library and computer facilities, and placement opportunities 

for students. 


The MPA program requires students to complete 42 credits ofgraduate coursework. 

Students with little or no public sector work experience must successfully complete a 

three-credit internship. Students who have been employed for more than one year as midlevel 

managers, supervisors, systems analysts, personnel specialists, budget examiners, or in 

similar managerial positions are not required to complete an internship. 

All requirements for the MPA degree must be completed within seven calendar years 

after admission. The requirements for completion of the MPA degree are those listed in 

the catalog which is current at the time the student enters the program. 

The MPA program also requires all incoming students to be computer literate. This 

can be demonstrated by passing an examination on the subject matter. The School of 

Public Affairs offers a series ofapproved workshops to help prepare students for the exam. 


To be considered for admission to the MPA program, an applicant must have obtained a 

bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited university or college and meet the admissions 

criteria of the School of Public Affairs. 

Application materials may be obtained from the Admissions Office. The completed 

application form, the application fee , letters of recommendation and official transcripts of 

all prior college work must be submitted to the Admissions Office. GRE scores, when supplied 

voluntarily or requested, and other relevant materials must be sent directly to the 

program director. 

116

Applicants may be admirred to the program in two different categories - unconditional 

degree students and conditional degree students. 

Unconditional Degree Students 

Applicants who have achieved at least a 3.0 grade point average (B average) while completing 

their undergraduate degree or have 12 graduate credits with a B average may be admitted 

as unconditional students. Applicants are also required to submit three lerrers of 

recommendation that assess a student's academic and career potentials. Students who faiJ 

to meet this standard may apply for conditional admission. 

Conditional Degree Students 

Students with less than a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or Jess than a 3.0 graduate 

grade point average (if transferring into the MPA program) may be granted conditional 

admission by demonstrating the potential to do graduate work. The program director will 

evaluate a combination of indicators ofpotential graduate level success, including 

Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores; grade point average from the last two years 

of undergraduate work; current employment status; lerrers of recommendation and/or 

interview with applicant. 

The above indicatots provide flexibility in evaluating students who have been out of 

school for several years or who have demonstrated professional competence and the ability 

to undertake graduate-level studies. In the case of practicing administrators, a record of 

accomplishment in administrative performance will be considered in combination with 

the above criteria. Students admirred on a conditional basis will be granted unconditional 

status upon completion of 12 specified hours ofgraduate course work with a B average. 

Students who fail to do so will be dismissed from the MPA program. 

CURRICULUM 

The MPA 42-credit curriculum is divided into Core and Specialization courses. Core 

courses, which are required ofall students, are designed to provide a general background 

in administrative theory, public policy, and program management; an understanding of 

the ethics, role, and methods of public administrators in achieving policy objectives; a 

thorough knowledge of the political, economic, and legal processes which affect administrators; 

and specialized training in research methods, management information systems, 

and quantitative techniques. 

Core Courses (33 credits required) 

Take the following J J courses: 


PUAD 622 Public Budgeting and Fisca1 Administration (3) 

PUAD 623 Bureaucracy and the Politica1 Process (3) 


PUAD 625 Innovations in Public Management (3) 

PUAD 626 Information Resource Management in Public Administration (3) 




PUAD 630 Analytical Techniques in Public Administration (3) 

PUAD 798 Problem Solving Seminar in Public Administration (3) 

117

Specializations (9 credits required) 

Upon completion of the Core courses, students are required to choose an area of 

specialization based upon their personal interests and career objectives within public 

administration or within another graduate program offered by the Universiry of 

Baltimore, e.g., applied psychology, criminal justice, legal and ethical studies, or business. 

Specializations outside of public administration must be developed in consultation with 

the student's MPA faculry adviser and approved by the MPA program director. A student 

is required to complete at least nine credits ofelectives within the specialization of his/her 

choice (for pre-service students, an internship in their specialization can serve as part of 

the nine credits). 

Within public administration, the possible areas of specialization are: public policy 

administration, health care administration, budgeting' and fiscal administration, and public 

and nonprofit management. (The courses which comprise these specializations come 

from both public administration and other graduate programs at the Universiry of 

Baltimore; for a listing of the courses included in these specializations, see the MPA 

Student Handbook.) These specializations provide instruction in important subject areas 

and respond ro the career interests ofstudents in the MPA program. The areas ofspecialization 

are as follows: 

Public Policy and Administration 

This specialization covers a variery of issue areas in the field of public administration. The 

course work provides students with knowledge in the formulation, implementation, and 

evaluation ofpublic policies. Students in this area would most likely seek employment in a 

public agency which operates within the domain of their substantive policy fields. 

Health Care Policy and Administration 

This specialization provides students with an understanding of major administrative concerns 

in the health field , including the roles of managed care programs, financing the 

health care system, health care planning, and strategic planning for health care. It includes 

courses on health administration, health policy, health systems, health finance, managed 

care administration, and strategic health care evaluation. The program is designed for 

those seeking advancement in or preparing for a career in public or private health care 

organizations. 

Budgeting and Fiscal Administration 

This specialization covers the governmental budgeting process, the techniques of budget 

analysis, and fiscal management. It also includes courses which deal with accounting, public 

finance, public economics, cost-benefit analysis, and taxation policy. This specializa tion 

is designed for students who currently hold or anticipate taking a position as a budget analyst 

in a governmental agency. 

Public Information Management 

This specialization provides students with knowledge of the major issues surrounding the 

role of information in government settings and the application of information technology 

in public and nonprofit organizations. It explores problems of governance, financing, 

strategic planning, organizational design, and policy at government-wide, agency, and 

department levels. This specialization also provides training in techniques useful for specific 

project design, planning, and implementation. The increasingly broad application of 

information resource management and information technology makes this specialization 

118

of interest to those seeking advancement in, or preparing for, careers in a wide variety of 

public and nonprofit program areas. 

Public and Nonprofit Management 

This specialization deals with the processes by which public agencies and nonprofit organizations 

are structured and managed. Fundamental management issues such as planning, 

decision-making, control, leadership, personnel motivation, and ethics are examined. It 

also includes courses on organizational design, organizational change, and organizational 

conflict. Students who are interested in nonprofit management can explore topics such as 

risk management, managing volunteers, and board management. This specialization is 

designed for students who presently administer or envision administering programs in the 

public or not-for-profit sectors. 

Elective Courses 

Students must complete their credit requirement either by taking elective courses in public 

administration or by selecting courses in some other appropriate University of Baltimore 

graduate program. All elective coursework must be approved by the student's faculty 

adviser and the MPA program director. 

The following is a list ofelective courses available in public administration: 

PUAD 701 Public Administration and Public Finance (3) 

PUAD 702 Public Financial Management (3) 

PUAD 703 Urban Management (3) 

PUAD 705 Special Topics in Public Administration (3) 

PUAD 709 Individual Research 0-4) 

PUAD 720 Urban Politics and Policy Planning (3) 

PUAD 730 State and Local Personnel Management (3) 

PUAD 731 Public Employee Union Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3) 

PUAD 740 Administrative Law (3) 

PUAD 750 Health Care Systems, Organization, and Management (3) 


PUAD 752 Special Topics in Public Health Administration (3) 




PUAD 760 Regulatory Policy and Administration (3) 

PUAD 761 Environmental Policy and Administration (3) 

PUAD 763 Public Policy Making (3) 

PUAD 764 Public Policy Implementation (3) 

PUAD 770 Government-Business Cooperation in Community Development (3) 

PUAD 775 Intergovernmental Administration (3) 

PUAD 777 Political Economy of Nonprofit Organizations (3) 

PUAD 780 Public Information Management and Policy Issues (3) 

PUAD 781 Information Technology: Public Sector Applications (3) 

PUAD 795 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in Public Administration (3) 

PUAD 797 Nonprofit Management: Applied Skills Seminar ( I ) 

119

INTERNSHIP 

An essential part of rhe program is a rhree-credir internship for srudents who lack signiftcant 

public seeror work experience. Internships are designed ro enable rhe srudent ro gain 

pracrical experience as a producrive member of a governmental or nonproftr organizarion. 

There are numerous opportuniries in rhe Balrimore-Washingron area for internships in 

federal, srare, county, city, or nonproftr agencies. 


A maximum of 12 graduare credirs may be applied roward rhe MPA degree for relevant 

graduare courses complered at orher regionally accredired colleges or universiries wirh rhe 

approval of rhe MPA program direcror. 

Combined Program in Law and 

Public Administration, J.D.lMPA 

Dr. Daniel W. Martin, Program Director 

Tony Torain, Assistant Dean, SchooL ofLaw 

The University of Balrimore School of Law and rhe School of Public Affairs offer students 

rhe opporrunity ro obrain Juris Doeror 0.0.) and Masrer of Public Adminisrrarion (MPA) 

degrees by completing an inregrared sequence of courses over a rhree- ro four-year period. 

Srudenrs seeking the combined degree will ftnd their rraining useful in managerial and 

legal positions in federal, srare, or local government agencies, and in not-for-profir or 

quasi-governmenral organizarions. Srudenrs in rhe combined program will be required ro 

complete a minimum of90 credirs in law school and a minimum of 42 credits in rhe MPA 

program. However, the School of Law recognizes nine credirs of rhe MPA core requiremenrs 

as rransferable ro its program, and the MPA program reciprocally allows rhe transfer 

of 12 credirs of law school courses ro satisfy course requirements in irs program. 

Specifically, the MPA program agrees ro waive PUAD 627 Legal and Erhical Environment 

of Public Adminisrration for srudents in the combined program as well as nine additional 

credit hours. 

Thus, srudents who are admitted ro this program have the opportunity ro obrain both 

the J.D. degree and the MPA degree for 18 fewer credits than would be required were the 

rwo degrees obtained independently. All other requiremenrs for the J.D. degree apply ro 

srudents in this program. 


Applicants for the joint program must meet the admissions standards of both the School of 

Law and the School of Public Affairs. Students can enter the combined program after having 

enrolled in either the J.D. or MPA program. To obtain the full benefit of the creditsharing 

under the combined program, Public Administration srudenrs should enter the law 

school program no later than after the completion of 15 credits in the MPA program. 

120

LAW SCHOOL CRITERIA 

Admission to the School of Law is determined by the Committee on Admissions, which 

bases its decisions on a variery of factors . This committee, which is composed of members 

of the faculry, the Associate Dean for Admissions, and student representatives, evaluates aJl 

material in an applicantOs file but places substantial emphasis on the cumulative undergraduate 

grade point average and the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) score. In most 

cases, a combination of these criteria will be sufficient for the admissions decision. 

The committee also recognizes non-rraditionaJ factors that may be relevant in determining 

the applicant's abiliry to complete law school successfully. The committee seeks to 

include persons of diverse racial, ethnic, and cultural backgrounds. It considers the level 

of difficulry of the undergraduate field of study, graduate degrees, and other indications 

not susceptible to measurement by traditional academic criteria, such as demonstrated 

abiliry to overcome adversiry, individual achievement, motivation, work experience, and 

character. 

ADVISEMENT 

Responsibiliry for the overaJl administration of the combined J .D.lMPA program is vested 

in the assistant dean in the School of Law and the MPA program director. If a student has 

any interest in the program, the first step is to talk to the assistant dean of the School of 

Law. The MPA program director is available for program and academic advisement during 

regular office hours. 

Application materiaJs for admission to the combined program may be obtained from 

the director oflaw school admissions and the assistant director ofgraduate admissions. 

The law school application form should be completed and returned to the director of law 

school admissions, together with a $35 nonrefundable application fee and an application 

matching card from the Law School Admission Services (LSAS) packet. All first-year 

applicants must take the Law School Admissions Test (LSAT), and register with the Law 

School Data Assembly Service (LSDAS). A transcript from each college and universiry 

attended must be submitted to LSDAS, which will prepare an official candidate's report 

containing the LSAT test score, transcripts, and computation ofa uniform undergraduate 

grade point average, for use by the law school in evaluating the application. 

Application materiaJs for admission to the MPA program may be obtained from the 

Admissions Office. The completed application form, the application fee, and officiaJ transcripts 

ofaJl prior college work must be submitted to the Office ofAdmissions. Letters of 

recommendation, job resume and other relevant materiaJs should aJso be sent directly to 

the Admissions Office. 

No student will be considered for admission to the combined J.D.lMPA program until 

the Law School Admissions Commirree has acted favorably. Candidates are, however, 

encouraged to file applications to both programs concurrently. 

MPA CRITERIA 

Admission to the MPA program is determined by the program director and/or Admissions 

Committee. Students may be admitted to the program in two different categories. A 

student with a degree from an accredited college or universiry who has maintained at least 

a 3.0 grade point average during undergraduate work or who holds a master's degree from 

an accredited college or universiry is granted admission as an unconditionaJ degree 

student. Students who fail to meet these standards may apply for conditionaJ admission. 

121

Conditional admission allows students who can demonstrate the ability to do graduatelevel 

work the opportunity to enroll in the MPA program. To determine rhe student's ability 

to perform graduare-Ievel work, rhe MPA program director evaluares a combinarion of 

indicators, including: 

1) Graduare Record Examinarions scores; 

2) academic success in the srudent's undergraduare major (based upon GPA in major); 

3) currenr employment sratus; 

4) lerrers of recommendarion rhar assess the applicant's academic and career porential; 

and, 

5) interview with the applicant. 

T hese indicators provide flexibility in evaluaring students who have been our of school 

for several years or who have demonstrared professional comperence and rhe ability to 

undertake graduare-Ievel studies. Students admirred on a conditional basis are gran red 

unconditional sratus upon complerion of 12 specified hours of graduare course work if 

they have maintained a B average and receive no more rhan one C in rhe specified courses. 

Students who fail to do so are dismissed from the MPA program. 

CURRICULUM 

The j.D.lMPA curriculum is divided into required and e1ecrive courses for a toral of 1ll 

credirs. Srudents musr successfully complere 52 credirs of required law courses, in addirion 

to fulfilling rhe upper-level wriring and upper-level advocacy requirements. They musr 

also successfully complere 30 credirs of required MPA courses. 

Under rhis program, students begin work on their masrer's degree rhe summer preceding 

rhe beginning of their law school career. Mosr, if nor all, of rhe work toward rhe masrer's 

degree is completed during rhe various summer semesrers bur in no event maya 

srudent rake courses wirhin rhe masrer's program during rhe fall and spring semesrers of 

rhe firsr year of law school. 

Public Administration, Doctorate of (DPA) 

Dr. Daniel W. Marrin, Program Director 

FACUL1Y: Darling, Downey, Durant, Galbraith, Gawthrop, Haynes, Henderson, 

Lippincott, Lyles, Marrin, Srenberg, Swaim, Thomas, Wilson-Gentry 

ADJUNCT FACUL1Y: Boyd, Brown (affiliare), Qualls (affiliare) 

DESCRIPTION 

The Doctorare of Public Administrarion (DPA) ar rhe University of Balrimore is an 

applied degree program dedicared to providing in-service public and quasi-public managers 

with the substantive skills, knowledge, and values rhar are needed to direcr the public 

service in rhe 21sr century. In our evolving public sector environment, high level managers 

need skills in rhe polirical arena, and they need to be able to reflect on rheir roles in a democraric 

society and to undersrand the ethical requirements of opera ring in rhe public trust. 

Also, to an increasing degree they need the skills to enable rheir agencies and subordi 

122

nates to seek measureable goals based on the defined needs of their relevant stakeholders. 

They need to be able to generate measures of outcomes they provide to their target audiences, 

and to interpret and explain those outcomes to their stakeholders. Furthermore, 

they need to be able to anticipate changes in their environment, and to have the flexibility 

and the skills to adapt their programs so they can continue to meet stakeholder needs. 

To accomplish those goals, the OPA curriculum is structured in the following manner: 

• core courses on the theoretical and historical foundations of the field, providing a context 

in which the modern emphasis on strategic management techniques evolved; 

• core courses on statistical techniques, program evaluation, information resource management, 

and analytical techniques; 

• core courses on decision-making techniques, financial analysis, and the interpersonal 

and social skills required to communicate organizational goals and performance standards; 

and, 

• a final project in which the skiJls described above are applied to an analysis of an existing 

public or quasi-public agency. 


To be considered for admission to the OPA program, an applicant must have obtained a 

master's degree from a regionally accredited university or college and meet the admissions 

criteria of the School of Public Affairs. All admissions decisions are made by the OPA 

Admissions Committee, which is composed ofselected members of the faculty who teach 

in the program. Application materials may by obtained from the Admissions Office of the 

University. 

Completed application packets must be submitted to the University by April 1 preceding 

admission for the Fall semester. Completed application packets contain: 

1) the completed application form with the application fee; 

2) three letters of recommendation, at least one of which should be from someone familiar 

with the applicant's academic potential; 

3) a resume showing significant managerial experience; 

4) a personal starement of at least 1000 words explaining the applicant's general philosophy 

of management and reason for pursuing this degree; and, 

5) scores from the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or, with the Director's permission, 

scores from another similar examination. 


Students are expected to bring to the OPA program a master's degree in public administration 

or a related discipline, and enough managerial experience to understand the basics of 

budgeting, human resources, and related managerial functions. To the extent that the 

OPA program director determines that the incoming student is deficient in some of the 

basics needed to perform well in doctoral-level core courses, one or more MPA core 

courses (see relevant section of this catalog) might be required as prerequisites. The 

requirements for the OPA must be completed within seven academic years. 

Core Courses (24 credits required) 

PUAD 810 Foundations of Public Administration 

PUAD 811 Strategic Management in the Public Sector 

PUAD 812 Advanced Information Resource Management 

PUAD 813 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in Public Administration 

123

PUAD 814 Program Implementation 

PUAD 815 Public Sector Financial Analysis 

PUAD 816 Advanced Public Sector Management and Decision Techniques 

PUAD 817 Public Management Skills Seminar 

Specialization Courses (12 credits required) 

All students must complete four courses in a specialized field.* Current speciaJizations are 

as follows: 

Program Administration 

PUAD 701 Public Administration and Public Finance 

PUAD 702 Public Financial Management 

PUAD 730 State and Local Personnel Management 

PUAD 731 Public Sector Unionism and Collective Bargaining 

PUAD 732 Leadership and Organizational Change 

PUAD 775 Intergovernmental Adminisuation 

PUAD 785 Public Sector Performance Measurement 

PUAD 786 Activiry-Based Costing and Management for Public Administrators 

PUAD 789 Business Process Reengineering in the Public Sector 

Public Sector Information Resource Management 

PUAD 780 Public Information Management: Organizational and Policy Issues 

PUAD 781 Information Technology: Public Sector Applications 

INSS 650 Telecommunications 

Take one ofthe following two courses: 

INSS 651 Data Base Management 

INSS 738 Advanced Date Base Management Systems 

Take one ofthe following two courses: 

INSS 671 System Analysis and Design 

INSS 739 System Analysis and Design: Tools and Techniques 

Administration ofJustice 

CRjU 615 Criminal Justice Planning/Systems Applications 

CRjU 640 Managing Police Organizations 

CRJU 742 Managing Correctional Organizations 

CRjU 703 Seminar in Criminal Justice 

CRjU 611 Contemporary Corrections 

CRjU 713 Seminar in Judicial Administration 

* Student requests for substitute specialization areas will be comidered based on the academic 

soundness ofthe proposal and course availability. 

Computer Competency Test 

Early in their programs, students must pass an examination offered by the School of 

Public Affairs to demonstrate competence in the use of selected computer technology. This 

examination may be a prerequisite to some courses. 

124

Final Project/Organizational Analysis (6 credits) 

Two requirements must be completed prior to the student beginning work on his/her final 

project: 

First, prior to enrolling in the six credits for the final project, the student must prepare 

a description and research design to complete their proposed final project. The proposal 

must be successfully defended before a panel of three faculty members as selected by the 

department prior to a student beginning work on his/her final project. (See description for 

PUAD 999 Final Project/Organizational Analysis - Prospectus Defense.) 

Second, the student must prepare a research design related to his/her proposed final 

project. The purpose of this paper is to demonstrate that the student has developed the 

methodological ability to undertake applied research in the field of public administration. 

Completion of this requirement is contingent on approval by a committee of three faculty 

members, two of whom must be members of the School of Public Affairs faculty. 

The final written project allows the student to participate in a detailed organizational 

analysis of an actual government or not-for-profit agency, describing what techniques 

work well and what suggestions can be offered for improvement in management techniques. 

The written product should include a descriptive and prescriptive evaluation of the 

management practices of the agency to determine the efficacy of its structure and/or procedures. 

The project is conducted under the supervision of a faculty advisor who chairs a 

committee of three faculty members. The committee accepts the final project after a successful 

oral defense of the written report. 

TRANSFER CREDITS 

A maximum of 12 graduate credits may be applied toward the DPA degree for relevant 

graduate courses completed at other regionally accredited colleges or universities with the 

approval of the DPA program director. In no cases can transfer credits be used to reduce 

degree requirements to fewer than 42 credits beyond the student's Master's degree(s). 

SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS 

Students who complete six credit hours toward the Doctorate of Public Administration 

(core and/or elective courses) and who have a grade point average below 3.0 will be placed 

on probation. Such students have six additional hours to recover at least a 3.0 grade point 

average, or they will be academically dismissed from the program. Within the DPA program, 

no course may be repeated for the purpose of substituting for an earlier grade in the 

same course. These provisions supercede the more general college provisions stated elsewhere 

in this catalog. 

125

SCHOOL OF LAW 

HISTORY AND PURPOSE 

The School of Law was first opened with the founding of the University of Baltimore in 

1925. In 1970 the Mount Vernon School of Law at Eastern College was merged with the 

University of Baltimore School of Law, combining the faculty, facilities , and other assets of 

the two institutions. The School of Law is fully accredited by the American Bar 

Association and is a member of the Association ofAmerican Law Schools. It is housed in 

the John and Frances Angelos Law Center at Maryland and Mount Royal Avenues. 

The day division offers a full-time, three-year program; the evening division, a parttime, 

four-year program. Both have the same curriculum and require the same standards 

of performanceby students. Full-time faculty members teach in both day and evening 

divisions. Part-time lecturers, who teach primarily in the evening, include some of the 

foremost practicing attorneys, judges, and government officials in Maryland. FuJI-scale 

clinical and internship programs are integral pans of the curriculum. 


The Juris Doctor a.D.) is the first professional level in law, conferred on candidates who 

satisfactorily complete 90 credits in required and elective law courses. To graduate, students 

must maintain a grade point average of at least 2.0, satisfactorily complete 40 credits 

of specifically required courses, and meet specified advocacy, upper-level writing and perspective 

course reqUirements. 

ADMISSION TO COMBINED PROGRAMS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Students who independently satisfy the entrance requirements for both School of Law and 

four designated graduate program may participate in the Combined Graduate/Juris 

Doctor program. The designated programs at the University of Baltimore are: the Master 

of Business Administration (see the Merrick School of Business section of this catalog); 

Master of Public Administration, Master of Science in Criminal Justice, and the Master of 

Science in Negotiation and Conflict Management (see the Yale Gordon College of Liberal 

ArtS section of this catalog,). 

GENERAL LAW ADMISSIONS INFORMATION 

The number of acceptable applicants greatly exceeds the number of spaces available in the 

entering class at the School of Law. Selections are, therefore, made by the Committee on 

Admissions on the basis of several factors. The Committee places significant emphasis on 

the Law School Admissions Test (LSAT) score and the cumwative undergraduate grade 

point average (GPA); in most cases, a combination of these elements will be sufficient for 

the admission decision. The Committee also recognizes non-traditional qualities that may 

be relevant in determining the applicant's ability to compete successfully. 

The Committee seeks to include persons of diverse racial, ethnic and cultural backgrounds. 

It considers the undergraduate field of study and graduate work as well as other 

factors that are not susceptible to measurement by traditional academic criteria, such as 

demonstrated ability to overcome adversity, individual achievement, motivation, work 

experience and character. 

126

HOW TO APPLY 

Application forms are available from the Office of Law Admission. University of 

Baltimore. 1420 North Charles Street. Baltimore. Maryland 2120 I. The application form 

should be completed and returned to that office. A $35 nonrefundable application fee is 

required. 

Admission requirements are the same for both day and evening divisions. 

For additional information on School of Law admission. scholarships. financial aid. 

and tuition. please see the Prospectus of the University of Baltimore School of Law. 

MINIMUM COURSE REQUIREMENTS 

First Year Day/Evening Students 

Students admitted to the School of Law must begin their studjes in the fall semester. 

Entering students are expected to complete both semesters of the first-year curriculum 

during the academic year in which they enroll. 

In the first year. the day division is divided into three sections and there is one section 

in the evening division. First-year students are automatically assigned to sections and to 

the courses in those sectjons. After the first year. students are no longer assigned sections. 

Each graduate must have earned six residence credits. Full or partial residence credit is 

awarded depending on the number of academic credits a student earns in a semester and 

on whether he/she is a day division or evening division student. For a detailed explanation 

of the formula. consult the School of Law catalog. 

After completion of one full year of study. students who are in good standing may 

apply for transfer from the day to the evening division or from the evening to the day division. 

subject to prior approval of the Associate Dean of student Affairs. 

127

Course Descriptions 

Courses designated with an asterisk (*) are 

not offered regularly. Please check with the 

advisor or the area coordinator before making 

course selections. 

Accounting (ACCl) 

Accounting courses (ACCT) are offered by the 

Merrick School ofBusiness. 

ACcr 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) 

Introduces financial and managerial 

accounting as the information systems of 

business. Teaches students to: 1) understand 

accrual accounting; 2) have an appreciation 

of generally accepted accounting 

principles (GAAP); 3) comprehend the difference 

between the goals ofGAAP and the 

goals of the principles set forth by the 

International Accounting Standards 

Committee; 4) develop, interpret, and analyze 

balance sheets, income statements, and 

statements of cash flow; and 5) understand 

production costs, overhead allocations, 

profitability measures, and the limitations 

of historical costs. Prerequisite: Graduate 

standing. 

ACCT 510 Intermediate Accounting (3) 

Accelerated, intensive study of the theory, 

principles, and practice ofasset, liability, 

and equity valuation, and the measurement 

of business income and cash flow. Topics 

include revenue realization and income 

determination, error analysis and correction, 

departures from COSt, estimation 

methods, depreciation, and dispositions. 

Prerequisite: ACCT504 or equivalent. 

ACcr 511 Intermediate/Advanced 

Accounting (3) Accelerated, intensive 

study of financial accounting principles 

and practices as a continuation ofACCT 

510. Topics include leases, pensions, foreign 

currency transactions and translations, and 

earnings per share. Also, the study of business 

combinations and the preparation of 

128 

consolidated financial statements, fund 

accounting for governmental units and 

other nonprofit organizations, and 

accounting for partnerships. Prerequisite: 

A CCT 51 0 or equivalent. 

ACcr 512 Auditing Accounting Systems (3) 

The study of generally accepted auditing 

standards with emphasis on professional 

standards, planning, internal control, audit 

evidence, audit sampling, and standard 

reports for the various attestation functions. 

Also includes fundamental accounting 

systems, accounting system 

applications, the internal control of 

accounting information. The development 

and operation of accounting systems, and 

methods for auditing computerized 

accounting systems. Prerequisite: ACCT 

511 or equivalent. 

ACCT 630 Financial Accounting 

Theory (3) Theoretical and conceptual 

foundations ofgenerally accepted accounting 

principles and practices as well as certain 

other principles and practices not 

generally accepted. Recent and current literature 

is studied to provide coverage of the 

basic postulates, assumptions and standards 

underlying the measurement criteria and 

practices of financial accounting. 


ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial 

Decisions (3) How general managers use 

traditional and recently developed 

approaches to COSt information and 

accounting control systems for decision 

making. These decisions require different 

accounting systems for different purposes; 

for example, activity-based costing for 

strategic decisions, standard costing for 

external reporting, and cost of quality 

reporting for continuous improvement. 

Also covers performance measurement, 

budgeting, and performance evaluation. 

Prerequisite: ACCT504 or equivalent.

ACCT 655 Tax Policy (3) The evolution 

and structure of the federal income tax 

system from a public policy perspective. 

Focus is placed on legal, economic, social, 

and practical considerarions. Alternatives, 

including current legislative proposals, are 

considered. Students prepare a research 

paper on a topic related to tax policy. 

ACCT 680 Taxation ofEntities (3) Federal 

income taxation of corporations, partnerships, 

estates, and trusts, and the taxation of 

gifrs and estates. Analysis includes consideration 

of the sources of tax law, weight or 

authoriry, ethical issues, planning, and 

adminisrrative procedures. Prerequisite: 

ACCT 405 or equivalent. 

ACCT 710 Accountancy Law and 

Professional Ethics (3) The professional 

responsibiliries of accountants and the legal 

implications for business transactions, particularly 

as they relate to accounting and 

auditing. Emphasis is on the recognition of 

relevant legal issues and implications for 

business transacrions, the application of rhe 

underlying principles of law to these issues 

and transactions, and the professional standards 

and responsibilities of accountants. 


ACCT 720 Design of Managerial Cost 

and Control Systems (3) The design ofcost 

and control systems for decision making and 

for measuremenr of the performance of 

processes, product lines, managers, and 

organizational competitiveness. Case studies 

highlight the experiences ofcompanies, and 

include modifying cosr and control sysrems 

in response to technological, institutional, 

and global changes. Prerequisites: ACCT 

306, ACCT 640, or equivalent. 

ACCT 740 Advanced Topics in Auditing 

(3) A study of the application of 

Generally Accepred Audiring Standards to 

auditing practice issues, of academic and 

practirioner research, of internal auditing, of 

EDP auditing and of governmental auditing 

issues. Prerequisite: ACCT 401 or equivalent. 

ACCT 752 Advanced Topics in 

Accounting Systems (3) Current and 

emerging trends, technologies, and practices 

in accounting systems. Topics include 

accounting software for specific industries, 

evaluation of accounting sofrware, electronic 

data interchange, client/server and 

or her accounting systems, work flow and 

technology, decision support and expert 

accounting systems, auditing computerbased 

accounring systems, analyzing benefits 

and cosrs, implementation issues, and 

research in accounting systems. Projecrs 

require the use of advanced transaction 

processing systems and database software. 

Prerequisite: ACCT 317 or equivalent. 

ACCT 755 Governmental and Not-for 

Profit Accounting (3) Advanced study of 

generally accepted accounring principles 

and procedures of governmental units and 

not-for-profit organizations, emphasizing 

current issues, exrernal financial reporting, 

and the relevant authoritative accounting 

pronouncements. Topics include: characteristics 

and rypes of not-for-profit organizations, 

accounting and reporting entiry, 

fund accounting, budgerary accounts, contributions 

received and made, investments, 

and the encumbrance sysrem. Prerequisite: 

ACCT 403 or equivalent. 

ACCT 761 Accounting for Health Care 

Organizations (3) Financial reporting, 

analysis and strategy principles applied ro 

for-profit and not-for-profit health care 

organizations. Financial and managerial 

accounting issues related to strategic decision-making 

are emphasized. Review of rhe 

aurhoritative health care accounting lirerature, 

overview of the healrh care accounting 

environment, issues in revenue and expense 

recognition, balance sheet valuations, 

budgetary control systems, COSt accou·nting, 

and performance measurement, and rhe 

financial implications of third-parry payment 

systems and managed-care arrange 

129

ments. Prerequisite: ACCT504 or equivalent. 

ACCT 762 Accounting for Medicare 

Regulation (3) Principles and applications 

of Medicare payment systems and rate regulation 

for health care providers, emphasizing 

understanding the Medicare system, 

developing the technical skills required to 

identify and research problems in Medicare 

payments, isolating relevant regulatory 

issues, and developing documentary sup 

POrt and arguments for proposed solutions 

to problems in health care payment claims. 

Topics include Medicare and the American 

health care system, Part A hospital insurance 

benefits, Part B supplementary medical 

insurance benefits, exclusions from 

coverage, fraud and abuse, physician selfreferral, 

payments rules, cost reports, claims 

and appeals, and managed care plans. 


ACCT 770 Seminar in Current Topics in 

Accounting (3) A study ofcurrent developments 

and contemporary problems in 

accounting. Topics vary from year to year. 

A significant writing and research experience 

is provided. Prerequisite: ACCT 640 

or equivalent. 

ACCT 797 Special Topics in 

Accounting* (3) Specialized topics in 

accounting, allowing flexibility fo rboth the 

changin developments in accounting and 

the educational needs ofstudents. Exact 

topics and prerequisite structure appear in 

the schedule of classes. Prerequisite: ACCT 

640 or area approval. 

ACCT 799 Individual Research (1-3) 

Approval of area chair and graduate coordinator 

required. 

130 

Applied Psychology (APPL) 

Applied Psychology courses (APPL) are offered 

by the Division ofApplied Psychology and 

Quantitative Methods, Yale Gordon College 

ofLiberal Arts. 

APPL 601 The Biological Basis of 

Behavior (3) A survey of the anatomical 

structures and physiological processes that 

underlie psychological functioning. Topics 

include the role of the central nervous system, 

and the sensory, endocrine, and muscular 

systems as they contribute to the 

individual's adaptations to internal and 

external environments. Lab fee may be 

required. 

APPL 602 Ethics and Legal Issues in the 

Practice of Psychology (3) Issues and 

problems that confront the psychological 

practitioner and/or researcher. Relevance to 

the student's own evolving professional 

standards is emphasized. 

APPL 603 Learning and Cognition (3) A 

study of the major theories and models of 

human learning from both the traditional 

behaviorist perspective and the contemporary 

cognitive perspective, and an experiential 

overview of how people acquire, store, 

and use information. Theoretical and 

empirical information is applied to the 

understanding of human behavior in a 

wide variety ofsettings. 

APPL 604 Interviewing (3) The interview 

as an informational, research, and clinical 

tool. Interview formats and their construction, 

as well as the skills required for their 

utilization will be reviewed. The relationship 

of the interview to other information 

gathering procedures will be considered. 

Lab fee may be required.

APPL 605 Advanced Theories of 

Personality (3) A more in-depth exploration 

of theories and research regarding 

normal and abnormal personality development. 

Psycho-dynamic, humanistic, and 

cognitive-behavioral models are emphasized; 

some discussion of treatment implications 

related to each therapy. 

APPL 606 Basic Counseling Techniques 

(3) Basic skills and techniques required for 

conducting counseling sessions. Listening 

skills, initial interviewing, taking case histories, 

etc., are explored. Basically experiential 

in nature with students practicing and evaluating 

counseling styles and abilities, and 

participating in varied classroom activities 

such as mock counseling interviews. Lab 

fie may be required. 

APPL 607 Behavioral Medicine (3) An 

examination of theory and practice in the 

field of behavioral medicine, emphasizing 

the role of mind-body interaction in physical 

health and illness as well as approaches 

to prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of 

physical disease and psychophysiological 

dysfunction. Topics include doctor-patient 

communication, specific physical conditions, 

modification of health behavior, and 

coping strategies. 

APPL 608 Applied Assessment 

Procedures (3) An exploration of current 

procedures employed in the evaluation of 

behavior. Attention to the observation and 

interpretation of behavioral information 

and its relationship to choice of assessment 

procedures. Representative measures of 

intelligence, achievement, aptitude, personality, 

and psychological motor functioning 

are reviewed. Lab fie may be required. 

APPL 610 Psychopathology and 

Diagnosis (3) Problems in the epidemiology, 

diagnosis and treatment of behavior 

disorders. Major attention is given to 

changing applied and theoretical perspec 

tives in the light of contemporary research 

methodologies and findings. 

APPL 612 Human Relations (3) An 

examination of human interactions in work 

settings that impact individual mental 

health and organizational health and productivity. 

Emphasis on preventing and 

intervening to reduce stress, frustration, 

conflict and violence, sexual harassment , 

and other social problems in the workplace 

by applying research in emotional intelligence, 

personality, social perception, communication, 

persuasion, and teamwork. 

APPL 613 Human Development (3) A 

survey of the biological, psychological, and 

social changes that accompany the developmental 

process. Includes a study of the 

physical, intellectual, emotional, and social 

development of the individual from conception 

to death, with special emphasis on 

adulthood. 

APPL 614 Ethical, Historical, and Social 

Foundations (3) Covers material for three 

competency areas within the basic fields of 

psychology that are considered essential at 

the master's level. Primary focus is on the 

basic theories, findings and their relevance 

to fields of applied psychology. Topics covered 

are: history and systems of psychology, 

social psychology, and ethical concerns of 

psychologists. 

APPL 615 Cognitive and Psychological 

Foundations (3) Covers material for three 

competency areas within the basic fields of 

psychology that are considered essential at 

the master's level. Topics include biological 

bases of behavior, learning theories, and 

cognition. 

APPL 616 Advance Treatment 

Techniques (3) Acquaints students with 

specialized skills and treatments beyond the 

basic counseling techniques. Counseling 

techniques and treatments needed for spe 

131

cific populations and problem areas are discussed. 

Marital counseling, family counseling, 

sexual disorders, and crisis intervention 

are some of the areas of focus. An overview 

of treatments of major mental disorders is 

presented. Prerequisites: APPL 605 and 

APPL 606 or equivalent. Lab foe may be 

required. 

APPL 619 Psychological Assessment (3) 

Examines the rationale and validity of the 

more popular intelligence tem, projective 

measures, interest inventories, and personality 

measures currently in use. Focus also 

includes professional and ethical responsibilities 

associated with the assessment 

process, and provides familiarity with 

administration and interpretation procedures. 

Prerequisite: APPL 610 and either 

APPL 608 or an undergraduate Tests and 

Measurements course. Lab foe may be 

required. 

APPL 620 Introduction to Clinical 

Neuropsychology (3) A survey of basic 

clinical neuropsychology, focusing on the 

psychometric foundations of different diagnoses 

based on rhe clinical presentarion of 

human brain dysfuncrion. Discusses cognirive, 

behavioral, emorional and social 

symptoms of the major neuropsychological 

disorders. Issues ofassessment in impaired 

populations are addressed, including rhe 

provision ofeffecrive psychological services 

to rhe neuropsychologically-impaired individual. 

APPL 621 Substance Abuse Counseling 

(3) A review ofcurrent lirerature regarding 

rhe prevalence, eriology, physiology, psychology, 

risk factors, and social phenomena 

associared wirh subsrance (including alcohol) 

abuse and dependence. Emphasizes 

contemporary and tradirional trearment 

merhods employed by outpatient clinics 

and inpatient units. Prerequisite: APPL 

606 

132 

APPL 622 Group Counseling (3) An 

introduction into the theory and practice 

ofgroup psychorherapy, including consideration 

of history and theory, as well as 

practical considerations and clinical techniques. 

Ethical considerations for therapists 

who lead groups are discussed. An experiential 

component may be incorporated into 

the class periods. Prerequisite: APPL 606 

APPL 623 Career Counseling (3) . 

Introduces the primary theories that 

explain how individuals make career 

choices, and specific strategies rhe counselor 

can use to help the client make 

informed career choices. Students gain 

exposure to specific instruments designed 

to assist in career decisions. Prerequisite: 

APPL 606 Lab foe may be required. 


The application of the fundamental principles 

ofpsychology to facets of the legal system, 

including an overview of the field as 

well as specialized topics such as competency, 

commitment, psychology ofjuries, 

and the psychology ofevidence. Emphasis 

on current newsworthy topics as well as 

rapidly changing controversial issues and 

ethical considerations. 

APPL 625 Multicultural Counseling (3) 

Explores the impacr of social and cultural 

norms on several groups in the population, 

with emphasis on aging, ethnicity, gender 

issues and psycho-sexual orientation. 

Cultural differences and their impact on 

the counseling relationship are examined. 

Prerequisites: APPL 605 andAPPL 606 

APPL 626 Family Therapy (3) Presents 

an overview ofvarious family therapy theories 

and techniques including systems theory. 

An integration of these techniques into 

the therapy process wirh couples and families 

will be explored. Special attention is 

given to specific issues such as the impact 

of gender and ethnicity on a family therapeutic 

intervention. Sexual issues in a mar

iage/family context are examined. 

Prerequisite: APPL 606. 

APPL 629 Special Topics: Topics in 

Counseling (3) The theoretical assumptions, 

techniques, and effectiveness of interventions 

associated with behavioral and 

psychological problems of the aged, alcoholics, 

sexual deviants, criminal offenders, 

and/or problems encountered in marriage 

and family situations. Specific topic may 

vary from semester to semester. May be 

repeatedfor credit as course topic changes. 

Prerequisites: to be determined by the instructor. 

Lab foe may be required. 

APPL 631 Intermediate Statistics for the 

Behavioral Sciences (3) The logic of 

hypothesis testing and assumptions underlying 

its use are the framework for studying 

Analysis of Variance and Covariance and 

Multiple Regression . These tools are 

learned in the context of application to psychological 

research. Students learn to complete 

statistical analyses using a 

microcomputer statistical package and to 

interpret the results. Prerequisites: APST 

308 or APST531 or an equivalent course. 

APPL 632 Research Methods for 

Applied Psychology (3) Builds on the fundamentals 

of research design and on knowledge 

of basic statistical techniques to 

provide a broad overview of the major 

research methods of applied psychological 

research. Students learn to frame inquiries 

and problems as research questions. The 

relative merits and drawbacks of the major 

research methods are explored. Students 

develop a research proposal co investigate 

an applied research question. Prerequisite: 

APPL 631 . 

APPL 635 Program Evaluation (3) A 

study of the theories, constructs, and analyrical 

skills needed to develop, implement, 

and evaluate organizational programs and 

policies. Emphasis is on the research methods 

used to measure and track programs 

and their outcomes over time. Prerequisites: 

APPL 631 and 632, or permission ofthe 

pogram director. 

APPL 639 Special Topics: Applied 

Statistics (3) The study of one major statistical 

topic, such as Multivariate Statistics, 

Structural Equation Modeling, Meta 

Analysis, Analysis of Ordinal and 

Categorical Variables, Nonparametric 

Statistical Techniques. Offered when 

student demand is sufficient and matches 

instructor interests. Topic may vary from 

semester to semester. May be repeatedfor 

credit as coune topic changes. Prerequisites: 

APPL 631, APPL 632, andpermission of 

instructor. 

APPL 641 Organizational Psychology 

(3) Studies how principal theories and 

empirical findings from research in organizational 

psychology are used to improve 

employee performance and satisfaction. 

Emphasizes the interactive effects of situational 

and individual difference variables as 

they influence organizational behavior. 

Overview includes motivation, leadershi p, 

employee morale, group dynamics, and 

interpersonal communication. Students 

apply theoretical and empirical findings to 

solutions of work-related problems in case 

studies. Lab foe may be required. 

APPL 642 Motivation, Satisfaction and 

Leadership (3) Examines critically and indepth 

the research evidence for theories of 

leadership and job satisfaction. Using motivation 

as a central concept, students gain 

understanding of how group dynamics and 

personal, environmental, and cultural factors 

influence organizational behaviors. 

Students work in teams to solve performance-related 

probems presented in case 

studies. Prerequisite: APPL 641 or program 

director's approval. Lab foe may be required. 

APPL 643 Advanced Social Psychology 

(3) A survey of the theoretical positions, 

research methodology and current findings 

133

seeking to explain how interpersonal interactions 

affect individual and gtoup behavior. 

Consideration is given to such 

constructs as attitudes, attributions and 

cooperation. 


Overview of the area of personnel psychology. 

Topics include job analysis, personnel 

selection and placement, training and 

development, and performance appraisal. 

Special attention to measurement ptocedures 

involved in personnel selection and 

performance appraisal. Equal employment 

opportunity laws and their effect on personnel 

practices are discussed. Prerequisite: 

for non-psychology majors, permission ofthe 

instructor. Lab fee may be required. 

APPL 645 Personnel Assessment (3) 

Application of the technical material 

learned in Personnel Psychology to assessment 

techniques used to select, promote, 

and evaluate personnel. Hands-on experience 

with these methods, including development 

of the most common ones. 

Assessment techniques discussed include 

ability tests, personality and honesty tests, 

drug testing, work samples, interviews, 

training and evaluation forms, performance 

appraisals, etc. Students go through the 

process of developing surveys for attitude 

assessment. Prerequisite: APPL 644 or permission 

ofinstructor. Lab fee may be 

required. 

APPL 646 Employment Law in Human 

Resource Management (3) Review and 

analysis of federal laws and their application 

to human resource management 

(including employee selection, promotion, 

performance appraisals, discipline, termination, 

compensation, benefits, and safety). 

Covers EEO, Affirmative Action, Civil 

Rights Acts, Americans with Disabilities 

Act and other anti-discriminatoty legislation, 

as well as FLSA and OSHA; and legal 

issues such as privacy, sexual harassment, 

drug testing, and employees' rights versus 

134 

employers' rights. Addresses strategies for 

creating policy and legal concerns in a context 

of organizational behavior and motivation 

theories. 

APPL 647 Training and Organizational 

Development (3) Theoty, findings, and 

methods relating to how an organization 

ensures that its employees are equipped to 

accomplish its mission. Students learn 

about techniques to assess and implement 

organizational change. Through hands-on 

activities, they learn to develop and implement 

programs such as skills training, team 

building, and management development. 


APPL 648 Employee Selection (3) 

Examines testing and decision theory, legality, 

and societal issues involved in matching 

individual knowledge, skills, abilities, and 

other characteristics with organizational 

needs. Discussions include employment 

interviews, cognitive abilities testing, 

integrity and substance abuse testing, personality 

measures, biographical data, and 

other procedures. Prerequisite: APPL 644. 

Lab fee may be required. 

APPL 648 Special Topics: 

Industrial/Organizational Psychology 

(3) Studies a topic of industrial/organizational 

psychology of mutual interest to students 

and faculty that is not currently part 

ofcourse offerings. Topic may vaty. May be 

repeatedfor credit as course topic changes. 

Prerequisites: determined by the instructor. 

Lab fee may be required. 

APPL 650 Work Groups in 

Organizations (3) A study ofgroup 

dynamics in the context of organizations, 

focusing on the predominant psychological 

theories and research findings mat explain 

the formation and development of work 

groups. Emphasis on learning how effective 

strategies and techniques can be used to 

enhance team work in organizations.

APPL 651 Job Analysis (3) A survey of 

job analysis methodology and issues, using 

experiential projects. Includes tools used in 

conducting a job analysis: data gathering 

techniques, legal and technical stnadards, 

and the Occupational Information 

Network. Emphasis is on variation in 

approach dependent on subsequent application 

of the results. 

APPL 655 Practical Applications in I/O 

Psychology (3) An opportunity to practice 

real-world application of the competencies 

acquired in the degree program. Students 

propose solutions to simulated or actual 

challenges faced by organizations and 

demonstrate their ability to integrate and 

apply btoad knowledge of personnel and 

organizational psychology. Prerequisites: 

APPL 632, 642, 645, and 651. 


Psychology (3) Readings and discussions 

of topics in applied psychology. Topic may 

vary. May be repeatedfor credit as course 

topic changes. Prerequisites: determined by 

the imtructor. Lab fee may be required. 

APPL 661 Death, Dying, Loss and Grief 

(3) Models of adjustment to loss and their 

application to counseling individuals and 

groups who have experienced significant 

loss through death, illness and injury, 

divorce, and major life transitions. 

Emphasis on issues related to death and 

dying (including social, psychological, and 

cultural factors that influence grieving). 

Also explores significant loss areas to which 

grief intervention perspectives and techniques 

can be applied. 

APPL 664 Geropsychology: 

Psychosocial Factors (3) A survey of the 

empirical data and theoretical formulations 

relating to the psychosocial concomitants 

of aging. Consideration of the interactional 

effects of individual, familial, social and 

cultural variables as they influence successful 

adaptation to later life. 

APPL 665 Anxiety Disorders in 

Children (3) Introduces current knowledge 

on a broad spectrum ofanxiety disorders 

in youth. Topics include 

prevalence/ epidem iology, assessment/ d iagnosis, 

etiology, and treatment. 



of topics in applied psychology. Topic may 

vary. May be repeatedfor credit as course 

topic changes. Prerequisites: determined by 

the imtructor. Lab fee may be required. 

APPL 701 Seminar in Applied 


of research studies and theoretical papers in 

areas ofspecial interest to seminar participants. 

Prerequisite: completion of15 hours of 

applied psychology core courses. 

APPL 702 Field Experience (1-3) A 

supervised prior-to-practicum experience at 

a setting that supports preparation for a 

career in counseling or industrial/organizational 

psychology. Not a clinical experience. 

To earn one credit a student spends 

approximately 60 hours at the site and provides 

a journal of the experience for the 

supervising faculty member. The requirements 

are agreed to in writing prior to registration 

by the student, supervising faculty 

member and on-site supervisor. A l1Ul.Ximum 

ofthree credits may be applied to the 

degree. Course is NOT eligiblefor continuing 

studies (CS) grade and does NOT count as 

part ofthe 60 credits required to qualifY for 

certification by the State Board ofProfessional 

Coumelors. Prerequisite: Prior approval (see 

above). Pass/Fail grading. 

APPL 703 Practicum in Counseling 

Psychology (3) Experience in the application 

of behavioral change methods and 

skills in a clinical or counseling setting. The 

student 1) functions as a professional under 

the supervision and guidance of an on-site 

director and, 2) attends scheduled group 

supervision meerings on campus, several 

135

times during the course of the semester. 

Students must complete arrangements for 

the experience with the Practicum 

Coordinator in the semester preceding 

enrollment. Prerequisites: permission of 

imtructor (prior to registration), APPL 602, 

605, 606 and 610. Co-requisite: APPL 

616 Lab fee rruzy be required. A maximum 

ofsix credits may be applied toward the 

degree. Eligible for continuing studies (CS) 

grade. 

APPL 704 Practicum in Research (3) 

Supervised participation in experimental 

studies designed by either the student or an 

individual approved by the instructor. 

Prerequisites: APPL 631 andAPPL 632 or 

equivalent and approval ofimtructor. A maximum 

ofsix credits rruzy be applied toward the 


grade. 

APPL 705 Practicum in Assessment (3) 

Supervised experience in the use of assessment 

procedures in siruations relevant to 

student interest and vocational goals. 

Srudents spend the equivalent of one day 

per week at an approved training site. 

Prerequisites: APPL 606 and APPL 619 or 

APPL 645 or other appropriate course work 

in assessment, and approval ofimtructor. A 

maximum ofsix credits may be applied 

toward the degree. 

APPL 706 Practicum in Applied 

Psychology (3) An opportuniry to gain 

practical experience in the application of 

psychology at various work settings. The 

work and/or field research is designed and 

mutually agreed upon by the srudent, the 

Practicum Coordinator, and the workplace 

supervisor. Includes regular on-campus 

meeting. Enrollment may be lim ired by 

availabiliry ofsetrings. Student musr complete 

arrangements for the experience with 

the Pracricum Coordinator in rhe semester 

preceding enrollment. Prerequisites: permission 

ofthe imtructor (prior to registation) and 

coursework deemed pertinent to the project by 

136 

the Practicum Coordinator. A maximum of 

six credits may be applied to the degree. 

Eligible for continuing studies (CS) grade. 

APPL 707 Practicum in 

Industrial/Organizational Psychology (1 

4) Supervised participarion in field research 

in applied job serrings. Hands-on experience 

with I/O work assignments is performed 

and evaluated. The work and/or 

field research is designed by the srudent or 

senior personnel, and should enhance a 

student's vita/resume. Government, industry, 

publiclcommuniry service, or other settings 

may be generated by rhe instructor or 

the student. Setring and research/job duties 

must be proposed and agreed upon in writing 

by the srudent, the instructor, and an 

authorized representative from the organization. 

To the exrent rhar sertings/posirions 

musr be generated by the instructor, enrollment 

is lim ired according to availabiliry. 

Prerequisite: permission ofimtructor. A maximum 

ofsix credits may be applied toward the 


grade. 

APPL 779 Directed Study in Applied 

Psychology (1-3) The pursuir of independent 

work under rhe supervision ofa 

faculry member. This work should relare ro 

a topic not covered by rhe regular departmental 

offerings and may provide a basis 

for entrance into courses wirh special prerequisires. 

The student wrires a proposal 

rhar is approved by rhe supervising faculry 

member and rhe graduate program director 

prior to regisrrarion . Prerequisites: completion 

ofrequired core and approval prior to 

registration. Pass/failgrading. Eligible for 

continuing studies (CS) grade. 

APPL 789 Research Proposal 

Development (3) Independent study in 

which rhe srudent develops a proposal for 

research which is founded in rhe lirerarure 

and practice of applied psychology. The 

srudent musr have rhe requisite skills for 

bringing rhe proposal to completion. The

end product of the course is a research proposal 

that may be presented co the division 

as a thesis proposal. Course is NOT eligible 

for continuing studies (CS) grade. Pass/Fail 

grading. Prerequisites: prior permission offaculty 

member. 

APPL 799 Thesis in Applied Psychology 

(3-6) An independent and original research 

effo((, supervised closely by full-time faculty. 

Ie should be founded in the Iiterarure 

of applied psychology. The srudem is 

expected ro demonsuate an ability ro formulate 

research questions as testable 

hypotheses, ro analyze data using appropriate 

research methods and design and statistical 

rools, and ro presem the entire work in 

a well-written document using APA style. 

The number of credits is determined when 

the proposal is approved. Prerequisites: 

approval ofthe thesis prior to registration. 

Pass/Fail grading. Eligible for continuing 

studies (CS) grade. 

APPL 801 Statistics for Assessment and 

Evaluation I (3) An advanced course covering 

statistics common to field research, 

including partial and semi-parcial correlation, 

ANCOVA, and multiple regression, 

and statisrics used with dichoromous 

dependent variables, including logistic 

regression and nonparametric procedures 

(e.g., Chi-square, Cohen's Kappa, Fisher 

Exact test, Wilcoxon's Matched-Pairs 

Signed-Rank Test). Exams and projects 

involve examples of field assessment with 

an emphasis on interpreting results calculated 

using SPSS. 

APPL 802 Statistics for Assessment and 

Evaluation II (3) An advanced course covering 

multivariate statistical procedures, 

including facror analysis, MANOVA and 

MANCOVA, discriminam analysis, confirmatory 

factor analysis and causal modeling. 

Exams and projects involve examples of 

field assessment with an emphasis on interpreting 

results calculated via SPSS. 


APPL 803 Measurement Theory (3) An 

advanced course in psychomeuics that 

focuses on understanding the imernal 

structure ofscales used primarily for measuring 

abilities, personality traits, interests, 

values, and attitudes. Emphasis is on scale 

construction based on True Score Theory, 

Generalizability Theory, and Item 

Response Theory. This course assumes the 

understanding of reliability, validity, and 

scaling models. 

APPL 804 Organizational Theory and 

Development (3) Survey of organizational 

theory and techniques used in 

Organizational Development. Topics 

include organizational structure and communication, 

sources of power, organizational 

culture, Lewin's Change Model, 

Action Research, and Schein's Process 

Change. 

APPL 805 Consulting Skills (3) Focuses 

on the essential skills and abilities needed 

for successful consulting to organizations. 

Topics include business development, project 

management, cost estimation, and 

report writing. Emphasizes learning techniques 

used for successful group presemations 

and developing skills for effective oral 

and written communication. 

APPL 806 Survey Development and 

Implementation (3) Students learn how to 

plan, design, and implement surveys ro 

assess organizational characteristics. 

Emphasis placed on how to collect, analyze 

survey data, and present findings to the 

organization. 

APPL 807 Examination Construction 

(3) An advanced course thar develops skills 

in consrructing examinations (primarily 

written) for employment and educational 

testing. Measuremem theory is reviewed 

through data analysis projects that involve 

calculating esrimates of reliability and 

validity, item difficulty and item discrimination, 

criterion-referencing, methods for 

137

setting cutoff scores, cross-validation, and 

jack-knife procedures. 

APPL 810 Qualitative Research Methods 

(3) Focuses on the predominant techniques 

for designing, collecting, and analyzing 

qualitative data. Various methods of data 

collection such as naturalistic observation, 

informal interviewing, in depth immersion 

(ethnography), and focus groups are studied. 

Covers topics relating to content analysis, 

coding responses, ethical issues and 

comparing qualitative and quantitative 

measures. 

APPL 811 Individual Assessment (3) 

Focuses on assessing, interpreting, and 

communicating individuals' work-related 

characteristics, primarily for the purpose of 

staffing (hiring, promotion), development 

(competency building, rehabilitation, 

employee counseling), and career planning. 

Skills in testing and interviewing are 

learned for the purpose of evaluating ability, 

personality, aptitude, and interest characteristics. 

Students are familiarized with 

standardized measures used in employment 

settings and learn to administer evaluate, 

and report results to employees and managers. 

APPL 812 Group Process and 

Procedures (3) A study of the interpersonal 

interaction and task interdependence 

of work groups in organizations. Focus is 

on theory and research concerning group 

dynamics and teams, drawing from social 

psychology, organizational psychology, 

sociology, and organizational behavior. 

Topics include group leadership, motivation, 

interpersonal influence, group effectiveness, 

conformity, conflict, role behavior, 

and group decision making. 

APPL 813 Performance Appraisal and 

Management (3) A review of techniques 

for assessing and improving individual and 

group work performance. Topics include 

performance appraisal systems, assessment 

138 

centers, structured interviews, and performance 

feedback and motivation. 

APPL 830 Special Topics in 

Organizational Development (3) A 

course based upon faculty expertise and 

student interest. Representative topics 

include: Behavioral Prevention, The 

Mental Health Setting, Cross-cultural 

Issues, Organizational Culture and 

Learning, Change Models. 

APPL 840 Special Topics in Program 

Evaluation (3) Advanced topics in program 

evaluation methodology. Topic to be 

selected based on student interest. 

Representative topics include: Measuring 

Efficacy ofTherapy Outcome, Time-Series 

Designs and Methods, Evaluation of 

Programs in an Elementary School Setting. 

APPL 850 Special Topics in Assessment 

(3) Topical areas of interest to students 

relating to issues in assessment. 

Representative topics include: Legal and 

Ethical Issues in Testing, Cognitive Biases 

in Performance Appraisals and 

Interviewing, Assessment of Non-Verbal 

Behaviors, Computerized Data Collection, 

and Development ofAssessment Centers. 

APPL 897 Practicum in Applied 

Assessment (3) Supervised practicum 

experience with applied projects in public 

or private sector organizations. Emphasis 

on the development and implementation of 

an assessment instrument and feedback of 

findings to the organization. Projects will 

vary on a semester basis. Proposal writing 

and presentation skills will also be covered. 

Prerequisite: APPL 806 Survey Development 

6- Implementation or consent ofinstructor. 

APPL 899 Doctoral Project (3-6) An 

independent and original applied empirical 

research project that address an existing 

problem or opportunity in an organization. 

It must be founded in the literature and 

theory of applied psychology. The student

is expected ro demonsrrate me abiliry to 

formulate a researchable question and test 

it in a field setting. The student is supervised 

closely by a full-time faculry member. 

A repon of the project in APA sryle must 

be submitted ro the project committee for 

approval 

Applied Statistics (APST) 

Applied Statistics courses (APST) are offered 




APST 531 Introductory Statistics for the 

Behavioral Sciences (3) An introduction 

ro statistics for behavioral sciences. Provides 

a thorough development of descriptive statistical 

tools for one and two variables, both 

numeric and graphic. Students are introduced 

to statistical techniques through 

computation and a staristical micro-computer 

package. Includes the normal disrribution, 

sampling disrributions, me logic of 

hypomesis testing and the t-test. Analysis 

of variance is covered as time permits. 

Prerequisite: Microcomputer literacy. 

APST 789 Special Topics in Applied 

Statistics (3) One or more specific applied 

statistical ropics or techniques may be studied 

by advanced students. Topics arise from 

mutual interests offaculry and students. 

May be repeated if me topic differs. 

APST 799 Independent Study (1-3) 

Independent study of particular statistical 

ropics or techniques in an applications setting. 

The topic and number of credits will 

vary with individual student.;nterest and 

me extent of the study. Students submit a 

written proposal with the consent and 

advice of a full-time faculry member. The 

faculry member approves the proposal and 

agrees to supervise me study prior ro registration. 

Computer Science (COSC) 

Computer Science courses (COSC) are offered 




COSC 789 Special Topics in Computer 

Science (3) One or more specific topics in 

computer science or its applications may be 

studied by advanced students. Topics arise 

from mutual interests of faculry and Students. 

May be repeated if ropic differs. 

COSC 799 Independent Study (1-3) A 

problem-solving project, a programming 

project and/or independent research in some 

aspect ofcomputer science. The ropic and 

number of credits vary wim individual 

student interest and me extent ofstudy. 

Prior ro registration, me students submit a 

written proposal wim the consent and 

advice of a full-time faculry member, who 

approves it and agrees ro supervise me study. 

Criminal Justice/law Enforcement 

(CRJU) 

Criminal justice courses (CRjU) are offered 

by the Division ofCriminology, Criminal 

justice, and Social Policy, Yale Gordon College 


CRJU 602 Research Techniques in 

Criminal Justice (3) Provides knowledge 

of and experience wim the methods used in 

studying social science problems. Emphasis 

is on research, designs and instruments, 

and policy implications. Critical and analyrical 

skills are developed for use in future 

research and proposal writing. This course is 

a prerequisite for CRjU 603. 

139

CRJU 603 Statistical Techniques in 

Criminal Justice (3) Provides knowledge 

of and experience with the statistics used 

in studying criminal justice problems. 

Second semester of a two-part course 

focusing on the application of statistical 

methods used in the preparation and evaluation 

of formal research reports. Required 

for all criminal justice studerm. Prerequisite: 

CRJU602. 

CRJU 605 Graduate Internship (3) An 

opportunity to work 80 hours in a selected 

agency, institution, or office within the 

criminal justice field. A journal and a 

research paper are required . Requires the 

permission of the graduate program director 

to enroll. Eligible for continuing studies 

(CS) grade. 


Analysis of the major conceptions of justice 

and the ways these conceptions affect 

the manner in which social and legal systems 

are constituted. Examines theoretical 

perspectives with a view to understanding 

the relationships between various institutions 

and the administration of justice. 

Presents a comparative and historical focus 

on local, national, and international systems 

of justice. 

CRJU 611 Contemporary Corrections 

(3) An examination of the of the historical 

and contemporary structure, theory 

research,problems and solutionsin connection 

with corrections in the United States. 

Classic and current research and theory are 

emphaised. 

CRJU 615 Criminal Justice 

Planning/Systems Applications (3) The 

application of planning theory and techniques 

to the criminal justice system as well 

as to agency-specific problems. Emphasizes 

problem identification, goal setting, forecasting, 

and the selection of alternative 

courses of action. Students become familiar 

with computerized data analysis and simu 

140 

lation applied within the context of criminal 

justice planning. 

CRJU 630 Institutional Treatment and 

the Law (3) The process and principles of 

law from arrest to release in relation to 

police functions, defense and prosecution, 

courts, probation, corrections, and parole. 

Legal documents concerning commitment, 

bail, fines, and writs are also treated. 

CRJU 631 Police and Society (3) Analysis 

of what the police do, why they do it, and 

the effects of their actions on society. The 

social and political context of police functioning 

is examined through current theory 

and research. Major social science works on 

the police institution and police behavior 

are emphasized. 

CRJU 635 Ideologies ofYouth Crime (3) 

Analysis of the major studies and theoretical 

statements concerning the cause, identification, 

and reaction of social agencies to 

behaviors identified as delinquent or problematic. 

The relationship among these 

approaches and their implications for pragmatic 

action are discussed . 

CRJU 637 Studies in Probation, Parole 

and Community Corrections (3) An 

analysis of techniques and procedures in 

supervision of adult and juvenile probationers 

and parolees. Pre-hearing and presentence 

reports, problems, research, and 

evaluation of community corrections. 

CRJU 640 Managing Police 

Organizations (3) Application of managerial 

and administrative practices to police 

agencies. Emphasis on executive processes 

including planning, decision making, 

implementation, and evaluation. 

Structuring discretion, providing leadership, 

dealing with corruption, and other 

abuses. The role of the police administrator 

in the community and the governmental 

structure.

CRJU 645 Constitutional Law (3) The 

consrirurional sysrem of me Unired Srares, 

rhe judicial funcrion, separarion of powers, 

problems of federalism, procedural and 

subsrantive due process, consrirurional prorecrion 

of individual righrs including righrs 

of persons accused of crime, freedom of 

speech and freedom of religion . 

CRJU 702 The Victim: Crime, Victims, 

and Society (3) Analysis ofcrime and 

social reacrion from rhe point of view of 

rhe offended. Focuses on rhe relarively 

recent emphasis on how crime creares 

problems for rhose vicrimized by criminals 

and analysis of whole popularions victimized 

by persons known to memo Includes 

an analysis of rhe idea of resrirurion. 

CRJU 703 Seminar in Criminal Justice 

(3) A seminar devored ro a particular ropic 

relared to research, rheory andlor applicarions 

in criminal jusrice. Sample topics 

include: qualirarive research in criminal 

jusrice, community crime prevention, and 

juvenile jusrice hisrory. May be repeatedfor 

credit when the topic changes. No prerequisite 

unless listed in the schedule ofclasses 

booklet. 

CRJU 704 Seminar in Criminal 

Behavior (3) A seminar in specific caregories 

of criminal behavior. Each semesrer 

is devored ro a particular criminal 

acrivity-irs causes, nature, and impacr 

upon individuals and me society. Semesrer 

topics include: aggressive crime, vicrimless 

crime, professional and organized crime, 

white collar crime, bio-criminology, and 

drugs and crime. May be repeated when the 

topic changes. 

CRJU 705 Juvenile Justice (3) An examinarion 

of rhe concepr and process of juvenile 

jus rice. Includes discussion of me 

evolurion of rhe juvenile court and irs philosophyas 

well as mechanisms of change in 

applicarion and legal structure. Posr-convicrion 

alrernatives such as training schools, 

referrals and orher special programs are 

evaluared. 

CRJU 706 Contemporary Criminal 

Court Issues (3) An in-depth analysis of 

selecred current issues pertaining to criminal 

court sysrems. Focuses on rhe current 

research lirerarure and will consider rhe 

operarional consequences of alrernarive 

responses to rhe issues discussed. 


Studies ofclassical and contemporary rheories 

ofcriminal behavior. Causal and noncausal 

models of criminological rheory. 

Culrural components of crime peculiar to 

rhe 20rh century will be examined. Also 

considers rhe contriburions of modern psychology 

and sociology to criminological 

analysis. 

CRJU 711 Contemporary Corrections 

(3) An examinarion of rhe contemporary 

structure of corrections in the Unired StateS 

wirh a focus on Maryland. T he history of 

corrections, various models of correcrions, 

and rhe relarionship of correcrions to omer 

insritutions in me criminal jusrice sysrem 

and in society are discussed. Current 

research and theory are emphasized. 

CRJU 712 Seminar in Law Enforcement 

(3) Evaluarion of police problems ofcrime 

control, prevention and maintenance of 

order. Review of latesr research on rhe 

effecrs of police policies, programs, and 

pracrices. 

CRJU 713 Seminar in Judicial 

Administration (3) Evaluation of management 

problems relating ro courts and (he 

role ofcourt funcrions and personnel. 

CRJU 714 Seminar in Criminology and 

Corrections (3) Theory and practice. 

Research and evaluarion. Analysis ofproblems 

and correcrions. 

141

CRJU 715 Directed Studies/Readings in 

Criminal Justice (1-3) Designed to give 

the graduate student academic flexibiliry. 

Pennission ofthe program director is 

required. Eligible for continuing studies (CS) 

grades. 

CRJU 720 Thesis (3-6) Supervised preparation 

of an original work displaying 

research and writing skills. Six hours, plus 

defense. Students may register for three 

hours in each of two semesters, or six hours 

in one semester. Pennission ofthe program 

director is required. Pass/foil grading. Eligible 

for continuing studies (CS) grade. 

CRJU 738 Community Corrections (3) 

An analysis of the rypes, procedures, problems, 

theories and evaluation of supervision 

of adults and juveniles in the various forms 

of communiry-based corrections. Students 

will be responsible for understanding classic 

and contemporary research on this subjects 

matter. 

Economics (ECON) 

Economics courses are offered by the Merrick 

School ofBusiness. 

ECON 504 Economics (3) The fundamentals 

of economic theory and implications 

of economic policies for managerial 

decision-making. Topics include supply 

and demand analysis, the role of the price 

system, market structure and pricing, 

externalities, production and costs, the 

Federal Reserve System, money creation, 

and economic policies affecting economic/business 

performance. Prerequisite: 

Graduate standing. 

ECON 640 Global and Domestic 

Business Environment (3) Using an economic 

perspective while also drawing on 

philosophical, political, and psychological 

142 

theories, this course covers regulatory and 

ethical issues, including international business 

policy, federal law and regulation of 

industry and the use of knowledge in sociery. 

The importance of public policies as 

they impact on the domestic and global 

marketplace. Prerequisite: ECON 504. 

ECON 650 Business Economics and 

Forecasting (3) Basic and advanced skills 

of applied regression methodology, optimization, 

and strategy. Statistical and analytical 

techniques are applied across 

traditional business disciplines to develop 

the technical competence necessary for 

managers in today's competitive global 

business environment. Prerequisites: ECON 

504, OPRE 504 or equivalent. 

ECON 765 The Health Services Systems (3) 

An overview of the U.S. health care system, 

including health care as a product and the 

role of all stakeholders: patients, physicians, 

staff, hospitals, insurers, employers, and 

governments. Topics include: impact of 

cost containment and competition on 

management within hospitals and on 

physician-hospital relations; alternate delivery 

systems (HMOs, PPOs); multiunit systems; 

what makes health care different 

from standard economic markets; health 

care marketing; health insurance, including 

(a) uninsured/uncompensated care, and (b) 

poorly informed but heavily insured customers; 

a larger not-for-profit sector and 

heavy government involvement; legal 

aspects of health care, including social, 

moral, and ethical issues. Prerequisites: 

ECON504, or equivalent. 

ECON 720 International Economics and 

Finance* (3) The framework of international 

economics and finance. Topics covered 

include classical trade theory, balance 

of payment, models of open economy, 

export and import economic policies and 

trade performance, foreign exchange markets, 

currency options and futures markets, 

international money markets, and capital

markets. Specific application will be made 

w European, Asian, and Latin American 

markets. Prerequisite: ECON 504. 

ECON 797 Special Topics in Economic 

Management * (3) Specialized wpics in 

economics allowing flexibility for both the 

changing developments in business and the 

educational needs ofstudents. Topic areas 

may include econometrics, entrepreneurship, 

or organizational architecture. Exact 

listing of wpics and prerequisites may be 

listed in schedule of classes. Prerequisite: 

ECON 504 or area appr(Wal. 

ECON 799 Individual Research (1-3) 

Individual research in an area of interest ro 

the student. The expectation is that work 

equivalent ro a regular graduate course will 

be completed. Formal paper(s) will be written 

under the supervision of a full-time faculty 

member. Prerequisite: Approval by area 

chair andgraduate program director. 

Finance (FIN) 

Finance courses (FIN) are offered by the 

Merrick School ofBusiness. 

FIN 504 Financial Management (3) A 

survey of fundamental financial concepts, 

techniques, and theory for management 

decision-making. Covers the time value of 

money; introduction ro portfolio theory 

and the capital asset pricing model; capital 

budgeting and the valuation of risky investments; 

cost ofcapital and capital structure 

theory; and dividend policy. Prerequisites: 

ACCT504 or equivalent. 

FIN 704 Bank Management * (3) An indepth 

examination of the theory and practice 

of financial decision-making for banks 

and other deposirory institutions using 

both a traditional and a case approach. 

Topics include bank performance analysis, 

strategic planning, interest-rate risk management, 

liquidity management; investment 

management, loan management, 

securitization, and global bank activities. 

Prerequisite: FIN 504 or equivalent. 

FIN 705 Advanced Financial 

Management (3) Designed ro enhance 

financial skills by using both the traditional 

and case methods to apply finance theory, 

concepts, and analytical tools ro corporate 

and individual business decision-making 

situations. Topics include valuation, capital 

structure, capital budgeting and cost of 

capital analysis, working capital management, 

corporate financial policy and management 

of risk and return. Prerequisite: 

FIN 504 or equivalent. 

FIN 710 Capital Markets (3) Enables students 

w examine and understand the 

nature, structure, function, and regulation 

of domestic and international money and 

capital markets, including the effect of 

change, technology, globalization, and 

innovation on financial institutions and 

markets. Prerequisite: FIN 504 or equivalent. 

FIN 715: Investment Analysis (3) A 

study of valuation, and measurement of 

risk and return of financial instruments in 

the context of modern portfolio theory. 

Coverage ofsecurities includes a variety of 

srock and bond types, as well as futures 

and options contracts. Prerequisite: FIN 


FIN 720 International Financial 

Management (3) The unique financial 

issues facing a corporation doing business, 

and the efficient management of financial 

resources, in a global environment. Topics 

include economic, transaction and 

accounting exposure w currency price fluctuations. 

Prerequisites: FIN 504 and FIN 


143

HSAD 611 Program Evaluation and 

Policy Analysis (3) A swdy of the conceptual 

and methodological issues concerning 

the evaluation of human service programs. 

Includes focus on statistical and data analysis 

skills, and on the relationships between 

the program/policy design and 

analysis/evaluation. Prerequisite: HSAD 

610 or permission ofthe imtructor. Offered 

atCSC 

HSAD 620 Human Services Leadership 

and Supervision (3) A theoretical and 

practical analysis of organizational leadership, 

personnel (employee and volunteer) 

supervision, workplace design, and the ethical 

dimension of leadership in human 

service agencies. Provides training in organizational 

relationships and staff development. 

Job-related case studies are used to 

apply principles ofsupervision and leadership. 

Offered at CSC 

HSAD 621 Administrative Decision 

Making in Human Service Agencies (3) 

Decision-making at the individual, work 

group, departmental and organizational 

levels within the context of human service 

agencies. Emphasizes development of skills 

necessary for securing consistency of practice, 

the coordination of various planning 

units, and the economizing of planning 

efforts. Prerequisite: HSAD 620 or permission 

ofthe imtructor. 

HSAD 695 Field Practicum I: Human 

Services Administration (3) Fieldwork 

training experience at a human service 

agency under the guidance of the UB and 

CSC program directors and an on-site 

agency men tor. Permission ofthe program 

directors is required. Eligible for (CS) grade. 

HSAD 696 Field Practicum II: Human 

Services Administration (3) Continuation 

ofHSAD 695. Fieldwork training experience 

at a human service agency under the 

guidance of the UB and CSC program 

directors and an on-site agency mentor. 

Prerequisite: HSAD 695. Permission ofthe 

program directors is required. Eligible for 

(CS) grade. Offered at CSC 

HSAD 698 Research Practicum I: 

Program Planning, Implementation, 

Evaluation (3) Under the guidance of the 

program directors and a research committee, 

the student prepares an original work 

which displays research and writing skills. 

Topics include: a realistic feasible plan for a 

new human services program, implementation 

of a new program, and/or evaluation 

of a program. Permission ofthe program 

directors is required. Eligible for (CS) grade. 

Offered at CSC 

HSAD 699 Research Practicum II: 

Program Planning, Implementation, 

Evaluation (3) The student continues to 

prepare the original work begun in HSAD 

698 and will then formally defend the work 

before his/her research commirree. 

Prerequisite: HSAD 698. 

Information Systems (INSS) 

Information Systems (INSS) courses are 

offered by the Merrick School ofBusiness. 

INSS 610 Information System 

Techniques (3) Explores the fundamental 

theories, concepts and principles of information 

systems in organizations. 

Emphasizes understanding the role of 

information systems in organizations and 

the need for managing information 

resources. Examines the role of theories, 

concepts and principles in analyzing and 

solving practical problems. 

INSS 640 Information System 

Technology (3) Applications of information 

systems and technology across organizational 

types and business functions-how 

145

managers can get and use information. 

Examines interactions between information 

systems and other organizational systems. 

Topics include: redesigning business 

processes through new technologies; 

exchanging information with suppliers, 

customers and competitors; developing 

corporate culture with group support systems; 

understanding and exploiting emerging 

technologies; the potential of 

information systems to promote competitive 

advantage; and the social and ethical 

impacts of growing information systems 

use. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. 

INSS 641 Information Resource 

Management (3) Examination of the 

responsibilities and strategies of managing 

the information resource function in an 

organization including discussion of complex 

problems of design, development, 

operation, control, and evaluation of management 

strategies in the context oforganizational 

objectives. Covers the management 

of information resource both within the 

organizations boundaries and between the 

organization and its customers, suppliers, 

and trading partners. Prerequisites: IN55 

610 or IN55 MO. 

INSS 650 Telecommunications (3) 

Covers fundamentals, as well as the stateof-the-art, 

of using telecommunications in 

business. Emphasizes managing and using 

telecommunications to meet organizational 

goals. Telecommunication technology and 

current practices are included. Topics 

include distributed data processing, communications 

techniques, network design, 

management, and security and ethical 

issues. Deregulation, international networks, 

and the impact of telecommunications 

on the organizational environment 

are also discussed. Prerequisite: IN55 610 or 

IN55MO. 

INSS 651 Data Base Management (3) 

Theories and concepts employed in data 

base management systems (DBMS) and the 

146 

efficiencies and economies ofsuch systems. 

The function of various types (hierarchical, 

network, relational, etc.) of DBMS are 

described, including their purpose, advantages, 

disadvantages, and applications 

in business. Prerequisite: IN55 610 or 

IN55Mo. 


The systems development life cycle of 

application systems emphasizing the use 

of structured design techniques. Each phase 

of development from information requirements 

analysis through post audit is examined. 

Other methodologies and current 

tools and techniques are reviewed and compared 

with traditional approaches. 

Prerequisite: IN55 610 or IN55 MO. 

INSS 701: Internet Business Site 

Development (3) The objective of this 

course is the analysis, design, implementation 

and maintenance ofWorld Wide Web 

(Web) business sites. Uses of the Internet 

for business and Electronic Commerce. 

Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) 

concepts and tools, including graphical and 

text-oriented editors. Business graphics, 

audio and video content in Web pages. 

Advanced HTML concepts like imagemap, 

forms, frames, tables and style sheets as 

page formatting tools, dynamic HTML. 

Client-side scripting using Java Script. 

Students will develop a Web site for a reallife 

organization and analyze an exemplary 

business Web site. Prerequisite: IN55 640. 

INSS 711 System Simulation (3) Surveys 

concepts and techniques of system modeling 

and simulation using digital computers 

including computer simulation languages 

such as SIMSCRIPT 11.5 and GPSS, variance 

reduction techniques, input/output 

analysis, sensitivity and optimization of systems 

simulation, and application of computer 

simulation to various practical 

situations. Prerequisites: OPRE 504, and 

IN55 610 or IN55 MO.

INSS 737 Management of Information 

Systems (3) The management function as 

it relates to information and information 

systems from both an organizational and 

personal perspective. Discusses the evolution 

ofIS management in organizations 

from DATA Processing through 

Distributed Information Resources, and 

the growing need for all professionals and 

managers to manage their own information 

and information systems. Prerequisite: 

fNSS 610. 

INSS 738 Advanced Data Base 

Management Systems (3) The major 

issues and advanced developments in 

Database Management Systems (DBMS), 

such as: data interrogation languages SQL 

and specifications, and data name rationalizing 

methods, object-oriented database 

systems, distributed databases, deductive 

databases, and the integration of know1edge 

and data management. Prerequisite: 

fNSS651 . 

INSS 739 System Analysis and Design: 

Tools and Techniques (3) Covers the current 

tools and techniques used by leading 

organizations in [he design, development 

and maintenance ofapplication systems. 

Systems Development Methodologies such 

as lAD, Prototyping, PSIIP-SA, etc. are 

reviewed and compared, as are tools such as 

CASE products, Code Analyzers and 

Generators, 4GLs. Students have at least 

one assignment requiring the use ofsuch 

tools. Prerequisite: fNSS 671. 

INSS 751 Operating Systems (3) Surveys 

general functions of operating systems 

including introduction to assembly language. 

The capabilities ofseveral commercial 

operating systems and an examination 

of mechanisms used to implement operating 

systems. Prerequisite: fNSS 610 or 

fNSS640. 

INSS 761 Decision Support Systems (3) 

Explores the relationship of decision sup 

port systems, traditional information systems 

and organizational decision-making 

functions, including a discussion of 

strategies for the design and use of the 

decision support systems for various managerial 

functions. Case studies illustrate 

design concepts and techniques. 

Prerequisite: fNSS 610 or fNSS 640 or 

equivalent. 

INSS 765 Global Electronic Commerce 

(3) The general objectives of this course 

are: 1) to provide the student with an 

understanding of what global commerce is 

all about, the technologies used in conducting 

global commerce, the impact ofelectronic 

commerce on businesses, industry 

and world markets and economies, 2) to 

understand, chiefly through hands-on 

experience, the technologies, standards and 

protocols used in global commerce, and 3) 

to gain an appreciation for the major and 

evolving issues in global commerce, i.e., 

electronic currency, security, encryption, 

etc. Prerequisite: fNSS 610 or fNSS 640 or 

equivalent. 

INSS 772 Group Support Systems (3) 

Promotes understanding ofstate-of-the-art 

computer support for group work. 

Emphasizes behavioral aspects (how teams 

work) and technical aspects (developing 

appropriate systems to support varied 

group activities). Topics include characteristics 

ofgroups, the nature of teamwork, 

group processes and techniques, computer 

support for team work, design and implementation 

issues, human and organizational 

issues, and methodological issues. 

Prerequisites: All required M'/'5. courses 

except fNSS 789. 

INSS 774 Artificial Intelligence and 

Expert Systems (3) An introduction to 

artificial intelligence and expert systems. 

Emphasizes business application ofexpert 

systems. Topics include concepts ofartificial 

intelligence, problem solving methods, 

knowledge acquisition, knowledge repre 

147

sentations, inferencing methods, and 

design and development of expert systems 

for business applications. Prerequisite: INSS 

610 or INSS 640. 

INSS 775 End-User Computing (3) 

Studies the technology and methods for 

end-user systems development using 

advanced software tools. Management of 

end-user computing is examined from 

Information Center strategies to the utilization 

of resident information systems consultants 

and corporate standards. 

Prerequisites: All required M.I.5. courses 

except INSS 789. 

INSS 777 Human Factors in 

Information Systems (3) A study of the 

non-ergonomic issues in the human-system 

interface. Such technologies include: menu 

structures and styles, use ofgraphic-systems, 

icon-based menus, touch screens, 

audio, hypertext, etc. The impact of these 

technologies on human-computer interaction, 

information presentations, humancomputer 

communication, and human 

performance is examined. Student projects 

examine current empirical studies in this 

area. Prerequisites: All required M.I.5. 

courses except INSS 789. 

INSS 778 Software Maintenance and 

Retrofitting (3) The use ofcode analyzers, 

code generators and related software products 

and maintaining and retrofitting existing 

application libraries. The concepts of 

software engineering, re-engineering, 

reverse engineering, traverse and forward 

engineering are integrated with state-ofthe-art 

software engineering tools. One 

product is studied in some detail(measurements, 

metrics, COSt effectiveness, ease-ofuse, 

etc. Students examine software tools in 

the context of managing the organization's 

software resources. Prerequisites: All 

required M.I 5. courses except INSS 789. 

INSS 784 Information Systems Planning 

(3) Integrates research and planning 

148 

methodology in the management of application 

development and corporate information 

systems. Planning methodologies are 

emphasized. Prerequisites: INSS 641 and 

INSS671. 

INSS 789 Information Systems 

Applications (3) A field-study project capstone 

course. Student teams undertake an 

M.I.S. project in the public or private sector. 

Projects focus on one aspect ofIS such 

as systems analysis and design, data base 

systems, telecommunications or IS professionals. 

Should be taken in the final semester 

of the student's program. Prerequisites: 

All required M. I S. core courses and permission 

ofthe imtructor. 

INSS 797 Advanced Topics in 

Information Systems * (3) Exploration of 

advanced topics in information systems of 

interest to faculty and students. 

Prerequisites and topics are selected and 

printed in the schedule ofclasses. 

INSS 799 Individual Research: 

Information Systems (1-3) Approval of 

area chair and permission of instructor 

required. 

Legal and Ethical Studies (LEST) 

Legal and Ethical Studies courses (LEST) are 

offered by the Division ofLegal, Ethical, and 

Historical Studies, Yale Gordon College of 

Liberal Arts. 

LEST 500 Legal Research (3) An intensive 

introduction to the organization of a 

law library, sources for legal research, and 

basic techniques oflegal research. Required 

ofall entering students during their first 

semester. 

LEST 501 Legal and Ethical 

Foundations (3) Considers three funda

mental themes: the philosophical basis of 

law and ethics; how lawyers and ethicists 

think, how the processes of the law work, 

how the law relates to other disciplines, and 

branches of knowledge; and how to do 

legal and ethical research . Grading: Letter 

grade only. 

LEST 506 Historical Perspectives (3) 

The history of the Western legal tradition 

from late antiquiry and medieval times to 

the present, with attention to the traditions 

of legal scholarship, the distinctive characteristics 

ofAnglo-American law, and the 

shaping of the modern legal profession in 

the United States. Familiarizes students 

with contemporary approaches to legal 

studies that emphasize the social and intellectual 

context of legal problems and legal 

change. Includes selected readings in ethics. 

LEST 507 Legal and Ethical Arguments 

(3) Introduction to contemporary legal 

research and legal argument. Students learn 

to generate original argumentation about 

contemporary legal issues of unusual complexity 

such as affirmative action, privacy, 

biological engineering, obsceni ty, first 

amendment rights, and other civil liberties. 

Students learn contemporary methods of 

research and current styles of/egal citation, 

and how to use case material appropriately 

in an academic context. 

LEST 508 Law and Morality (3) Law and 

morality as the rwo major sources of standards 

used to measure and govern human 

conduct; the relationship berween law and 

morality, focusing on traditional and contemporary 

philosophical views of the 

nature of law and the nature of morality; 

the interaction berween the rwo and the 

purposes and enforceability of each. 

LEST 600 Advanced Research (3) 

Advanced techniques of/egal and scholarly 

research in specialized areas of law, philosophy 

of law, and/or legal history. The strategic 

and effective use of law finding and 

bibliographical aids is stressed, including 

some exposure to electronic data bases in 

the humanities, social sciences, and legal 

field. Students work pardy in fields designated 

by the instructor and also individually 

on an extensive research project. 

LEST 601 Ethics and Advocacy (3) The 

responsibilities of lawyers to the judicial 

system and to their clients. Students consider 

the pattern of relationships berween 

the attorney and client in order to study 

the Iimi ts of law, the areas in which preventive 

legal consultation may be helpful, and 

the way in which a client or administrator 

may present his or her position to a lawyer 

and to the courts. Also covers the 

client/court relationship, and consumer 

and user advocacy as it relates to the legal 

system. 

LEST 602 World Legal Systems (3) 

Other world legal systems, including 

European, Oriental, and various socialist 

systems of law. Considers the legal relationship 

berween the individual and the state in 

other systems, and discusses the role of the 

judiciary, the role of good faith in contract 

law, property law, criminal procedures, and 

the principal elements of civil and common 

law procedure in other systems. 

LEST 603 Law of Contracts (3) 

Theoretical and practical bases of the law of 

contracts. Topics include: creation of contracts; 

capacity to contract; mutual assent; 

offer and acceptance; consideration; compliance 

with formality; third party beneficiaries; 

mutual mistake; parole evidence; 

specific performance; conditions; impossibility; 

frustration; assignment and discharge 

of contract obligations; statute of 

frauds and novation; references to Article 2 

of the UCC; and restatement ofcontracts. 

LEST 604 Law of Business 

Organizations (3) Introduction to the law 

of business organizations, from the individual 

proprietorship to the corporation, 

149

emphasizing the elements of public policy 

common to all; also combines the traditional 

subjects of agency, partnerships, and 

corporations. Topics include: the major 

forms of organization; the employment 

relationship; rights and obligations of partners 

and third parties; and the corporation-its 

function, importance, and 

methods of finance and control. 

LEST 605 Topics in Law (3) Periodic 

offering on various courses in specialized 

topics of law in accordance with student 

interest. Examples ofsuch ropics are: historic 

cases, copyright law, law ofeducation, 

legal debate on punishments. Course is 

announced under the topic to be studied. 

LEST 606 Family Law (3) The legal, 

social, and philosophical problems confronting 

the family, including such ropics 

as: the legal characteristics of marriage, 

financial obligations, conflicts ofspousal 

rights, tortS, fault and no-fault grounds in 

marriage, dissolution, negotiation skills, 

separation agreements, tax problems, and 

adoption and custody rights of the child. 

LEST 607 Property Law (3) The basic 

law of properry, including philosophical 

and ethical justifications and important 

historical developments in the scheme of 

ownership in Anglo-American Law. Focus 

is on current properry law from the viewpoint 

of its underlying rationales and policy 

considerations. 

LEST 608 Wuls and Trusts (3) The legal 

rules governing testamentary transfers of 

wealth, highlighting the erhical and policy 

issues addressed by the staturory scheme 

governing wills and the administration of 

estates. Emphasizes the ethical as well as the 

legal aspects of the fiduciary relationship 

which lies at the core of the law of trusts. 

LEST 610 Special Legal Topics (3) 

Intensive exploration of topics in law of 

mutual interest to faculry and students. 

150 

Content will vary according to interests of 

faculry and students. Topic for study will 

appear under that name in the schedule 

booklet. 

LEST 612 Health Law (3) Law and ethical 

issues arising in the provision of health care 

services, with special emphasis on issues of 

qualiry assurance, access, and COSt containment. 

LEST 613 Products Liability Law (3) 

Theories of liabiliry for defective products 

that cause injuries to consumers, reflecting 

a mixture of contract, tort, and staturory 

law. Also explores the meaning and rypes of 

"defective" products, the range of possible 

defendants, and the defenses available to 

various defendants. 

LEST 614 Torts (3) Tort law as the civil 

law of reparation for harm done by wrongful 

acts. This body of law focuses in part on 

actions which are called intentional tortS 

(for example, assault, battery, and false 

imprisonment). These rypes of conduct are 

distinguished from unintentional tort (negligence) 

and concepts integral to the study 

of negligence, namely, dury, breach, and 

causation. Other topics are: defenses and 

damages, strict liabiliry, tortious damage to 

interests in properry, workers' compensation, 

professional malpractice, defamation, 

invasion of privacy, and immunities. 

LEST 620 Philosophy of Law (3) A 

jurisprudential approach to both historical 

and contemporary theories of law, focusing 

on such problems as the justification of 

authoriry, the obligation ro obey law, civil 

disobedience, the relationship between law 

and moraliry, problems of interpretation 

and judicial decision making, and the role 

of the Supreme Court in a democratic 

sociery. 

LEST 624 Professional Ethics (3) An 

overview of professional ethics in the fields 

of law, business, and health care, covering

oth the formal rules, principles, and practices 

of professional responsibility that regulate 

these fields as well as some of the 

most controversial contemporary ethical 

problems confronting professionals practicing 

in these areas. Offers a substantive 

background in ethics that applies theoretical 

approaches to the practical problems 

encountered in the professions. 

LFST 629 Lawyers as Villains (and 

Heroes) in Literature and Film (3) Antilawyer 

sentiment as a recurring theme in 

western culture for centuries: What is it 

about the law, the legal system, or the 

people attracted to the profession that persistently 

attracts negative images? Why are 

these images so widely deployed in classical 

literature and popular culture? Lawyers also 

are often admired and portrayed in literature 

as courageous and effective advocates 

of justice. These images are explored by 

comparing scholarly (historical and philosophical) 

study of the profession with the 

"artistic" exploitation of lawyers in different 

media. A major paper is required. 

LFST 630 Law and History Seminar (3) 

Selected topics related to law and history, 

including such subjects as: the history of 

the common law, American constitutional 

history, the western legal tradition, law 

reform movements, Maryland's legal history, 

and the evolution of our civil rights 

and civil liberties. Students do some readings 

in common to define the themes of 

the seminar and also undertake independent 

research. A major paper is required. 

Pre-requisites: LEST 500, 501, and 506; or 

permission of insttuctor. 

LFST 698 Internship in Applied Ethics 

(3) Provides observation and firsthand 

experience of the practice of ethics at designated 

profit, nonprofit or government 

organizations. Students work with a mentor 

at an appropriate organization they 

have selected and write an ongoing journal 

of their involvement as well as a critical 

essay on applied ethics related to their 

internship experience. Prerequisite: interview 

with internship director. 

LFST 799 Independent Research (1-3) 

Individual research on an academic project 

of interest to the student in consultation 

with a monitoring faculty member. 

Prerequisite: approval of the program director. 

Management (MGMT) 

Management courses (MGMT) are offered by 

the Merrick School ofBusiness. 

MGMT 504 Organizational Behavior 

and Human Resource Management (3) 

Satisfies rhe core requirements in organizational 

behavior and human resource management. 

Beginning with a focus on the 

individual, covers interpersonal and teamwork 

issues. Explores leadership, selection, 

motivation, performance assessment, and 

ethical and legal considerations related to 

these activities. Emphasis on effective oral 

and written communication. Prerequisite: 

Graduate standing. 

MGMT 506 Production and Operations 

Management (3) Management of the 

design and creation of products/services 

that can be sold at competitive prices. 

Topics include: strategic choice of technology; 

design of products/service and 

processes; location of facilities; project 

management; operations planning and 

control; material management; total quality 

management; benchmarking; and performance 

measurement. Prerequisite: Graduate 

standing. 

MGMT 640 Strategic Innovation and 

Renewal (3) The dynamics of an evolving 

organization. Topics include: vision and 

competitive strategy, shareholder, stake 

151

holder, and value chain relationships; 

benchmarking; product and process 

improvement; performance assessment and 

evaluation; statistical tools for diagnosis 

and improvement; corporate governance, 

and organizational and financial restructuring; 

leadership and change; empowerment 

of human resources; and valuation of the 

firm. Prerequisites: concurrent or prior 

enroffment in INSS 640, OPRE 640, ACCT 

640, ECON 640 and MKTG 640. 

MGMT 650 Research for Strategic 

Human Resource Management 

Decisions (3) Methods and rools used in 

business research. Topics include: locating 

sources of strategic human resource management 

information; developing a research 

project; using the compurer to process data; 

and organizing and presenting strategic 

human resource management reports. 

Formerly Research for Management 

Decisions. Prerequisite: OPRE 504 or 

equivalent. 

MGMT 710 Human Resource 

Management (3) Covers procedures and 

problems associated with employee relations 

in both private and public sectors 

from a policy perspective. Issues within the 

manager-employee-union relationship 

involving human resource planning, 

recruiting, selection, and utilization are 

examined. Discusses legal, international, 

work force diversiry and safery aspects. 

Prerequisite: MGMT 504 or equivalent. 

MGMT 712 Employment Law and The 

Human Resource Manager (3) 

Employment law as it applies to management 

decisions in recruitment and promotion 

as well as in terms of management's 

responsibiliry to comply with federal laws. 

Topics include legal issues in employment 

law and the legal consequences of noncompliance; 

the regulatory model of government 

control over the employment 

relationship; equal employment opportuniry; 

safery and health regulations; 

152 

Americans with Disabilities Act; pay and 

benefits law; Employee Retirement Income 

Securiry Act; civil rights of employees (privacy 

and wrongful discharge); Family Leave 

Act; international comparisons; and emerging 

regulatory issues. Prerequisite: MGMT 

504. 

MGMT 715 Compensation, Evaluation, 

and Motivation (3) Management techniques 

applicable to maintaining and developing 

productiviry and job satisfaction 

among employees. Examines wage and 

salary administration decisions and their 

implications in depth. Prerequisite: 

MGMT504. 

MGMT 720 Labor Management 

Relations (3) An introduction to labor 

relations systems: organizational techniques 

and strategies of unions and management; 

legal constraints relative to organization; 

the negotiation process; the negotiation 

and scope of contracts; the major substantive 

issues in collective bargaining; and 

conflict resolution through grievance and 

arbitration. Employee-management relations 

in union and nonunion environments 

are contrasted. Prerequisite: MGMT 504. 

MGMT 725 Conflict Management and 

Dispute Resolution in the Workplace (3) 

The critical issues in conflict, including 

workplace violence, cultural diversiry, and 

changes in the organization of work. 

Creative approaches to intra- and interorganizational 

dispute resolution are 

explored. Provides opportunities to interface 

with experts, to engage in challenging 

experiential exercises, and to share problem-solving 

approaches. Prerequisite: 

MGMT504. 

MGMT 740 Seminar in Service 

Operations (3) The problems associated 

with the management of service organizations. 

Analyzes special characteristics of 

such organizations and their managerial 

implications. Discusses operations manage

ment roo1s, techniques, and concepts available 

ro service organizations. Topics 

include: capacity management, location 

choice, service flow analysis, productivity, 

and operations control. TheoreticaJ discussions 

are supplemented with the operations 

of banks, hospitals, educational institutions, 

and other service organizations. 

Prerequisite: prior or current enrollment in 

MGMT 506 or its equivalent. 

MGMT 750 Manufactu.ring 

Management (3) An integrating and 

strategic study ofalternate management 

principles and approaches. Topics include 

Zero Inventory Uapan), Group Technology 

(Russia), Flexible Manufacturing (USA), 

Synchronous Manufacturing (Israel), 

Grundlichkeit (Germany). and other 

approaches. Presents perspectives related ro 

innovation and technology, capacity and 

demand, productivity and quality, flexibility 

and efficiency, international manufactuting, 

and emerging issues. Prerequisite: 

prior or cun'ent enroltment in MGMT 506 

or its equivalent. 

MGMT 752 Management of Quality and 

Productivity (3) All aspects of management 

of quality in the entire value chain. 

Relationships with all stakeholders including 

the suppliers and cusromers, investment 

in human resources, continuous 

improvement, process re-engineering, statistical 

tools, measurement of quality, and 

benchmarking. Case studies are included. 

Formerly Total Quality Management. 

Prerequisite: prior or current enrollment in 

MGMT 506 (fonner/y MGMT502) or its 

equivalent. 

MGMT 753 Global Management of 

Technology and Operations * (3) The 

impact of national environments on global 

operations, national differences in productivity 

and product standards, comparative 

management systems, matching competitive 

advanrages of firms with comparative 

advantages of nations, strategies of global 

deployment of technology, product and 

process developments across national borders, 

global sourcing and logistics, and 

global information net\vorks. Includes case 

studies. Prerequisite: prior or concurrent 

enrollment in MGMT 506 or its equivalent. 

MGMT 760 Organizational Creativity, 

Change, and Entrepreneurship (3) 

Strategy and techniques for successfully 

introducing change to formal organizations; 

role of power, influence, and communication 

in the change process; 

confrontation and effective intervention; 

concepts and techniques of organizational 

development; frameworks for creativity; 

and acceptance of innovation. Included are 

individual and group research and experimental 

exercises. Prerequisite: MGMT 504. 


Provides a basic unders tanding of current 

growth-technology fields and a familiarity 

with future technology development and 

opportunity. Surveys emerging market 

opportunities in a number of technology 

areas and discusses the potential impact of 

those technologies on business opportunity. 

Discusses the impacts that labs will have on 

markets. 


Introduces the subject of opportunity 

analysis and entrepreneurship, and the 

practice of its requisite skills. Includes the 

analysis of markets, preliminary cost feasibility 

and intellectual property audit. Also 

involves the creation and development of 

preliminary strategy positioning appropriate 

to the market opportunity. Prerequisite: 

MGMT504. 

MGMT 763 Commercialization 

Planning (3) Commercialization planning 

and the practice of its necessary skills in all 

of its phases. Includes market planning, 

operations planning, management planning, 

financial planning, and resource planning. 

Details the development of business 

153

strategy and the creation of plans for strategy 

implementation. Prerequisite: MGMT 

504, prior or concurrent enrollment in 

MGMT762. 


Expands on MGMT 762 and 763 with 

emphasis on the skills and behaviors 

engaged in during the start-up process. 

Includes the search for capital, the negotiations 

of contracts, initial advertising and 

marketing, and the development of 

alliances. Discusses strategy implementation, 

alteration and revision. Prerequisite: 

MGMT 504, prior or concurrent enrollment 

inMGMT 763. 

MGMT 765 Management of Health Care 

Organizations and Professionals (3) A 

two-module course focusing on major 

organization and management issues in 

health care service organizations; and the 

role of individual health professionals, 

interaction among them, and their relationships 

with patients and the organization's 

administration. Prerequisite: MGMT 504 

or equivalent. 

MGMT 780 International Management (3) 

Management challenges and dilemmas 

associated with business activity in multicultural 

and global environments within 

the U.S. and other countries. Provides the 

knowledge and sensitivities to more effectively 

identify, understand, and manage the 

cultural components oforganizational and 

business dynamics. Topics include: cultural 

value awareness, cross-cultural communication 

skills, cross-cultural management skills 

(strategic planning, organizational design, 

leadership), and creating and managing a 

globally competent work force. Formerly 

International Comparative Management 

Systems. Prerequisite: MGMT 504. 

MGMT 781 International Business 

Strategy (3) Draws on the framework of 

global strategic management to help students 

integrate the concepts of economics, 

154 

finance, marketing, technology, and operations 

in a global context. Focuses on market 

entry issues, transnational structures, 

operational issues, and leadership in crosscultural 

settings, and provides the framework 

for a real world, international 

business project that may be completed by 

student teams and that offers the option for 

a study/analysis trip to another country. 

Prerequisites: all MBA 500-level courses or 

equivalent. 

MGMT 797 Special Topics in 

Management * (3) An intensive exploration 

of topics in the area of management. 

Topics include e-commerce, leadership, 

organizational theory, or best business practice. 

Refer ro semester class schedule for 

tide of topic offered. May be repeated for 

credit when the topic varies. Prerequisite: to 

be determined by the instructor. 

MGMT 799 Individual Research (1-3) 

The purpose of individual research is to 

permit investigation into a particular subject 

in more depth than accommodated by 

an existing course. Students work closely 

with an individual faculty member. 

Approval by the area chair required. 

Marketing (MKTG) 

Marketing courses are offered by the Aferrick 

Schoo! ofBusiness. 


The concepts, processes, and institutions 

necessary for the effective global marketing 

ofgoods and services including an analysis 

of market opportunities, buyer behavior, 

product planning, pricing, promotion, distribution 

and the role of marketing within 

the organization and in society. 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

MKTG 640 Organization Creation and 

Growth (3) Focuses on development of 

new goods and services and the technologies, 

market needs, operating processes, 

financial resources, and organizational 

structures and processes necessary to meet 

the growth objectives of new and existing 

organizations. Prerequisites: MKTG 504 or 

area approval. 

MKTG 760 Global Marketing 

Management (3) The theory and application 

of marketing in a global context. 

Topics include international trade and 

financial markets, market structures of 

nations, consumption behavior related to 

culture. social values, and economic conditions. 

Also considers the political and legal 

control over marketing activities (advertising, 

promotion, and distribution); the 

growth of regional marketing arrangements 

relative to competitive strategies of multinational 

corporations; the dilemma of marketing 

ethics in a multicultural world; and 

the cost-benefit of technology transfer. 

Prerequisite: MKTG 640. 

MKTG 770 Product Development and 

Management (3) The development and 

management of goods and services as a 

multi-functional management process. 

Includes analysis of market needs, technology, 

social and legal factors, and organizational 

resources to develop effective 

product portfolios to achieve organizational 

objectives. Management of both innovative 

and mature products is studied. 


MKTG 780 Market Information and 

Research (3) The acquisition, evaluation, 

and use of competitor and consumer information 

for goods and services. Explores a 

variety of methods including the use of 

both electronic data such as the Internet, 

computer data bases, scanner data and 

behavioral research including focus groups, 

observations, survey research, and experiments 

are explored. Emphasis on the time 

liness and validity of information in making 

effective marketplace decisions regarding 

competitor and consumer behavior. 


MKTG 790 Marketing Field Project (3) 

Student teams apply concepts from other 

courses and their experience to solve marketing 

problems of firms. Each team is 

assigned a project and faculty member for 

the semester. Seminar sessions are scheduled 

to encourage exchange of information 

berween teams and the development of 

consulting skills. Projects are normally with 

a business firm , although other learning 

experiences can be proposed. Prerequisite: 

MKTG640. 

MKTG 797 Special Topics in Marketing 

Management * (3) Specialized topics in 

marketing, allowing flexibility for both the 

changing developments in applied business 

practice and the educational needs of students. 

Exact topical coverage and prerequisites 

are listed in the schedule of classes. 

Prerequisite. MKTG 504 or area approval. 

MKTG 799 Independent Study (1-3) 

Approval of area chair and graduate program 

director required. Prerequisite: 

MKTG 610 or 640. 

Negotiations and Conflict 

Management (CNCM) 

Negotiations and Conflict Management 

(CNCM) courses are administered by the 

Division ofLegal, Ethical and Historical 

Studies, Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts. 

CNCM 500 Research Methods (3) 

Introduces various methods of research in 

the social sciences, law, and the humanities 

that students will encounter in the fiel.d of 

conflict studies. Also enables the student to 

155

utilize a variety of systems of citation and 

reference. 

CNCM 506 Understanding and 

Assessing Conflict (3) Introduces theories 

of conflict and different perspectives used 

to understand and assess conflict. Various 

views of conflict, conflict escalation, and 

resolution are studied, utilizing insights 

from a range of disciplines, including psychology, 

sociology, communications, cultural 

studies, and law. 

CNCM 508 Approaches to Managing 

Conflict/Methods of Dispute Resolution 

(3) Introduces various approaches to managing 

conflict, and explores the differences 

among approaches based upon domination, 

compromise, and integration. Covers 

various methods ofdispute resolution, 

including litigation, negotiation, mediation, 

and arbitration. 

CNCM 513 Negotiations: Theory and 

Practice (3) Introduces the theory and 

practice of negotiations, and explores various 

models of negotiation and bargaining, 

highlighting similarities and differences in 

the models and methods of negotiation. 

Covers various stages of negotiation from 

pre-negotiation, to negotIatIOn proper, to 

post-settlement negotiation; and emphasizes 

the development ofskills through the 

use of role plays enabling the student to 

apply theory to cases. 

CNCM 515 Mediation: Theory and 


practice of mediation , and explores various 

models of the mediation process as well as 

diverging views concerning the role of the 

mediator. Key issues include: neutrality and 

bias on the part of the mediator; confidentiality; 

codes of ethics for mediators; and 

the current status of legislation concerning 

the qualifications and licensing of mediators. 

Students develop and practice mediation 

skills by acting as the mediator in 

156 

various scenarios that illustrate the process 

of mediation. 

CNCM 517 Arbitration: Theory and 


practice of arbitration, and explores the role 

of the arbitratOr as an impartial, third party 

whose task is to "decide" issues between 

parties to a dispute. Focuses on arbitration 

in different contexts, including collective 

bargaining and disputes between management 

and labor. 

CNCM 620 Special Topics (3) This 

course explores tOpics in the the field of 

Negotiations and Conflict Management. 

The topics vary according to the interest of 

student and specialization of the faculty 

member. Prequisites, if any, to be determined 

by the instructor. 

Operations Research (OPRE) 

Operations Research courses are offered by the 

Menick School ofBusiness. 


Statistical summary measures, probability, 

random variables, and their distributions. 

Estimation and hypothesis testing, correlation 

and regression analysis, ANOVA, and 

their applications to business problems are 

presented. The use ofstatistical data analysis 

is an integral part of this course. 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing. 

OPRE 640 Applied Management 

Science (3) Management science 

approaches in organizations, including 

modeling and rational approaches to decision-making 

and their contribution to 

organizational effectiveness. Emphasizes 

analysis and communication using real 

world application and cases. Topics 

include: linear programming and its exten

sions; integer programming; nerwork problems; 

and decision analysis as applied ro 

racrical and strategic business decisions in 

functional areas and interfaces among these 

areas. Prerequisites: prior or concurrent 

enrollment in MBA core courses. 

OPRE 705 Decision Technologies: 

Deterministic Systems * (3) Deterministic 

sysrems and merhods ro improve the effectiveness 

of managerial decision making in 

both public and private organizations. 

Topics include optimization of linear, integer, 

nerwork and nonlinear sysrems, 

dynamic programming, and applications. 

Case studies and software implementation 

of the models are emphasized. Data 

requirements, issues and problems in 

model development and implementation, 

and the implications of model-based decision 

support systems are also discussed. 

Prerequisite: OPRE 640. 

OPRE 706 Decision Technologies: 

Stochastic Systems * (3) A study of probabilistic 

systems and methods ro improve 

the effectiveness of managerial decision 

making in both public and private organizations. 

Topics include applications and 

analysis of Markov processes, queuing systems 

and inventory models. Emphasizes 

practical applications and sofrware implementation 

of the models, and discusses 

data requirements, issues and problems in 

model development and implementation. 

Prerequisite: OPRE 640. 

OPRE 746 Data Analysis and 

Forecasting Techniques * (3) Selecred sratisrical 

data analysis techniques and an 

introduction ro forecasring including the 

use ofANOYA, regression and correlarion 

analysis, decomposition, and Box-Jenkins 

rechniques. Seasonal and auto-correlated 

rime-series, moving averages, exponential 

smoothing and their applications in the 

context of real data. The use of sratistical 

packages to perform statistical data analysis 

for forecasting purposes is an integral part 

of this course. Prerequisite: OPRE 640. 

OPRE 797 Special Topics In Operations 

Research* (3) Explorarion of advanced 

ropics in operarions research of interest to 

faculty and srudents. Prerequisites and ropics 

will be selecred and printed in the 

schedule of classes. May be repeared for 

credit. Prerequisite: OPRE 640. 

OPRE 799 Individual Research: 

Operations Research (1-3) Approval of 

area chair and graduate program director 

required. Prerequisite: OPRE 640. 

Public Administration (PUAD) 

Public Administration courses (PUAD) are 

offered by the Division ofGovernment and 

Public Administration in the School ofPublic 

Affairs, Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts. 

PUAD 621 Public Personnel and Human 

Resources Management (3) A study of the 

roles of the public personnel executive, personnel 

functions, and the application of 

problem solving techniques. The development 

and evolution of the civil service system 

and relevant personnel laws and 

regulations. 

PUAD 622 Public Budget and Fiscal 

Administration (3) The role, dynamics, 

politics and processes involved in the budgetary 

function, and associated budget 

preparation merhods. Fiscal interrelationships 

of federal, state and local levels of 

government. 

PUAD 623 Bureaucracy and the Political 

Process (3) The organizarional, functional, 

and administrative aspects of the federal 

bureaucracy, and the interrelationships 

among federal, srate, and local agencies. 

Public administration as a part of the political 

process. 

157

PUAD 624 Public Organization 

Theory (3) The development and evolution 

of public organizational structures. A study 

of the postulated models, and hypotheses of 

furure needs for government organization. 

PUAD 625 Innovations in Public 

Management (3) Designed to integrate the 

perspectives of public administration by 

focusing on the management problems in 

public agencies. Includes use of emerging 

techniques in management to address the 

problems and issues faced by public managers 

under the changed environment of 

the public sector. 

PUAD 626 Information Resources 

Management (3) The role ofcomputers in 

developing and managing information necessary 

for decision making in public organizations. 

Includes consideration of 

computer applications, specifically: the 

development and management of data 

bases; and the use of software applications 

to decision making in both individual and 

distributed computing contexts. Also considers 

implications of computer technology, 

such as privacy, control, and security. 

Working knowledge of spreadsheets and 

data base software is required. Prerequisite: 

Successful passage of the computer competency 

exam or demonstrated computer 

competency. 

PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical 

Environment of Public Administration 

(3) The legal and ethical dimensions of the 

democratic policy process as this process 

has evolved in the U.S. Attention on the 

manner in which historical antecedents, as 

weJl as contemporary, socio-political patterns 

of governance, have shaped the 

notions of law and ethics that are to provide 

public administrators with the benchmarks 

of democratic accountability, 

responsibility, and responsiveness. 

158 

PUAD 628 Statistical Applications in 

Public Administration (3) Quantitative 

analysis for public administrators. Topics 

include statistical analysis, the computer in 

processi ng data, and the presentation of 

findings. 

PUAD 629 Public Program Evaluation 

(3) The systematic application of quantitative 

and qualitative research methods to the 

assessment of public policy interventions. 

Covers topics within formative and summative 

evaluation contexts, including needs 

assessments, impact evaluation, and process 

evaluation. Prerequisite: PUAD 628. 

PUAD 630 Analytical Techniques in 

Public Administration (3) Review of analytical 

techniques conventionally used in 

the planning, formulation and implementation 

of public policy. Topics include forecasting 

techniques, cost-benefit analysis, 

PERT, and other commonly used techniques. 

Prerequisite: PUAD 628. 

PUAD 701 Public Administration and 

Public Finance (3) Analysis of revenue 

forecasting, revenue strategy, impact of 

inflation, taxation, "back-door" spending, 

pension funding, user fees and other 

aspects of governmental finance. Emphasis 

on the special characteristics of public 

finance in communities operating with 

fragmented and multi-layered governmental 

Structures. 

PUAD 702 Public Financial 

Management (3) Topics include: municipal 

expenditure patterns and revenue 

so urces; ta;xation at the local level; fi scal 

and economic aspects of federalism and 

federal-state-local fiscal coordination; the 

role of budget in the determination of policy, 

in administrative integration, and in 

influencing government operations. 

Emphasis on the foregoing as they pertain 

to the Baltimore metropolitan area.

PUAD 703 Urban Management (3) 

Topics include: municipal governmental 

and administrative strucrures, and their 

inter-relationship in a regional context; the 

interfacing and management of public services; 

examination of governmental programs 

in municipal areas; municipal 

administrative problems and the attendant 

role of the public administrator. Emphasis 

on the foregoing as they pertain to the 

Baltimore metropolitan area. 

PUAD 705 Special Topics in Public 

Administration (3) Coverage ofselected 

topics of current interest to students or of 

interest to a special segment of students. 

Registration is by permission only. 

PUAD 708 Government and Aging 

Policy (3) The organizational, functional, 

and administrative aspects of government 

and aging policy. Focuses on the impact of 

federal, State, and local agencies' behavior 

on aging policy development and implementation. 

PUAD 709 Individual Research (1-4) 

Individual research on an academically 

sound project of interest to the student in 

consultation with a monitoring faculty 

member. Depending on the scope and 

depth of research, from one to four credits 

may be earned for the successful com pletion 

of this course. Prerequisite: Approval 

of the MPA program director and the moniroring 

faculty member. Eligible for continuing 


PUAD 720 Urban Politics and Policy 

Planning (3) A study of political instirutions 

in urban areas and the policy 

responses, processes, and problems with 

reference ro issues, including land use, 

community growth and development, environment, 

local and state services, and 

regional and national urban policies, with 

particular focus on the Baltimore SMSA. 

PUAD 730 State and Local Personnel 

Management (3) The development and 

application of personnel systems and procedures 

in state and local jurisdictions and 

the impacts of state and local politics, and 

federal laws and regulations on them. 

PUAD 731 Public Employee Union 

Labor Relations and Collective 

Bargaining (3) A srudy of the background, 

extent, and nature of the unionization of 

government employees. Coverage of current 

regulations involving collective bargaining 

and adjudication of labor 

grievances, and bargaining tactics. 

PUAD 732 Leadership and 

Organizational Change (3) The nature of 

technological and environmental change as 

it affects the management decisions of the 

agency. Techniques for organizational 

change including diversified but integrative 

decision-miling structures and techniques, 

implementation techniques, enforcement 

techniques, and evaluation tools. The 

impact of a changing environment on the 

leadership skills needed in a modern environment. 

PUAD 740 Administrative Law and 

Regulation (3) The role of administrative 

law and regulation in the governmental 

process. An examination of the function of 

the public administraror in implementing 

legislation through the fOf/nulation of 

administrative law and reguIation, and the 

rules, procedures, and techniques for their 

formulation. 

PUAD 750 Health Care Systems, 

Organization and Management (3) An 

analysis of the strucrure of the present 

American health care system, and of the 

costs, benefits, and political realities of possible 

reforms. The current and future role 

of public administration, planning, and 

evaluation in American health care. 

159

PUAD 751 Policy Issues in Health Care 

(3) A study of a few currenr policy issues in 

the American healrh care system. Particular 

attention ro the roles and powers of nonmedical 

participants, including consumers, 

planners, administrators, and policy makers. 

PUAD 752 Special Topics in Public 

Health Administration (3) Current policy 

issues in health care administration, delivery, 

planning, and evaluation. Particular 

attenrion is paid ro the evolving roles and 

powers of non-medical parricipanrs in the 

healrh care system, including consumers, 

planners, administrators, and federal, state, 

and local decision makers. 


Problems and issues with performing such 

basic managerial functions as direction, 

conrrol, and staffing in health care institutions. 

Emphasis on analyzing tools and 

techniques which are importanr in fulfilling 

these managerial functions. 

PUAD 756 Managed Care 

Administration (3) Basic theoretical concepts 

concerning managed care, practical 

management issues, and areas of controversy 

as they pertain to managed care. 

Topics include benefit design in managed 

care, structure and managemenr of managed 

care delivery systems, financing of 

managed care, and future trends in managed 

care. 

PUAD 757 Strategic Management for 

Health Care (3) An examination ofstrategic 

management in health care organizations. 

Included are discussions of the 

nature of strategic managemenr; environmenr 

of health organizations and methods 

of environmenral analysis; and methods of 

formulating, implemenring, and conrrolling 

strategic managemenr of health care 

delivery. 

160 

PUAD 760 ReguJatory Policy and 

Administration (3) The political, legal, 

and economic dimensions of regul ation. 

Includes a delineation of the conceptual 

framework for governmenr inrervenrion 

inro the marketplace and a determination 

of the effects of this inrervention. Topics 

include the rise of governmenr regulations, 

structure and procedures of regulatory 

agencies, the politics of regulation, and the 

future of regulation. 

PUAD 761 Environmental Policy and 

Administration (3) An overview of environmenrallaw, 

institutions, and regulation, 

and the factors that have shaped environmenral 

policy at the federal, state, and local 

levels. Assesses the impact of environmenral 

policy at these levels, and the impact of 

environmenral legislation on the behavior 

of administrators responsible for its implementation 

and administration. Examines 

the major policy processes in conrrolling 

pollution-standard-setting and compliance. 

PUAD 763 Public Policy Making (3) An 

overview of the process of public policymaking, 

including t he formulation of public 

issues, the consideration of issues, and 

the adaptation ofsolutions ro public problems. 

Emphasis on acrors in the policy 

process, and the environmenr within which 

they function. 

PUAD 770 Govemment-Bwiness 

Cooperation in Community 

Development (3) A review of the relations 

of institutions in the private and public secrors-the 

relations of private secror decisions 

ro public sector decisions, and the impact of 

public secror decisions on private secror 

institutions. Inrroduces research topics 

related ro governmenr and business cooperation 

in community development. Provides a 

forum for the exchange of ideas between 

spokespersons of public and private secror 

institutions. Students write and present analyrical 

research papers on pertinent topics.

PUAD 775 Intergovernmental 

Administration (3) Evaluation, growth, 

present status, and characteristics of United 

States federal system ofgovernment. Topics 

include federal-state relations, state-local 

relations, regionalism, councils of government, 

interstate cooperation, grants-in-aid, 

and revenue sharing. 

PUAD 777 Political &onomy of 

Nonprofit Organizations (3) A study of 

the role of nonprofit activity in the development 

and administration of public policy. 

Topics include the political economy of 

nonprofit organizations and the nonprofit 

secror. Nonprofit management and the 

relationships among government, business, 

and nonprofit activity are examined within 

the current context of issues and future 

trends. 

PUAD 780 Public Information 

Management: Organizational and Policy 

Issues (3) Policy and organizational issues 

regarding information resource management. 

IRM Strategic Planning at the government-wide 

and agency levels, and the 

problems facing public organizations in 

terms of governance (oversight), financing, 

and politics of technology planning. 

Considered are: privacy and confidentiality 

challenges related to government information; 

standards setting at the governmentwide 

and agency levels; workplace use 

policies; and personnel problems. Also 

explores planning and implementation 

problems related ro the re-design of public 

organizations. 

PUAD 781 Information Technology: 

Public Sector Applications (3) The design 

and implementation of public secror IS and 

IT projects, including current developments 

and issues in the application of available 

technology ro public secror 

management. The role of technology in 

enhancing intergovernmental coordination, 

improving service, increasing efficiency, 

and reducing government spending. 

Technologies examined include: distributed 

transaction-oriented databases; data warehousing, 

management information systems, 

and executive and group decision 

support systems; geographic information 

systems; office automation, voice response 

systems, and document imaging; electronic 

data interchange and kiosks; and electronic 

commerce over public networks. 

PUAD 785 Public Sector Performance 

Measurement (3) Structuring data collection 

and analyses techniques to determine 

precisely what an agency is attempting ro 

do, and what it accomplishes through its 

outputs. The emphasis is on the relationship 

between outputs and outcomes, and 

how ro shape the outputs to have a measurable 

positive impact on customers and 

other stakeholders. 

PUAD 786 Activity-Based Costing for 

Public Administrators (3) Activity-Based 

Costing is a decision support rool that provides 

organizations with accurate and relevant 

cost information they need to guide 

decision making. The course focuses on 

developing performance information to 

moniror daily operations, searching out 

non-value added activities, and controlling 

inventory. Emphasis is also placed on 

whether public secror services should be 

outsourced. 

PUAD 789 Business Process Re-engineering 

in the Public Sector (3) This 

course focuses on how public administrators 

can use business process re-engineering 

to improve organizational effectiveness and 

efficiency. Course examines various tools, 

techniques, methodologies, and technologies 

for bringing about change in organizational 

structures, policies, procedures, 

processes, and management systems. 

PUAD 790 Internship (3) Designed ro 

broaden the educational experience of students 

through work assignments with 

appropriate governmental agencies. 

161

Required of all pre-service students. 

Prerequisite: Approval ofthe program director 

and the monit01ingfoculty member. Eligible 

for continuing studies (eS) grade. 

PUAD 797 Nonprofit Management: 

Applied Skills Seminar (1) Exploration of 

ropics in nonprofit management of mutual 

interest to faculty and students such as program 

evaluation, risk management, communications, 

board management, etc. 

Content varies according to demand, ropics 

appear under that name in the course 

booklet. May be repeatedfor credit as topics 

change. Lab fee may be required. 

PUAD 798 Problem Solving Seminar in 

Public Administration (3) Capstone 

course requires students to integrate and 

apply analytical skills, knowledge bases, 

managerial principles, and normative 

frameworks learned in MPA core courses to 

concrete management situations. Must be 

passed with a B or better ro graduate. 

Prerequisite: Permission ofthe MPA director. 

PUAD 810 Foundations of Public 

Administration (3) The major questions, 

answers, and concerns that have framed the 

development of a self-aware study of public 

administration. The political, social, and 

cultural contexts in which administrative 

solutions have been sought. The role of 

preceding theories or sometimes the rejection 

of them in helping to shape modern 

answers to administrative questions. 

PUAD 811 Strategic Management in the 

Public Sector (3) On the rise of a customer-based, 

results-oriented approach ro 

solving public sector problems. The historical 

foundations of such an approach, and 

the public secror initiatives by which it has 

been introduced. Modern techniques and 

tools for using Strategic Management to 

handling current governmental issues. 

PUAD 812 Advanced Information 

Resource Management (3) The objective 

162 

of this course is to prepare public and third 

sector managers to effectively deal with 

issues related to the design and implementation 

of information systems in their agencies. 

The course examines tools and 

techniques for: 1) identifying and structuring 

information requirements and needs 

(e.g., process mapping); and, 2) for managing 

IT implementation projects, including 

both in-house development and external 

procurements. The course also explores the 

planning and implementation problems 

related to the re-design of public organizations 

and the way they provide services in 

the information age. Prerequisite: PUAD 

626 or permission ofimtructor. 

PUAD 813 Advanced Quantitative 

Techniques in Public Administration (3) 

Application of sophisticated quantitative 

techniques ro decision-making aspects of 

public agency operations and programs. 

Emphasis on techniques such as linear programming, 

PERT/CPM, queuing theory, 

and simulation as well as cost-benefit 

analysis and mathematical modeling. 

PUAD 815 Public Sector Financial 

Analysis (3) This course is intended to 

introduce students to advanced techniques 

employed by financial analysts in the public 

sector. Among the topics to be covered 

are forecasting techniques, performance 

measurement construction, Activity Based 

Costing and expenditure analysis techniques. 

PUAD 816 Advanced Public Sector 

Management and Decision Techniques 

(3) The objective of this course is to familiarize 

students with various analytical tools 

to aid in the executive decision making and 

managing public agency operations, 

including, but not limited to, staffing, facility 

location, future planning, and the wise 

allocation of scarce resources. Although 

such techniques are commonly used in the 

private sector, they are less common in the 

public sector, largely because public sector

objective functions are more difficult to 

quantifY. Thus, an important component 

of the course will focus on the application 

of such techniques to public sector problems 

and the construction of objective 

functions that capture the trade-offs among 

quantitative and qualitative (subjective) 

"public goods." 

PUAD 817 Public Management Skills 

Seminar (3) Course focuses on the development 

of interpersonal and social skills 

necessary for effective management in a 

changing work environment. Topics to be 

covered include: conflict management, 

team building productivity improvement 

techniques, as well as bargaining and negotiation. 

The topics can be completed in 

one-credit hour modules. Each student is 

required to complete three modules (3 credits). 

PUAD 899 Final Project/Organizational 

Analysis (3) A written descriptive and prescriptive 

evaluation of the management 

practices of an existing agency to determine 

the efficacy of its structure and/or procedures. 

The project is directed by a faculty 

advisor and results in a written product for 

which there is an oral defense before a committee 

of three faculty members. 

Publications Design (PBDS) 

Publicatiom Design courses (PBDS) are 

offered by the Division ofLanguage, 

Literature, and Communicatiom Design in 

the School ofCommunicatiom Design, Yale 

Gordon College ofLiberal Arts. 

PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic 

Communication (3) Hands-on course for 

students with a limited background in 

graphic design. Emphasis on basic strategies 

for visual problem solving and techniques 

for preparing comprehensive 

layou ts. Lab fee required. Grading: Letter 

grade only. 

PBDS 503 Workshop in Written 

Communication (3) Practicum in the 

skills ofwriting and research. Instruction 

focuses on projects in the student's subject 

field. Emphasis on revising, proofreading, 

editing, adapting, and translating for different 

media and audiences. Recommended 

for students in aJl graduate programs who 

wish additional work in writing, with permission 

of the graduate program director. 

Grading: CreditlNo Credit (CRlNC) or letter 

grade. 

PBDS SOH Short Course in Writing (1) 

Intensive course meeting three hours per 

week for five weeks and focusing on a specialized 

aspect of professional writing. 

Content varies according to the concurrent 

interests of faculty and students. May be 

repeated for credit when the topic changes. 

Lab fee may be required. Grading: 

CreditiNo Credit (CRlNC) or letter grade. 

PBDS 507-9 Short Course in Graphics (1) 

Intensive course meeting three hours per 

week for five weeks and focusing on a specialized 

aspect of graphic design or graphic 

production. Content varies according to 

the concurrent interests of faculty and students. 

May be repeatedfor credit when the 

topic changes. Lab fee may be required. 

Grading: CreditiNo Credit (CRlNC) or 

letter grade. 

PBDS 510 Workshop in Video 

Production (3) Graduate-level introduction 

to video production equipment and 

techniques: preproduction; studio and 

location shooting; and editing. Lab fee 

required. 

PBDS 511 Paper and Printing (3) All 

aspects of the paper and printing industries, 

including the history of paper making, 

paper characteristics, and the effect of 

ink on various types of paper; also, repro 

163

duction techniques through the pressroom 

and bindery. 

PSOS 540 Creative Concepts (3) 

Exploration of creative processes and strategies 

for generating effective visual and verbal 

ideas. Analysis of creative solutions in 

various publications supplements practice 

in applying problem-solving techniques. 

PSOS 600 Media Oesign (3) An examination 

of light, space, motion, and sound: 

their manipulation and use in designing 

intentional communications and their 

interrelationships with words and graphics. 

Also examines the production process, 

from needs assessment and proposal writing 

to storyboards and finished program. 

PSOS 601 Writing and Graphics: 

Integration of Forms (6) Theoretical and 

practical approaches to the interrelationship 

of writing and graphics. Analysis of 

the role of subject, voice, and audience in 

determining appropriate visual and verbal 

forms. Each student works through a number 

of design problems in preparation for a 

culminating individual project. Lab fee 

required. 

PSOS 602 Language and Form (3) The 

relationship of form and meaning in a variery 

of rhetorical modes. Analysis of diction 

and syntax appropriate to various language 

situations and genres. Close attention to 

the shapes ofsentences and the language of 

metaphor. Lab fee may be required. 

PSOS 603 Editorial Style (3) Editorial 

sryle as a total concept, including the historical 

context of the written word; sryles 

and methods of editing; and special skills 

such as proofreading, line-by-line editing, 

reorganizing, rewriting, working with writers 

and artists, and editing as management. 

Each student becomes the editor of his/her 

own special project. Lab fee may be 

required. 

164 

PSOS 604 Writing for the Marketplace 

(3) Writing for various free-lance markets: 

features and reviews, poetry, fiction, public 

relations, and advertising. Analysis of the 

audiences to which various publications 

appeal, development of a proposed publication 

aimed at a specific audience. Each 

student conducts a thorough investigation 

of a self-selected market and prepares what 

is intended to be a publishable manuscript 

for that readership. 

PSOS 605 Public and Private Languages 

(3) An examination of the "private" or specialized 

languages of various professions 

(e.g., science, medicine, education, government, 

and politics) and the means by 

which these languages may be translated for 

the public. Each student investigates 

through intensive reading, study, and imitation 

at least one specialized language and 

attempts to become expert in adapting 

and/or decoding that language for public 

consumption. 

PSOS 606 Creating Technical 

Oocuments (3) Writing and design of 

manuscripts directed to professional and 

lay audiences, including technical proposals, 

manuals, and software documentation. 

Emphasis on integration of text with 

graphics such as charts, graphs, drawings, 

and photographs. 

PSOS 611 The Craft of Popularization 

(3) Writing for a lay audience about subjects 

that are technically or scientifically 

challenging, or normally fall within the 

ptovince of the scholar and specialist, or 

otherwise resist instant understanding. 

Emphasis on clariry, precision, and grace of 

expression. 

PSOS 620 Creativity: Integration of 

Forms (6) Exploration of the creative 

process, relationships between written and 

visual expression, sources of inspiration, 

and forms of publishing. Through a series 

of weekly projects, design experiments, and

innovative models, students will develop 

new ways ofseeing and deepen their understanding 

ofcreative expression. Team 

taught by a creative writer and a book artist 

or graphic designer, the course offers a collaborative 

setting that acknowledges important 

connections between form and 

function, materials and subject, tradition 

and innovation. Lab fee required. 

PBOS 622 The Art of Narrative (3) An 

exploration of the uses and values of narrative. 

Combines practice in writing narratives 

with analysis of the nature and 

methods of narrative art. 

PBOS 623 The Lyric Spirit (3) How 

poetic language achieves its powerful 

effects. Students read and analyze various 

examples of the lyric, from the traditional 

poetic forms to images in advertising and 

media, and experiment with a range of lyrical 

forms and styles. 

PBOS 624 Workshop in Novel Writing 

(3) The composition of the novel. Each 

student has an opportunity to make significant 

progress on a novel already begun or 

on one that originates in class. Emphasis on 

the distinctive features of the novel as a 

prose form and the special aesthetic problems 

confronting the novelist. 

PBOS 625 Script Writing (3) Extensive 

practice in writing media scripts: dramatic, 

informational, and persuasive. Emphasizes 

differences between writing for print and 

writing for aural and visual media. 

PBOS 626 Literary Nonfiction (3) 

Experimentation in writing various kinds 

of nonfiction, such as personal essays, travel 

essays, profiles, culture criticism, memoirs, 

and essay reviews. Focus is on the use of literary 

techniques within the context of the 

form's traditions and contemporary innovations. 

PBOS 627 The Art ofMemoir (3) An 

opportunity to write memoir. Students 

read and study memoirs by contemporary 

authors to become more familiar with the 

many possibilities available to writers working 

in this form. They focus on issues relevant 

to the writing of memoir, including 

craft and techniques, memory and truth 

telling, interior and exterior significance. 

PBOS 628 Screenwriting (3) Students 

analyze and write entertainment-oriented 

scripts for television and film. The course 

emphasizes plot and character development, 

dialogue, writing for the eye and the 

ear, and following industry script and program 

conventions. 

PBOS 629 Advanced Creative Writing 

Workshop (3) An opportunity to focus 

intensively on creative writing in a particular 

genre. Students may revise and edit previously 

written work, as well as create new 

work, aimed at publication. In addition to 

expanding and refining their own work, 

students develop an individualized reading 

list and write a substantial essay focusing 

on another writer's work or on a topic 

related to their interests and concerns as 

writers. 

PBOS 635 Communication Theory and 

Ethics (3) An examination of the historical 

development and application of major theories 

of communication and of ethical 

issues raised within the communication 

context. 

PBOS 639 Video Aesthetics and 

Technique (3) Analysis of the aesthetic 

variables affecting video programs. 

Advanced prod uction projects culminating 

in a thesis-quality production. Students 

also gain additional experience in working 

with clients. Lab fee required. 

PBOS 640 Design Principles and 

Strategies (3) Exploration through handson 

design projects of the roles of typogra 

165

phy, photography, and illustration in 

graphic communication. Analysis of audience, 

context, goals, market, competition, 

and technical constraints. Brainstorming 

and problem solving in groups and individually. 

Projects are suitable for inclusion in 

the student's portfolio. Lab fee required. 

PSOS 641 Magazine Oesign (3) Intensive 

focus on the creative writer's forum-the literary 

magazine-or on consumer and trade 

publications. Purpose, philosophy, cover 

and content design, typography, production, 

and other aspects of small press and 

consumer publications are covered. A final 

project, chosen by the individual student, is 

completed during the semester. Lab fee 

required. 

PSOS 642 Sook Oesign (3) An exploration 

of books and book jackets as objects 

to be planned and produced, with emphasis 

on appropriate design choices and creative 

solutions. Lab fee required. 

PSOS 645 Typographic Form and 

Function (3) The fundamentals of typographic 

form and function, beginning with 

the physical characteristics of type-including 

form/counterform, color (grey value), 

texture, and contrast-and progressing to 

the application of the basic formal principles 

to more complex problems of typographic 

function, such as information 

hierarchies and creative expression. Lab fee 

required. 

PSOS 646 Typography Across Media (3) 

The application of basic principles of typographic 

design within a range of media 

contexts, from traditional print to CD 

ROM and the Internet. Students explore 

how the media affect their options as 

designers. Topics include screen resolution 

and legibility, typographic hierarchy, multipage 

and multi-path sequencing, animation, 

style, and appropriateness. Lab fee 

required. 

166 

PSOS 650 Advanced Graphic Oesign (3) 

Through a series of progressively more 

sophisticated assignments, students develop 

design solutions that resolve a range of 

problems normally faced by clients. 

Projects include institutional and corporate 

brochures, identity programs, posters, and 

a variety of other communications materials. 

Lab fee required. 

PSOS 660 Hypermedia: An 

Introduction (3) An introductory survey 

of the many types of hypermedia, multimedia, 

and other means of non-linear writing 

now available, including both Internet and 

stand alone. Covers the areas of art and literature, 

education, and commerce. 

Combines theory and hands-on experience 

in the reading, understanding, and composition 

of hypermedia. Students explore the 

position of this new technologyllanguage 

in contemporary culture. Laboratory fee 

required. 

PSOS 662 The Oesign of Interactive 

Environments (3) Because interactive 

environments require designers to create 

structures for what does not yet exist, they 

must build for dynamic and flexible uses. 

This course explores electronic publication 

environments as fluid spaces where interactions 

among people, machines, and media 

(words, images, sounds, video, animations, 

simulations) must be structured for the 

unforeseen. Focus is on planning, analyzing, 

prototyping, and integrating information 

design with interface design. 

Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a passing score on 

the Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee 

required. 

PSOS 664 Hypermedia Production (3) 

Advanced production and implementation 

of interactive publications using digital 

multimedia, stressing practical application 

of theoretical and design concepts. 

Students work on a common class project 

as well as individual projects, all of which 

will be ready for electronic publication by

the end of the course. Some discussion of 

readings with main focus on production, 

presentation, and critique of student work. 

Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a passing score on 

the Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee 

required. 


Familiarizes students with the basic concepts 

and vocabulary of Web site programming, 

including application scripting, 

database management, object-oriented programming, 

and Full-Lifecycle software 

development. Provides students with the 

fundamental skills required to develop and 

maintain a dynamic data-driven Web site. 

Each student develops a complete Web site 

using a simple text editor to create and 

manipulate relational data, learns a middIeware 

markup language to store and retrieve 

data and control the ru les of interaction, 

and writes HTML to format data and control 

display. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a 

passing score on the Hypermedia Proficiency 

Exam. Lab fee required. 

PBDS 668 Multimedia for the Internet 

(3) A practical and theoretical introduction 

to genres, strategies, and techn iq ues 

for producing multimedia content for the 

Internet. Students examine existing 

multimedia content while developing 

creative skills in one or more standard 

authoring systems. Background readings 

provide theoretical context for development 

of individual projects. Prerequisite: 

PBDS 660 or a passing score on the 

Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee 

required. 

PBDS 680 Image Making (3) An 

overview of how to create and implement 

appropriate marketing and communications 

plans for nonprofit organizations. 

Emphasis on research techniques, concept 

development, and copy writing for 

brochures, films, and reports. Other areas 

covered include writing proposals, making 

oral presentations, and working with 

designers, artists, and clients. Lab fee ma)1 

be required. 

PBDS 690 Research: A Writing Tool (3) 

Students learn to brainstorm research 

strategies, conduct interviews, use libraries 

and archives, exploit computer data bases, 

plan field trips, and place their own eyes, 

ears, and emotions in the service of their 

Wfltlng. 

PBDS 700 Publications Management (3) 

A consideration of the skills and concepts 

necessary for the competent management 

ofa publications enterprise: coSt analysis 

procedures, contract and copyright law, 

organization of publication staffs. Expercs 

in these areas serve as guest lecturers. Lab 

fee required. 

PBDS 701 Media Management (3) An 

examination of the skills and concepts necessary 

for the competent management of a 

communication enterprise: cost analysis 

procedures, contract and copyright Jaw, 

personnel and management principles, and 

proposal writing and bidding. 

PBDS 702 Literary Publications (3) The 

development of small magazines and 

presses in the modern literary scene. Special 

attention to problems of management of 

such publications and organizations. 

Students work on case study projects. Lab 

fee required. 

PBDS 704 Copyright and Publishing (3) 

An introduction to media law, particularly 

as it relates to the field of publications. 

Provides a broad historical and theoretical 

overview, and requires students to apply 

legal theory through the use of case studies 

and examples drawn from the business of 

media. Explores the im pact of technology 

on the evolution of media law and considers 

ethical issues currencly faced by professionals 

in publications and 

communications. 

167

PBOS 706 The Business of Graphic 

Oesign (3) Subtirled "M ind Your Own 

Business," this course ranges from cold call 

to final billing, through the daily triumphs 

and travails of running a graphic design 

business, Topics include getting starred, 

considering partners, finding and managing 

clients, writing proposals, making presentations, 

account management, crisis 

management, print and production management, 

cash management, legal issues, 

and how to say no. 

PBOS 708 Promotional Strategies (3) 

The creation and implementation of successful 

adverrising and promotion campaigns. 

Emphasis on researching markets, 

defining target audiences, and determining 

the appropriate media for reaching those 

audiences. Working individually and in 

teams, students develop written and oral 

presentations. 

PBOS 710 History of Print (3) A survey 

of the evolution of newspapers, periodicals, 

and the publishing industry, focusing on 

technological developments, major innovations, 

legal and ethical issues, and societal 

impact. Students analyze and discuss material 

drawn from a broad range of sources 

and consider the ways print creates a 

unique culture and both establishes and 

reflects a network of values critical to a 

technological sociery. 

PBOS 711 History of Communication 

(3) Technological developments that 

moved human communication from the 

primitive to the sophisticated process it is 

today. Focus on the impact of each new 

technology on institutions and sociery, 

PBOS 712 History of Graphic Oesign 

(3) The history ofgraphic design in Europe 

and America, centering on the modern 

period bur also dealing with design influences 

from earlier periods and from other 

cultures. Provides a background of visual 

solutions on which students may draw to 

168 

solve their own design problems in the 

publications profession. 

PBOS 713 Language Theory: Syntax, 

Semantics, and Style (3) An exploration 

of the structural and aesthetic principles 

underlying written discourse, Special attention 

to contemporary theories of language 

behavior such as srructurallinguistics and 

transformational/generative grammar. 

PBOS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign (3) 

Myths, symbols, and signs as forms ofsymbolic 

and semiotic expression in communication. 

The uses of language, its figures and 

format, of arr and illusion, of archerype and 

mythmaking, in professional creativiry. 

Special attention ro application in current 

projects in writing and graphic design. 

PBOS 715 Modern and Postmodern: 

Aesthetic Backgrounds (3) An exploration 

of major 20th-century aesthetic movements 

through an in-depth consideration of particular 

texts (drawn from writing, art, and 

film) and the critical theory related to 

them. Provides a background of contemporary 

verbal and visual approaches on which 

students may draw in developing their own 

solutions to problems of writing and 

design. 

PBOS 716 Propaganda and Persuasion 

(3) Exploration of the distinction between 

propaganda and various forms of persuasion 

in the private sector (advertising, public 

relations, corporate relations, etc.). Case 

studies of the sryles and symbols, both 

visual and verbal, used in successful campaigns. 

Hands-on practice in developing 

and executing persuasive strategies. Lab fee 

may be required. 

PBOS 717 Perception and Meaning (3) 

A study, both theoretical and practical, of 

the angle of vision in selected literary and 

visual texts: how point of view and perspective 

work as structuring devices in writing 

and design. Students analyze a variery of

models and develop a project demonstrating 

a particular, self-selected point of view. 

PBDS 718 Imitation and Creativity (3) 

The distinction between imitation and 

invention, between the "individual talent" 

of the writer, artist, or designer and the 

"tradition" out of which he/she comes. 

Individual projects move from specific 

received traditions to innovative forms. 

PBDS 719 Imaging Information and 

Ideas (3) An examination of some of the 

hidden assumptions in our understanding 

of the relationship between images and 

words. Through readings in the psychology 

and physiology of perception, as well as 

analyses of the semiorics of the graphic system, 

students explore the world of informational 

and illustrative graphics. In addition 

to writing a traditional analytic essay, students 

design informational and explanatory 

graphic displays. 

PBDS 720 The Digital Economy (3) The 

impact of the digital revolution in a number 

of areas-how we make a living, how we 

govern ourselves, and how we create values 

for ourselves. The course has two goals: to 

provide students with an understanding of 

the way the digital economy creates a 

unique business culture and establishes 

(and reflects) a network of new economic 

values; and to prepare students to effectively 

invest their time, talent, and imagination 

in me new culture and economy of 

digital technology. 

PBDS 721 Gifts of the Goddess (3) 

Holding mythic and symbolic meaning, 

the concept of me goddess is re-emerging 

today in writing, design, films, and advertising. 

Considers history, symbolism, and 

contemporary significance, as well as the 

overall importance of mythic theory. 

PBDS 730 Seminar in Publications 

Design (6) A laboratory/seminar in which 

students, working both individually and in 

groups, conceptualize and develop a publications 

project. At the end of the semester, 

all group projects are presented in a public 

forum. Lab fee required. 

PBDS 731 Seminar in Creative Writing 

and Publishing (6) The capstone course 

for the specialization in Creative Writing 

and Publishing. Entering the course with a 

completed or nearly completed manuscript 

written while in the program, students 

revise, design, and produce a publication 

consisting of their own original work. In a 

seminar setting, they act as peer advisors to 

one another and are responsible for providing 

in-depth critiques of each other's work. 

Team taught by a creative writer and a 

book artist or graphic designer, the course 

revisits and re-examines concepts introduced 

in earlier courses. Lab fee required. 

PBDS 750 Writing: Special Topics (3) 

Intensive exploration of topics in writing of 

mutual interest to students and faculty. 


interests offaculty and students. Topic 

appears under that name in the schedule of 

classes booklet. Course may be repeated for 

credit when topic changes. Lab fee may be 

required. 

PBDS 751 Graphic Design: Special 

Topics (3) Intensive exploration of topics 

in graphic design of mutual interest to students 

and faculty. Content varies according 

to the concurrent interests of faculty and 

students. Topic appears under that name in 

the schedule of classes booklet. Course may 

be repeatedfor credit when topic changes. Lab 

fee may be required. 

PBDS 752 Creative Writing: Special 


in creative writing of special interest to faculty 

and students. Content will vary 

according to specific interests and trends in 

creative writing. Some possible topics are 

narrative poetry, gothic or romance novels 

and stories, detective and mystery fiction, 

169

marketing small press books, etc. Topic 


classes bookler. Course may be repeatedfor 


required. 

PBDS 753 Media: Special Topics (3) 

Intensive exploration of topics in communication 

and media of mutual interest to 

student and faculty. Content varies according 

to specific interests and trends in communication. 

Topic appears under that 

name in the course schedule bookler. 

Course may be repeatedfor credit when topic 

changes. Lab fee may be required. 

PBDS 754 Business Practices: Special 


in the business of a publications enterprise 

that are of special interest to current faculty 

and students. Possible topics include the 

management of a publications department, 

a design studio, or a magazine; market 

research; marketing; and legal issues in 

publications. Topic appears under that 

name in the course schedule bookler. 

Course may be repeatedfor credit when topic 

changes. Lab fee may be required. 

PBDS 755 Backgrounds and Ideas: 

Special Topics (3) Intensive exploration of 

culrural [fends, historical developments, 

ideas, or systems of communications that 

have influenced or informed creative work 

in a variety of visual and verbal media. 


interests of faculty and students. Topic 


classes bookler. Course may be repeatedfor 


required. 

PBDS 756 Hypermedia: Special Topics 

(3) Intensive exploration of topics in hypermedia 

of mutual interest to students and 

faculty. Course may be repeatedfor credit 

when topic chances. Lab fee required. 

170 

PBDS 775 Internship (3-6) Direct experience 

working with a publications staff. 

Internship opportunities include working 

with private advertising and public relations 

firms, nonprofit agencies at the federal 

and state levels, or private business and 

professional agencies that maintain publications 

staffs. Permission of the program 

director is required. Lab fee may be 

required. Eligible for continuing studies 

(CS) grade. 

PBDS 789 Creative Thesis (3-6) An independent 

project, closely supervised by a 

faculty advisor. The thesis consists of a substantial 

body ofcreative writing (a volume 

of poems, a coJiection ofstories or other 

prose, a novel), as well as the design for the 

cover, tirie page, and one inside spread. 

Finished work will be reviewed by a faculty 

commirree. Pennission ofthe program director 

is required. Lab fee may be required. 

Grading: Pass/Fail. Eligible for continuing 


PBDS 799 Independent Study (1-3) 

Research or problem-solving project in 

some aspect of publications design. Topics 

and number of credits vary with individual 

student interests. Permission ofprogram 

director required. Lab fee may be required. 

Eligible for continuing studies (CS) grade. 

PBDS 810 Pro Seminar (3) This course is 

an integrating experience designed to provide 

DCD students with the opportunity 

to discuss and probe [he broader aspects of 

communication. During the course, students 

will develop and sharpen their DCD 

project ideas and do supporting research. 

Required ofall DCD students prior to taking 

the Qualifjing Examination. 

PBDS 850 Advanced Workshop: Writing 

(3) Organized around projects initiated by 

students in the doctoral program. Work is 

independently developed but critiqued by 

the class, the instructor, and outside professionals. 

Course may be repeatedfor credit

only with the approval ofthe instructor and 

the director ofthe doctoral program. 

PBDS 851 Advanced Workshop: Design 

(3) Organized around projecrs initiated by 

students in the doctoral program. Work is 

independently developed but critiqued by 

the class, the instructor, and outside professionals. 

Course may be repeatedfor credit 

only with the approval ofthe instructor and 

the director ofthe doctoral program. Lab fee 

required. 

PBDS 853 Advanced Workshop: 

Videography (3) Organized around projects 

initiated by students in the doctoral 

program. Work is independently developed 

but critiqued by me class, the instructor, 

and outside professionals. Course may be 

repeatedfor credit only with the approval of 

the instructor and the director ofthe doctoral 

program. Lab fee required. 


Publishing (3) Organized around projects 

initiated by students in the doctoral program. 

Work is independently developed 

but critiqued by the class, the instrucror, 






Hypermedia (3) Organized around projects 

initiated by students in the doctoral 

program. Work is independently developed 

but critiqued by the class, the instructor, 





PBDS 899 DCD Project 0-6) Research 

and work connected to the doctoral project 

under the direction ofa faculty advisor. A 

minimum ofsix semester hours is required 

for the DCD degree. 

Social Policy (SOCI) 

Social Policy courses (SOCI) are offered by the 

Division ofCriminology, CriminalJustice. 

and Social Policy. Yale Gordon College of 

Liberal Arts. 

SOCI 600 Special Topics (3) Course 

description varies with topic offered. 

SOCI 607 Sociology of Health Services 

(3) A review ofsociological theory and 

research on health care services. Historical 

and cross-cultural comparisons are made. 

Social-epidemiological factors contributing 

to health and illness are considered. Case 

examples of contemporary health services 

are presented and critiqued. Strategies for 

improving these services are considered. 

SOCI 655 Seminar on Race and Ethnic 

Relations (3) A study of me contemporary 

theoretical and empirical explanations 

regarding racial and ethnic groups. 

Emphasis on the social, economic, political, 

and cultural problems of majorityminority 

relations in the United States. 

SOC! 656 Seminar on Gender Roles and 

Society (3) The variables that influence 

male-female roles, values, attitudes, and 

behavior are studied. Emphasis on the relationship 

between gender sex roles and the 

structure and function of institutions and 

social change. Formerly Seminar on Sex 

Roles. 

SOCI 659 The Aged and Society (3) The 

relationship of the aged to modern bureaucratic 

society is considered. Emphasis on 

the influence of bureaucratic structures on 

the aged, the impact of an expanding aged 

population on society. and the possible 

roles for the aged in future societal development. 

171

SOCI 682 Sociology ofWork and 

Organizations (3) The meanings and 

functions of work examined from a sociological 

perspective. Historical review 

focuses on the evolution of divisions of 

labor, industrialization, the development of 

technologies, and worker movements, as 

well as on the impact of these factors on 

work satisfaction, distribution of power 

and wealth, and the character of work 

organizations and management. 

SOCI 688, 689 Supervised Research 

Seminar (3-6) Students participate in 

advanced supervised research apart from 

thesis research. Each student is required to 

present his/her research findings orally in a 

seminar or colloquium, and must also submit 

a written report to the faculty member(s) 

involved. Eligible for continuing 


Taxation (TAXA) 

Taxation courses (TAXA) are offered jointly 

by the Merrick School ofBusiness and the 

University ofBaltimore School ofLaw. Please 

note: TAXA 651 Fundamentals ofFederal 

Income Tax I is a prerequisite for all tax 

courses (except TAXA 650 Tax Research and 

Writing) and must be taken at the earliest 

opportunity. Also, see the M.5. in Taxation 

program for additional information regarding 

course sequencmg. 

TAXA 650 Tax Research and Writing (3) 

Research and writing projects on federal tax 

subjects with analysis and instruction in tax 

research techniques, materials, and 

methodology. Students are required to prepare 

legal memoranda. 

TAXA 651 Fundamentals of Federal 

Income Tax I (3) Basic concepts in federal 

income taxation, including gross income, 

exclusions, adjusted gross income, deduc 

172 

tions, exemptions, credits, assignment of 

income, identification of the taxpayer, tax 

rates, capital gains and losses, 1231 transactions, 

depreciation, recapture, and the 

alternative minimum tax. Prerequisite course 

for all other tax courses except TAXA 650. 

TAXA 652 Corporate Taxation (3) 

Federal income taxation of corporations 

and their shareholders with emphasis on 

the formation of the corporation, capital 

structure, operational alternatives, distributions, 

partial and complete liquidations, 

personal holding companies, and the 

accumulated earnings tax.Formation, operation, 

and liquidation of S-corporations 

discussed briefly. 

TAXA 653 Partnership Taxation (3) 

Problems encountered in the formation, 

operation, and liquidation of a partnership 

including the acquisition of partnership 

interests, compensation of the service partner, 

the treatment of partnership distributions, 

and problems associated with the 

disposition of partnership interests or property 

by sale. 

TAXA 654 Tax Practice and Procedure 

(3) Aspects of practice before the Internal 

Revenue Service, including ruling requests, 

handling of audits, assessment of deficiencies 

and penalties, closing agreements, tax 

liens, statutes of limitations, claims for 

refunds, appeals conferences and practice 

before the U.S. Tax Court, U.S. District 

Courts, Claims Court, and appellate 

courts. Also includes analysis of the problems 

encountered in parallel civil and criminal 

proceedings, problems involving 

government investigatory powers and taxpayer 

rights and privileges. 

TAXA 655 Tax Policy (3) Study of the 

evolution and structure of the federal 

income tax system from a public policy 

perspective with a focus on legal, economic, 

social, and practical considerations. 

Alternatives, including current legislative

proposals, are considered. Students prepare 

a paper on a tax policy issue approved by 

the professor. 

TAXA 660 Estate and Gift Taxation (3) 

Basic principles of federal estate and gift 

taxation, including computation of the taxable 

estate, inter vivos transfers, transfers in 

contemplation of death, transfers with 

retained interests or powers, joint interests, 

life insurance proceeds, properry subject [Q 

powers of appointment, the marital deduction, 

and the unified credit. 

TAXA 662 Foreign Taxation (3) Analysis 

of the federal income tax provisions applying 

[Q U.S. inbound and outbound transactions 

and investments. Course covers U.S. 

resident status, source-of-income rules, 

graduated tax on effectively connected 

income, withholding tax on FDAP income, 

branch profits tax, FIRPTA, tax treaties, 

foreign tax credit, foreign earned income 

exclusion, Subpart F, and transfer pricing. 

TAXA 663 Qualified Pension and Profit 

Sharing Plans (3) An introduction to pension 

and profit-sharing law with particular 

emphasis on Title 2 (IRS) of ERISA. 

Course is geared toward understanding all 

of the pension and profit-sharing rules that 

must be met for plan qualification, with 

emphasis on qualified plan planning for 

both incorporated and unincorporated 

forms of business. 

TAXA 664 Executive Compensation (2) 

Methods of providing tax-free and taxdeferred 

compensation to employees, 

including section 83 tax planning, s[Qck 

oprion tax planning, incentive compensation 

arrangements, and methods of funding 

nonqualified plans. 

TAXA 665 Tax Exempt Organizations 

(2) Analysis of provisions relating to the 

qualification for exemption from federal 

income tax, with emphasis on section 

501 (c)(3) organizations, private founda 

tions, and the treatment of unrelated business 

Income. 

TAXA 667 Estate Planning (3) Methods 

of disposing of estates by will, life insurance, 

inter vivos arrangements, and consideration 

of resulting tax and administrative 

problems. Course also focuses on gathering 

and analyzing facts in the planning and 

drafting of trusts, wills, and related documents. 

Additionalprerequisite: TAXA 660. 

TAXA 668 Business Planning (3) An 

integrated study of the impact of tax, securities, 

corporate law, and partnership law 

on business transactions. Topics include 

selection of the form of busi ness enterprise, 

acquisitions and dispositions of business 

interests, and professional responsibiliry 

issues. Students prepare writing projects 

relating to the course material. Additional 

prerequisites: TAXA 652 and TAXA 653. 

TAXA 670 Income Taxation ofEstates 

and Trusts (2) Federal income taxation of 

decedents' estates and simple and complex 

testamentary and inter vivos trusts. Course 

covers taxation of income in respect of a 

decedent, tax consequences [Q trust beneficiaries, 

and tax problems of fiduciaries. 


TAXA 671 Corporate Reorganizations 

(3) Analysis of the tax treatment of corporations 

and shareholders in corporate 

acquisitions, divisions, reincorporations, 

and recapitalizations, including a discussion 

of section 338. Review of the net operating 

loss carryover and collapsible 

corporation rules. Additionalprerequisite: 

TAXA 652. 

TAXA 672 State and Local Taxation (2) 

Taxation by state and local governments, 

problems relating to real and personal properry 

taxation, business and personal income 

taxes, sales and use taxes, and limitations on 

taxation of interstate commerce. Maryland 

state and local taxation is emphasized. 

173

TAXA 674 Consolidated Corporations 

(2) Analysis of the techniques used by multiple, 

related corporations to report income 

and losses. Detailed examination of the 

consolidated income tax regulations and 

consideration of other problems encountered 

by affiliated groups of corporations. 


TAXA 675 Advanced Real Estate 

Taxation (2) Analysis of the effect of 

income taxes on real estate transactions; a 

comparison of the various entities used for 

the ownership and development of real 

estate; real estate syndications, basis and 

basis adjustments; alternative financing 

techniques such as the sale-leaseback; 

depreciation, amortization and obsolescence; 

passive activity and at-risk rules; and 

REITS. Additionalprerequisite: TAXA 678. 

TAXA 678 Fundamentals of Federal 

Income Taxation II (3) Continuation of 

basic tax concepts including cash and 

accrual methods, original issue discount 

and imputed interests, below-market loans, 

installment sales, like kind exchanges, 

involuntary conversions, the at-risk rules, 

and the passive loss rules. 

TAXA 679 Welfare Benefit Plans (2) 

Welfare benefit plans are employee-sponsored 

plans that provide employees with 

benefits other than pension and retirement 

plans and deferred compensation. Welfare 

benefit plans include life insurance, health 

insurance, disability insurance, vacation 

pay, severance pay, educational reimbursement, 

group legal services, and dependent 

assistance care plans. Course focuses on 

federal income tax requirements for various 

welfare benefit plans, including fringe benefits 

and health care continuation coverage 

under COBRA. Examination of the 

income tax consequences to employers who 

sponsor, and employees who participate in, 

welfare plan benefits. Discussion of the various 

mechanisms for offering welfare benefit 

plans, such as cafeteria plans under 

174 

section 125 and VEBAs under section 

501 (c)(9). 

TAXA 680 Advanced Qualified Pension 

and Profit-Sharing Plans (3) Building on 

the foundation provided by Qualified 

Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans, this indepth 

examination of defined contribution 

and defined benefit plans includes current 

IRS positions; final, proposed and temporary 

regulations; and developing case law. 

Tax sheltered annuities are considered. 


TAXA 682 Bankruptcy Taxation (2) An 

introduction to the basics of bankruptcy 

law and creditors' rights and analysis of tax 

issues that arise. 

TAXA 683 Basics in Financial Planning 

(3) The tax practitioner's perspective on 

financial planning with a focus on teaching 

students what a tax practitioner needs to 

know about financial planning-not training 

to become a financial planner. 


TAXA 684 S-Corporations (1) Federal 

income taxation of S-Corporations and 

their shareholders with emphasis on the 

creation of the S-Corporation,capital structure, 

operational alternatives, distributions, 

and liquidations. 

TAXA 799 Independent Study (1-2) 

Students may study an area of particular 

interest to them, not covered in a significant 

way elsewhere in the program, via an 

independent study. To qualify, students 

must submit a written proposal and obtain 

the consent ofa faculty member 

who supervises the project. The proposal 

must be approved by the supervising faculty 

member and the program director.

Directories 

Senior Administration 

H. Mebane Turner 

President 

B.S., University of Virginia 

B.D., Union Theological Seminary 

of New York 

M.A., Columbia Teacher's College 

Ed.D., American University 

Ronald P. Legon 

Provost 

B.A., City College of New York 

M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University 

William Lynerd 

Vice President, Imtitutional Advancement 

B.S., The King's College .. 

M.S., Wesrern Connecticut Stare University 

Donald R. Paddy 

Vice President, Finance 

B.S., M.S., University of Balrimore 

Dennis M. Pelletier 

Vice President, Student Affairs and 

Enrotlment Management 

B.A., M.S, State University of New York 

Ph.D., University of Maryland 

Academic Administration 

Susan Baker 

Assistant Dean, Administration, 

Merrick School ofBusiness 

B.A., Clark University 

MBA, University of Baltimore 

Suzanne Behr 

Director, Academic Advising, 

Yale Gordon Cotlege ofLiberal Arts 

B.S., Rowan University 

M.A., Towson University 

Irvin Brown 

Associate Dean, Yale Gordon College 

ofLiberal Arts 

B.A. , Howard University 

MPA, American University 

Ph.D., Howard University 

Wendy Burgess 

Director, International Services Office 

B.S, Georgetown University 

M.A., American University 

Ann Cotten 

Associate Director, Schaefer Center 

B.S., M.S., University of Baltimore 

Ray Frederick 

Academic Programs Coordinator, 


B.S., MBA, University of Balrimore 

Daniel Gerlowski 

Associate Dean, Merrick School ofBusiness 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pitrsburgh 

Gena Glickman 

Associate Provost 

B.F.A., Maryland Institute 

College ofAn .. 

M.S., Johns Hopkins University 


John D. Hatfield 

Dean, Merrick School ofBusiness 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.A., University of Georgia 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

Katie Kauffman 

International Student Advisor 

B.A., Dickinson College 

M.A., University of Maryland, 

Baltimore Counry 

Yoosef Khadem 

Coordinator. Math Services, 


B.S., Pars University 

M.S., Texas A&M University 

175

Jacqueline Lewis 

Coordinator ofUndergraduate 

Programs, Merrick School ofBusiness 

B.S., Morgan State University 

M.A., Coppin State College 

Michael Maher 

Director, Spomored Research 

B.A., Loyola University 

M .A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

Elizabeth MizeU 

Director, Academic Resource Center 

B.A., University ofSouth Florida 

M.A. , University of Florida 

Marilyn D. Oblak 

Director ofAcademic Programs 

B.A., College ofMr. St. Joseph 

MBA, D.B.A., Kent State University 

Claire Petrides 

Manager, Personal Computing Services 

B.A., University of Maryland 

MPA, University of Baltimore 

Dennis A. Pitta 

Director ofNew Program Development 

B.S. , Boston College 

M.S., MBA, Canisius College 


Margaret Potthast 

Assistant Dean, Gordon CoUege ofLiberal Arts 

B.A., Marywood College 

M.A., St. John's University 


MerriH R. Pritchett 

Director, Institutional Research and Planning 

B.A., McMurry College 

M.A., East Texas University 

James H. Qualls 

Chief Information Systems Officer 

B.A. , M.A. , Baylor University 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University 

176 

Jeanne Robertson 

Coordinator, Tutoring and Mento ring 

Programs, Academic Resource Center 

B.A., North Adams State College 

M.S., University of Pimburgh 

Judy Sabalauskas 

Undergraduate Academic Advisor, 


B.A., Hood College 

MBA, C.AG.S., University of New 

Hampshire 

Carl Stenberg, III 

Dean, Yale College ofLiberal Arts 

B.A., AJlegheny College 

MPA, Ph.D., State University of New York 

Carolyn Tyson 

Coordinator ofWriting Services, 


B.A., M.A, Texas Women's University 

George Weitzel 

Network Operatiom Manager, CIS 

General Administration 

James Airey 

Assistant Budget Officer 

B.S., University of Baltimore 

Kathleen Anderson 

Associate Vice President for 

Student Affairs 

B.A., St. Mary's College of Maryland 

M.A, Bowling Green State University 

Barbara Aughenbaugh 

Director, Auxiliary Services 

B.S., University of Maryland 

April Baer 

Assistant Director, Alumni Services 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M .S., University of Florida

Ruth Berman 

Director ofExternal Relatiom and 

Communicatiom', Merrick School 

ofBusiness 

BA Goucher College 

M.A., University of Balrimore 

MBA, Loyola College 

Ronald Bond 

Associate Vice President, Administrative Seroices 

B.A., University of Balrimore 

Carol Burke 

Lead Coumelor, FinancialAid 


Angela Colter 

Web Manager, Student Affairs and 

Enrollment Management 

B.F.A., North Carolina School of rhe Arts 

M.A., University of Balrimore 

Brian Daugherty 

Director, Annual Giving 

BS, MS, University of 

South Florida 

Vajara Dooavanik 

Manager, Student Computer Accounts 

LL.B, Ramkhamhaeng University 

M .S., University of Baltimore 

Karen Skivers Drake 

Director, Human Resources 

BA, Muskingum College 

M.S., University of Balrimore 

Barry Dunkin 

Assistant Director, The Career Center 

BS, Springfield College 

MS, Morgan Srare University 

MS, Johns Hopkins University 

Donald L. Eyring 

Internal Auditor 

B.S., Loyola College 

Debra Grey 

Associate Registrar 

BA, MPA, University of Balrimore 

Deborah Harry-Walker 

Director, Financial Aid 

BS, City University of New York 

Rosemary Harty 

Director ofMedia Relatiom 

B.S., University of Colorado 

MA, Wrighr Srare University 

Laura Hassler 

Businm Manager, Auxiliary Services 

BS, M.A., University of Balrimore 

June Hindle 

Assistant Director, H uman Resources 

BA, University of Balrimore 

M.S., Towson University 

Crissa Holder Smith 

Media Technologist 

BA, College of Norre Dame 

Detra Hooper 

FinancialAid Counselor 

BA, University of Maryland 

Erika Jones 

Admissiom Coumelor 

B.A., Kean University 

Nicole Jones 

Alumni Relations Coordinator 


Nathan Kale 

Associate Registrar 

B.A., Susquehanna University 

M.Div., STM., Lurheran Theological 

Seminary 

Caprice Lantz 

Career Counselor 

BS, University of Maryland 

M.A., Towson University 

Luanne Lawrence 

E-cecutive Director, University Relatiom 

B.S., Millersville University 

177

Linda Lejnar 

Budget Director 

B.A., M.A., University of Maryland 

Starr Levine 

Assistant to the Provost 

Benjamin Lowenthal, CPA 

Comptroller 


B.A., M.A., Ner Israel College 


Susan Luchey 

Director, Centerfor Student Involvement 

B.A. , Wesrern Maryland College 

M .A., Loyola College 

Magdalen Martin 

Financial Aid CoumeLor 

B.S., Towson University 

Elizabeth Massanopoli 

Senior Graphics Designer 

B.A., University of Missouri 

Nancy McCord 

Director, Procurement and Supply 

B.S ., University of Baltimore 

Wendy Michel 

Annual Giving Specialist 

B.S ., Cedar Cresr College 

Daryl Minus 

Assistant Director, Undergraduate Admissiom 

B.S ., Hampron University 

M .A., New York University 

Richard Morrell 

Associate Vice President, Enrollment 

Management 

Registrar 

B.A., University of South Carolina 

M.S., Morgan Srare University 

ColJeen Murphy 

Assistant Director, The Career Center 

B.A., Indiana University 

M .S., Miami University 

178 

David Patschke 

Director, Graphics Lab 

B.A., B.S ., Peabody Conservarory, 

Johns Hopkins University 

Julia Pitman 

Director, Admissiom 

B.S., M.A., University of Balrimore 

B. Douglas Prevosto, CPA 

Business Systems Coordinator 

B.S., M .S., University of Balrimore 

Beverly Randall 

Assistant to the President 

B.S., Morgan Srare University 

Gina Richardson 

Assistant Director, Annual Giving 

B.A., University of Bahimore 

Susan Schubert 

Conference Services Manager 


MBA, Loyola College of Maryland 

Kimberly Sennett 

Director, Alumni Services 

B.S., University of Balrimore 

Lois Shipway 

Director ofPublicatiom 


Buthaina Shukri 

Director, The Career Center 

B.A., Union College (NY) 

M .Ed., Bosron University 

M.S., University of Bahimore 

Jennifer Smith 

Admi,·siom Coumelor 

B.S., Quinnipiac University 

Rebecca Spence 

Associate Director, Human Resources 

B.S ., Atlanric Union College 

M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Instirure

Therese Stumpf 

Facilitie,- Manager 

Robin C. Sullivan 

A,-sociate Director, Student Financial Aid 

B.A. , M.A., John Hopkins University 

Lisa Swaby-Rowe 

Director, Diversity Education 

and Programs 

B.A., University of Richmond 

M.A., Ohio Srare University 

Frank Szymanski 

Director, Athletic Club 

B.S., M.S., University of Maryland 

M.A, University of Baltimore 

Reginald C. Thomas 

Associate Director, Admissiom 

B.A., Morgan State University 

M .S., Coppin State University 

Jacquelyn Truelove-Desimone 

Director, Disability Support Services 

B.A, University of Baltimore 

M.A , Morgan State University 

M.S., University of Baltimore 

Adalberto Valdez 

Loan Coordinator, Financial Aid 

B.A, University of Massachusetts 

Malka Weintraub 

Career Coumelor 

B.A., Vassar College 

M.Ed. , \X1ayne State University 

Betty Werner 

User Services Coordinator, Computer 

Information Systems 

B.S., Messiah College 

Janet Whelan 

Scholarship Coordinator 

B.A., University of Baltimore 

Paula L. Whisted 

Research Analyst, Alumni and Development 


MBA, University of Balrimore 

Sandra White 

Web Master, University Relatiom 

B.A., Trinity College (Dublin) 

James Wi\uamson 

Associate Vice President, Busine,-s 

and Finance 



Kay A. Windsor 

Director. Public Safety 

B.S., University of Baltimore 

Jeffrey Zavrotny 

Assistant Director, Graduate Admi,.,.iom 

B.A., King's College 

Library Professional Staff 

Daniel Albert 

Head, Department ofInstructional 

Technology 

B.A., Misericordia University 

Preeda Chunjongkolkul 

Systems Librarian 

B.S. , Concord College 


James J. Foster 

Head, Circulation 

AB., Johns Hopkins University 

M.A., Ph.D ., Duke University 

M.S.L.S., University ofTennessee 

Tom Hollowak 

Archivist, Special Collectiom 

B.A., M.A., University of Maryland 

Lucy Holman 

Reference Librarian 

B.A., M.A., M.L.S., University of 

North Carolina 

Ann C. House 

Librarian, Steamship Historical 

Society ofAmerica Collection 

B.M., Westminster Choir College 

M .S., Julliard School 

M.L.S., Drexel University 

179

Ted H. Kruse 

Head, Technical Services 

B.A., M.L.S., Universiry of Minnesota 

MBA, Old Dominion Universiry 

Stephen LaBash 

Assistant Director and Head, 

Reference Department 

B.A., Arizona State Universiry 

M.L.S., Pratt Institute 

Jean Lauber 


B.S., Bowling Green State Universiry 

M.s., Universiry of Massachusetts 

M .L.S., Universiry of North Carolina 

Myrna McCallister 

Director, Library 

B.A., Universiry of California 

M.A., Michigan State Universiry 

M .L.S., Universiry of Michigan 

Mary Beth Schwartz 


B.A., Syracuse Universiry 

M.L.S., State Universiry of 

New York 

Susan Wheeler 


B.S. , Towson Universiry 

M .S., Morgan State Universiry 

M.L.S., Universiry of Maryland 

Centers and Institutes 

Jose Anderson 

Director, Stephen L. Snyder Center 

for Litigation Studies 

B.A., J.D., Universiry of Maryland 

Barbara A. Babb 

Director, Center for Families, 

Children and the Courts 

B.S., Pennsylvania State Universiry 

M.S., J.D., Cornell Universiry 

180 

Jessica I. Elfenbein 

Director, Center for Baltimore Studies 

A.B., Columbia Universiry 

M.A., George WashingtOn Universiry 

M.A., Ph.D., Universiry of Delaware 

Alfred H. Guy, Jr. 

Director, Hoffberger Center for 

Professional Ethics 

B.A., Auburn Universiry 

M .A., Ph.D., Universiry of Georgia 

Lanny Herron 

Director, Center for Technology 

Commercialization 

B.A., M.S., Massachusetts Institute 

ofTechnology 

Ph.D., Universiry of South Carolina 

A. Milton Jenkins 

Director, Information Systems 

Research Center 

B.S.E., Universiry of Albuquerque 

MBA, Universiry of New Mexico 

Ph.D., Universiry of Minnesota 

Neil J. Kleinman 

Director, Imtitute for Language, 

Technology, and Publicatiom Design 

B.A., Universiry of California 

M.A., Ph.D., Universiry of Connecticut 

J.D., Universiry of Pennsylvania 

Donald Mulcahey 

Director, Center for Negotiatiom 

and Conflict Management 

B.A., Loras College 

M.A., Ph.D., The Catholic 

Universiry of America 

J.D., Universiry of Baltimore 

M. N. S. Sellers 

Director, Center for International and 

Comparative Law 

A.B., Harvard College 

D.Phil.., B.C.L., Oxford Universiry 

J.D., Harvard Law School

David Stevens 

Director, Jacob France Institute 

B.S., California Srare University 

M.S., Ph .D., University of Col oro do 

Larry W. Thomas 

Director, Schaefer Center for 

Public Policy 

B.A., Fairmonr State University 

MPA, West Virginia University 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee 

FACULTY EMERITI 

D. Randall Beirne 

Professor Emeritus 

Criminology, Criminal Justice and Social 

Policy 

Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs 

Richard C. Cuba 


Managemenr 

Roberr G. Merrick School of Business 

Nelson M. Blake 


Legal, Erhical, and Historical Srudies 

Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts 

Harold D. Cwmingham, Jr. 


School of Law 

Eugene J. Davidson 



David Dianich 


Information and Quantitative Sciences 

Robert G. Merrick School of Business 

w. Theodore Dun 


Criminology, Criminal Justice and 

Social Policy 


Robert M. Fisher 

Associate Professor Emeritus 

Legal, Erhical, and Hisrorical Srud ies 

Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs 

Franklin B. Gerber Jr. 

Adjunct Professor EmeritllS 


Robin Goodenough 



Joan Asher Henley 


Language, Lirerature and 

Communications Design 


Fred Hopkins 

Ombttdman Emeritus 

Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies 

Yale Gordon College of Liberal ArtS 

Arthur B. Kahn 



Noor Mohammad 



William R. O'Brien 

Associate Professor Emeritus 

Man agemenr 

Robert G. Merrick School of Busi ness 

Doris Powell 


Applied Psychology and Quantirarive 

Merhods 

Yal e Gordon College of Liberal ArtS 

Walter Rafalko 



Ezra Siff 



181

William D. Wagman 


Applied Psychology and Quantitative 

Methods 

Yale Gordon College of Liberal Am 

FULL·TIME FACULTY 

The following list of full-time undergraduate 

and graduate faculry was compiled in May, 

2001. 

ZoltanAcs 

Professor, Ecorwmics 

B.A., Cleveland State Universiry 

M.A., Ph.D., New School for Social Research 

Richard D. Adams, CPA, CISA, CCP, CSP 

Assistant Clinical Professor, Accounting 

B.A., State Universiry of New York 

M.S., Universiry of North Carolina 

Veena AdJakha, CPIM 

Professor, Management 

B.A., M.A., Delhi Universiry 

M.S., Stanford Universiry 

Ph.D., Universiry of North Carolina 

Ani! K. Aggarwal 

Associate Professor, Information Systems 

B. Tech ., Indian Institute ofTechnology 

MBA, Southern Illinois Universiry 

Ph.D., Universiry of Houston 

Catherine Albrecht 

Division Chair and Associate Professor 


B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Indiana Universiry 

George Andrea 

Assistant Clinical Professor, Finance 

B.S., M .S., Universiry of Baltimore 

Hossein Arsham 

Professor, Information Systems 

B.S., Aryamehr Technical Universiry 

M.S., Cranfield Institute ofTechnology 

D .Sc., George Washington Universiry 

182 

Thomas Bailey 

Clinical Assistant Professor, Applied 

Psychology and Quantitative Methods 

B.S., Universiry of Maryland 

M.S., Chapman Universiry 

M.A., Ph .D., The Fielding Institute 

Nijole V. Benokraitis 

Professor, Criminology, CriminalJustice, 

and Social Policy 

B.A., Emmanuel College 

M.A., Universiry of Illinois 

Ph.D., Universiry ofTexas 

Erik Beruud, CFA 

Assistant Professor, Finance 

B.A., M.A., Universiry of North Carolina 

Ph.D., Universiry of Virginia 

Alberto Bento 


B.S., M.S., Federal Universiry of 

Rio de Janeiro 

Ph.D., Universiry of California 

Regina F. Bento 

Associate Professor, Management 

M .D., M .S., Federal Universiry of 

Rio de Janeiro 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology 

Kathleen J. Block 

Director, B.S. in Criminal Justice 

Associate Professor, Criminology, Criminal 

Justice, and Social Policy 

B.A.. Universiry ofWisconsin 

M.A.. Ph.D.• Universiry of Maryland 

Johannes M. Botes 

Assistant Professor, Negotiation and 

Conflict Management 

B.A., Universiry of Stellenboch 

M.A.. American Universiry 

Ph.D., George Mason Universiry 

Mollie H. Bowers 


B.A. . Universiry of Rochester 

M.A., Universiry of Wisconsin 

Ph.D ., Cornell Universiry

Barry Brownstein 

Associate Professor, Economics 

B.S., City College of New York 

M.A. , Ph.D., Rurgers, The Srare 

University of New Jersey 

Thomas E. Carney 

Visiting Assistant Professor, Legal, 

Ethical, and Historical Studies 

B.A., M.A., Youngstown Srare University 

],0., University ofToledo 

Ph.D., Wesr Virginia University 

Virginia Kirby-Smith Carruthers 

Director, M.A. in Publications Design 

Associate Professor, Language, 

Literature, and Communications Design 

B.A., Goucher CoJlege 

M.A., Ph.D., Duke University 

Honghui Chen 

Assistant Professor, Finance 

M.A., Ph.D., Virginia Polyrechnic 

Insrirure and Srare University 

Yusuf Ahmed Choudhry 

Associate Professor, Marketing 

B.E., Easr Pakisran University of Engineering 

and Technology 

MBA, Ph.D., Syracuse University 

William D. Clewell 

Associate Professor, Applied Psychology 

and Quantitative Methods 

B.A., Gertysburg College 

M.A., University of Pirrsburgh 

Ph.D., University of Matyland 

Thomas A. Darling 

Assistant Professor, Government and 

Public Administration 

B.S., Cornell University 

Ph.D., Srare University of New York 

J. David Dechant 

Clinical AHistant Professor, Marketing 

Deputy Director, Chinese Executive MBA 

B.A., George Washington University 

MBA, University of Balrimore 

Lawrence L. Downey 

Director, B.A. in Government and 


Associate Professor, Government and 


B.A., M.A., Wichira Srare University 

Ph.D., University of Arizona 

Robert Durant 

Professor, Government and Public 

Administration 

M.S., Ph.D., University ofTennesse 

Morad Eghbal 

Assistant Professor, Legal, Ethical, and 

Historical Studies 

J.D., Howard University 

LL.M., Universiry of Pacific 

Jessica Elfenbein 

Director, Center for Baltimore Studies 

Assistant Profen'Or, Legal, Ethical, and 


A.B., Columbia University 

M.A., George Washington University 

Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Mark Fisher, CSPP 

Visiting Assistant Professor, Psychology 

B.A., California Srare University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

Peter M. Fin 

Assistant Professor, Language, Literature, 

and Communications Design 

B.S., Massachuserrs Insrirure ofTechnology 

M.A., Johns Hopkins University 

Deborah Ford 

Professor, Finance 

B.A., M.A., University of Florida 

MBA, Ph.D., University 

of Pennsylvania 

Dana A. Forgione, CPA, CMA, CFE 

Co-Advisor, MBA/Health Care Management 

Professor, Accounting 

B.B.A., MBA, M.S., Ph.D., University 

of Massach userrs 

183

Danielle Fowler 

Visiting Assistant Professor, MIS 

B.A. , Curtin University 

Ph .D., Swinburne University of Technology 

Steve Fritsche 

Assistant Professol; Accotmting 

B.S., University of Michigan 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Colorado 

Kathleen Galbraith 

Assistant Professor, Government and 


B.S., ViJianova University 

M.S., University of Delaware 


Louis C. Gawthrop 

Professor, Government and Public 


B.A., FrankJin and Marshall College 

M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University 

M.Div., Weston School of Theology 

Daniel A. Gerlowski 

Associate Dean, Merrick School ofBusiness 

Associate Professo r, Economics 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Stephanie Gibson 

Director, Language, Technology, and 

Culture (B.5.) 

Associate Professor, Language, Literature, 

and Communicatiom Design 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University 

Edwin Gold 

ProfessOt; Language, Literature, and 


B.A., Maryland Institute, College of Art 

Jami Grant 

Assistant Professor, Criminology, 

Criminal Justice, and Social Policy 

B.S ., Towson State University 

M.S. , University of Baltimore 

184 

Alfred H. Guy Jr. 

Director, Hoffberger Center for 

Professional Ethics 

Associate Professol; Legal, Ethical, 

and Historical Studies 

B.A., Auburn University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Georgia 

John D. Hatfield 

Dean, Merrick School ofBusiness 


B.A., Mercer University 

M.A., University of Georgia 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

Don Haynes 



B.A., Old Dominion University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

Lenneal J. Henderson 

Professol; Government and 

Public Administl·ation 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University 

of California 

Lanny Herron 

DirectOl; Center for Technology 

Commercialization 


B.A., M.S., Massachusetts Institute 

of Technology 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 

Steven C. Isberg 

Associate Professor, Finance 

B.A., M.A. , Ph.D., State University of 

New York 

Thomas Jacklin 

Assistant Professor, Legal, Ethical, and 


B.A., Allegheny College 

M.A., North Ariwna University 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University

A. Milton Jenkins 

Director, Information Systems Research Center 

Advisor, M.5. in Business/Information Systems 

Professor, Information Systems 

B.s.E., University ofAlbuquerque 

MBA, University of New Mexico 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

Nancy Kaplan 



B.A., University of Michigan 

M.A., PhD., Cornell University 

Jane Keller 

Director, Professional Writing and Publicatiom 

(B.A.) 

Writer-in-Residence, Language, Literature, 


B.A., Hollins College 

Edward R. Kemery II 

Advisor, MBA/Human Resource Management 


B.A., Cheney State College 

M.s., Ph.D., Auburn University 

Neil J. Kleinman 

Director, Imtitute for Language, Technology, 

and Publicatiom Design 

Co-Director and Professor, School of 

Communicatiom Design 

Director, Doctor ofCommunicatiom Design 

B.A., University of California 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

J.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Deborah Kohl 

Division Chair and Associate Professor, Applied 



M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University 

Kendra Kopelke 

Writer-in-Residence, Language, Literature, 


B.A., Ohio University 


Phillip J. Korb, CPA 

Assistant Professor, Accounting 

B.S ., MBA, University of Maryland 


Elsa M. Lankford 

Assistant Professor, Applied Psychology 


B.A., American University 

MA., Towson University 

Michael V. Laric 

Professor, Marketing 

B.A., M.A., The Hebrew University 

ofJerusalem 

Ph.D., City University of New York 

Robert Lamey 

Visiting Assistant Professor, Applied 


B.S., University of Cincinnati 

M.S., Rochester Institute ofTechnology 

Ronald P. Legon 

Provost 

B.A., City College of New York 

M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University 

David T. Levy 

Professor, Economics 

B.A., Michigan State University 

M.A., PhD., University of California 

Y. Irene Liou 


B.A., National Taiwan University 

M.L.S., University of Southern Mississippi 

Ph.D., University ofArizona 

Ronald C. Lippincott 



B.A., Rutgers, The State University 

of New Jersey 

M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

185

Elaine S. Loebner 

Director, B.A. and M.5. in Human 

Services Administration 

Associate Professor, Criminology, Criminal 


B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University 

of Massach userrs 

Vincent P. Luchsinger 


B.A., Loras College 

M.A., Ph.D., Texas Tech University 

C. Alan Lyles 

Associate Professor, Division of 

Government and Public Admimtration 

B.A., Loyola College 

B.S., Towson State University 


M.PH., Sc.D., Johns Hopkins University 

Peter M. Lynagb 



MBA, University of Oklahoma 

Ph.D., Michigan State University 

Susan Lynn, CPA 

Associate Professor, Accounting 

B.A., Towson University 

MBA, D. B.A., University of Maryland 

Arthur Magida 

Writer-in-Residence, Language, 

Literature and Communication Design 

B.A., Marlboro College 

M.A., Georgetown University 

M.A., California School of Professional 

Psychology 

Andrea Markowitz 



B.A., Beloit College 

M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 


186 

Daniel W. Martin 

Director, MPA and DPA Programs 

Professor, Government and 


B.A., University of Houston 

M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 

Paul M. Mastrangelo 

Director, M.S. in Applied Psychology 



B.S., University of Rhode Island 

M.S., Ph.D., Ohio University 

Stephen H. Matanle 

Co-Director, School ofCommunicatiom Design 

Chair and Associate Professor, Language, 

Literature: and Communicatiom Design 

Director, B.A. in English 

B.A., M.A., Johns Hopkins University 

Ph.D., American University 

Tigineh Mersha 


B.B.A., Haile Selassie University 

MBA, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati 

Eugene F. Milbourn Jr. 


B.B.A., University of Houston 

MBA, Lamar University 

Ph.D., North Texas State University 

Rajesh Mirani 


B.Tech., Indian Institute ofTechnology 

Post-Graduate Diploma, Indian Institute 

of Management 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Thomas E. MitcheU Jr. 

Director, B.A. in Psychology 



B.S., Richmond Professional Institute 

M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth 

University

Jaya P. Moily 


B.S., Mysore University 

MBA, Ph.D., University ofWisconsin 

Joel N. Morse 

Associate Professo r, Finance 

A.B., Williams College 

B.B.A., Ph.D., University of MassachusettS 

Stuart Moulthrop 

Professor, Language, Literature, 


B.A., George Washington University 

M.A., Ph.D ., Yale University 

Donald C. Mulcahey 

Director, M.A. in Legal and Ethical Studies 

Director, Center for Negotiatiom 

and Conflict Management 

Professor, Legal, Ethical, 


B.A. , St. Paul Seminary 

M.A., Ph.D., The Carholic University 

ofAmerica 

J.D., University of Balrimore 

Cynthia Munshell 

Visiting Assistant Professor, Applied 


B.A. , St. Olaf College 

M.S., Ph.D., University of 

Norm Carolina 

Jenn.ifer Neeman 

Assistant Professor, Applied 


B.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., University ofMinnesora 

Christine Nielsen 

Associate ProfeSJor, Management 

B.S., University of Rochesrer 

D.B.A., George Washington University 

Marilyn D. Oblak 

Associate Professor, Operatiom Research 

Director ofAcademic Programs 

B.A., College of Mt. St. Joseph 

MBA, D.B.A., Kent Srare University 

James Otto 

Assistant Professor, Information Systems 

B.S., Wesr Point Milirary Academy 

M.S., Georgia Insrirure ofTechnology 

Ph. D., University of Kentucky 

Carol Marshall Peirce 

Director, Literature (B.A.) 

Professor, Language, Literature, 


A.B., Florida Srare University 

M.A., University of Virginia 

Ph.D., Harvard University 

Jennifer Phillips 



B.F.A., M.F.A., Rhode Island School of 

Design 

Dennis A. Pitta 


Director ofNew Program Development 

B.S., Boston College 

M.S., MBA, Canisius College 


Oveta Popjoy 

Clinical Professor, Information Systems 

B.A., Michigan Sure University 

M.S., American University 

MBA, University of BaJrimore 

Margaret Potthast 

Director, M.5. in Applied Psychology 

Associate Professor, Applied Psychology 


B.A., Marywood College 

B.A. , St. John's University 


W. Alan Randolph 


B.LE., Georgia Insrirure ofTechnology 

M.S.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachuserrs 

Lee Richardson Jr. 


B.S.B.A., University of Richmond 

MBA, Emory University 

D.B.A., University of Colorado 

187

Bruce W. Roilier 


B.S., Oklahoma State University 

MBA, Northwestern University 

Ph.D., New York University 

Jeffrey Ian Ross 

Assistant Professor, Criminology, Criminal 


B.A., University ofToronto 

M.A., PhD. , University of Colorado 

Bansi L. Sawhney 


B.C., University of Rajasthan 

M.A., Agra University 

M.S., Indiana State University 

Ph.D., George Washington University 

Jeffrey Sawyer 

Director, B.A. in Jurisprudence 

Associate Professor, Lega4 Ethica4 


B.A., Ph.D., University of California 

Larry Schrenk 

Visting Assistant Professor, Finance 

B.A., University of Michigan 

M.B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Maryland 

Jonathan L. Shorr 

Director, Corporate Communication (B.S) 


Literature, and Communicatiom Design 

A.B., M.S., Miami University 

Ph.D., University of Cincinnati 

John N. Sigler, CPA 


A.B., Princeton University 

M.S., Johns Hopkins University 

MBA, Columbia University 

J.D., University of Maryland 

Julie B. Simon 

Director, Specialization in Womens Studies 



B.A., University of Denver 

M.F.A., University ofNorth Carolina 

188 

Jaya Singhal 

Professor, Operatiom Research 

B.S., M.S., Marathwada University 

Ph.D., University ofAriwna 

Kalyan Singhal 


B. Tech., Indian Institute ofTechnology 

MBA, D.B.A., Kent State University 

Edward G. Singleton 




M.S., Loyola College 


Bert P. Smith 



B.F.A., Maryland Institute, 

College ofArt 

M.A., University of Baltimore 

Cynthia Smith 

Director, M. S. in CriminalJustice 

Assistant Professor, Criminology, 

CriminalJustice, and Social Policy 

B.S., Baldwin-Wallace College 

M .S., American University 

M .S., National University 

Ph.D., University of California 

Jeffrey R. Springer 

Executive-in-Residence, Finance 

A.B., Upsala College 

MBA, American University 

Yen Sriram 

Associate Professor, Marketing 

B.A., University of Madras 

Ph.D ., University of Maryland 

David W. Stevens 

Executive Director, Jacob France Center 

Director, Regional Employment 

Dynamics Program 


B.A., California State University 

Ph.D., University of Colorado

M. Ronald Stiff 


B.M.E., Cornell Universiry 

MBA, Universiry of Chicago 

M.A. , Ph.D., Northwestern Universiry 

Kathryn Summers 

Assistant Professor, Language, Literature 


B.A. , M.A. , Brigham Young Universiry 

Ph.D., Texas Christian Universiry 

C. Richard Swaim 

Associate Professor, Government 

and Public Administration 

B.A., Rutgers, The State Universiry 


M.A. , Villanova Universiry 

Ph.D., Universiry of Colorado 

Larry W. Thomas 

Director, School ofPublic Affairs 

Director, Schaefer Centerfor 

Public Policy 

Chair and Professor, Government 


B.A., Fairmount State College 

MPA, West Virginia Universiry 

Ph.D., Universiry ofTennessee 

Richard G. Trotter 


B.S., Columbia Universiry 

M .A., Ph.D., Universiry of Pennsylvania 

J.D ., Rutgers, The State Universiry of 

New Jersey 


President 

B.S., Universiry of Virginia 

B.D., Union Theological Seminary of New 

York 

M.A., Columbia Teacher's College 

Ed.D., American Universiry 

Thomas Vermeer 


B.S., George Mason Universiry 

M.S., Ph.D., Universiry of North Texas 

R. Ran Vemuganti 

Professor, Operatiom Research 

B.A., S.R.R. and C.V.R. College 

M.A., Andhra Universiry 

M.Stat. , Indian Statistical Institute 

Ph.D ., Johns Hopkins Universiry 

Alec Walen 

Assistant Professor, Legal, Ethical, 


B.A., Universiry of Maryland 

PhD., Universiry of Pittsburgh 

J.D., Harvard Universiry 

Noah Wardrip-Fruin 

Assistant Professor, Language, Literature 


B.A., New York Universiry 

M.A., Universiry of Redlands 

Ellen K. Wayne 

Visiting Assistant Professor, Legal, 

Ethical, and Historical Studies 

B.A., Wesleyan Universiry 

J.D., Universiry ofNorrh Carolina 

M .S. , George Mason Universiry 

John Weiss III 

ClinicalAssistant Professor 

Executive Director, Entrepreneurship 

Program, Merrick School ofBusiness 

B.S., Towson Universiry 

MBA., Loyola College 

Lourdes White 

Associate Professor, Accounting 

B.S., Getulio Vargas Fdm. 

M.S. , Federal Universiry of Rio De Janeiro 

D .B.A. , Harvard Universiry 

Laura Wilson-Gentry 

Associate Professor, Government 


B.A. , Universiry of Rhode Island 

M.A., State Universiry of 

New York 

D.P.A., Universiry of Oklahoma 

189

Benjamin Wright 

Chair and Associate Professor, Criminology, 

CriminalJustice, and Social Policy 

B.S., M.C]., University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

Betsy GreenleafYarrison 

Assistant Professor, Language, 


B.A., University of Norrh Carolina 

M.A., Ph.D., University ofWisconsin 

Susan Rawson Zacur 


B.A., Simmons College 

MBA, D.B.A., University of Maryland 

Adjunct Faculty 

The following list of adjunct undergraduate 

and graduate faculty was compiled in 

December 2000. 

Kathleen Anderson 

Applied Psychology and 

Quantitative Methods 

B.A., Sr. Mary's College of Maryland 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Christine M. Arcari 

Government and Public Administration 

BA., Case Western Reserve University 

M.P.H., University ofSouth Florida 


Keisha C. D. Ashton 

Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods 

B.A., M .S., Howard University 

George A. Asseng, CPA 

Accounting 

B.S., U. S. Coast Guard Academy 

M .S., Harvard University 

190 

James Astrachan 

Language, Literature, and 


B.S., Bryant College 

] .0 ., University of BaJtimore 

M .L., Georgetown University 

Carmine R. Baratta Jr. 

Criminology, CriminalJustice, 


B.S., Southern University of New York 

M.S., University of BaJtimore 

Randy D. Beardsley 

Finance 

B.S., M.B.A., University of BaJtimore 

Cheryl Blackburn 



B.S., M .Ed.,University of Maryland 

Sue Briggs 



B.A., Washington College 

MA., VIrginia Polytechnic Institute 

and State University 


Michael D. Brooks 

Finance 

B.S., OraJ Roberts University 

M.S., University of BaJtimore 

Irvin Brown 


B.A., Howard University 

MPA, American University 

Ph.D ., Howard University 

Michela Caudill 


Ph.D., The University of Cambridge 

Harry Cole 


B.A., University of BaJtimore 

M.Div., D .Min., Vanderbilt University

Catherine Connor 





Joseph R. Coppola 

Criminology. Criminal justice, 


B.S. , Sewn Hall University 


Sara Costello 

Management 

B.A., University of Kentud.:y 

M .B.A., University of Baltimore 

Cynthia M. D'Annunzio 

Accounting 


M.B.A., University of Baltimore 

Barbara V. Day-Bartgis 

Criminology. Criminal justice, 


A.A., Catonsville Community College 

B.S., M.PA, University of Baltimore 

Patricia M. Dearing 


B.A., Maryland Institute ofArt 

M.A., Temple University 

Jacquelyn Truelove Desimone 




M.A., Morgan State University 

Richard Duncan 

Criminology, Criminal justice, 


B.A. , University of Baltimore 

M .Div., Wesley Theological Seminary 

Brenda Foster 

Language, Literature, 



Barry Friedman 

Business Administration 

B.A., Western Maryland College 

M .D., University of Maryland 

J.D., M.B.A., University of Baltimore 

Donald Fry 


B.A., Frostburg State University 

J.D., University of Baltimore 

Domenica Genovese 



B.F.A., Academia di Bell Arti 

Howard B. Gersh 

Criminology, Criminal justice, 


B.S., J.D., University of Baltimore 

Michael Gibbons 




M.L.A., Johns Hopkins University 

Margaret Gillingham 


B.S., M .S .. Carnegie Mellon University 

Thomas S. Goldwasser 


A.B ., Washington University 

M .A., University of Illinois 

Joseph A. Gunter III 

Criminology, Criminaljustice. 


A.A., H agerstown Community College 

B.S.• University of Baltimore 

M .A .• Hood College 

Robert M. Gilwee, Jr. 

Accounting 

B.S .• University of Maryland 


191

Patricia Larrimore 


B.S., M.S., Villanova University 

J.D., Widener University 

Brian Lazarus, CPA 

Accounting 


M.B.A., University of Balrimore 

Thomas Lucadamo 



B.S., York College 


Edward McDermitt 


A.B., M.A., Georgetown University 

J.D., University of Santa Clara 

Mark McDonald 



A.A., Essex Community College 

Dennis McGrath 



M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland 

John P. McLaughlin 



B.A., Colgate University 

Getachew Metaferia 


B.A., University of Nebraska 

M.A., University of New Orleans 


Leslie Miller 



B.S. , Towson University 


Sharon Miller 



B.S., M.A., University of Baltimore 

Jeffrey A. Morgan 


and Social Polic), 

B.S., University of Balrimore 

M.BA., Frostburg State University 

M.S., Shippensburg University 

Jill J. Myers 



B.A., Millersville Stare University 

J.D., University of Baltimore 

Elizabeth Nix 


B.A., Yale University 

Ph.D., Boston University 

Kimberly Nolan 



B.A., University of Miami 

M .A., University of Baltimore 


Richard M. Olkowski 

Marketing 


M.B.A., University of Baltimore 

David Patschke 



B.A., B.S., Johns Hopkins University 

Dennis M. Pelletier 



B.A., M.S., Stare University of 

New York 


Claire Petrides 




MPA., University of Baltimore 

193

Timothy Pilachowski 




M.A., Boston College 

Edward G. Piper 



A.A. , Essex Community College 

B.A., Universityof Balrimore 


Mark S. Profili 

Criminology, Criminal Justice, 


B.S., Towson State University 

M .FS. , George Washington University 

Merrill R. Pritchett 

Government and Public Administration, 

Operations Research 

B.A. , McMurry College 

M.A., East Texas University 

James Qualls 



B.A., M .A., Baylor University 


Darlington C. Richards 


LL. B., University ofJos 

B.L., Nigerian Law School 

LL.M., University of Baltimore 

Bruce Robertson 


B.A., Elmhurst College 

B.D., Princeton Seminary 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Diane Rowland 



B.A., M.A., University ofArkansas 

Ph.D., University of Miami 

]94 

Judy Sabalauskas 

Marketing 

B.A., Hood College 

MBA, c.A.G.S., University of New 

Hampshire 

Theresa Segreti 



B.A., Pennsylvania State University 



Ajay K. Sethi 



M.HS., Johns Hopkins University 

Fereidoon Shahrokh 

Economics 

M.S., State University of 

New York 

Ph.D., West Virginia University 

George L. Shepard 

Management 


M . B.A., University of Baltimore 

M .S., ArnericanUniversity 

Susan Shorr 

Language. Literature, and 


A.B.• M.A., Miami University 

Lawrence J. Simpson 

Management 

B.A.• Rutgers. The State University 


M.S.• University of Baltimore 

Stephen M. Smith 

Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods 

B.A., University ofVirginia 

Richard C. Strittmater 



B.A. Cleveland Institute ofArt

Tracey Smyser 



B.A., Purdue Universiry 

M.A., Universiry of Balrimore 

Carl Stenberg, III 

Dean, College ofLiberalArts 

B.A., AJlegheny College 

MPA, Ph.D., Srare Universiry 

of New York 

Frank Szymanski 


B.S., M.S., Universiry of Maryland 


Melvin E. Tansill, Jr. 



B.A., M.A., Universiry of Balrimore 

Michael Tebeleff 



B.A., Universiry of Virginia 

Ph.D., Universiry ofTexas 

Joseph Thompson 



B.A., Universiry of Maryland 


Michael Tomczak 



B.A., Mercyhursr College 

M.S., Universiry of Balrimore 

Kathleen D. Tyree 


B.A., Biola Universiry 

M.A., California Srare Universiry 

Carolyn Tyson 



B.A., M.A., Texas 

Women's Universiry 

Stephan Tubene 

Economics 

Ingenieur Agronome Degree, 

Democraric Republic of Congo 

M.S., Alcorn Srare Universiry 

Ph.D., Kansas Srare Universiry 

Wuliam Vroman 

Management 

B.A., M.A., Norrhern Illinois 

Universiry 

Ph.D., Universiry of Iowa 

John T. Willis 


B.A., Bucknell Universiry 

J.D ., Harvard Law School 

KarenWuson 


B.A., College ofWoosrer 

Sergei Zhuk 


M .A., Iniepropefrovsk Universiry 

Ph.D., U.SSR Academy of Science 

Ellen S. Zinner 



B.A., Goucher College 

M.A., Duke Universiry 

Psy.D., Virginia Consorrium for 

Professional Psychology 

Merrick School of Business 

Advisory Board 

Richard N. Pridgeon, Cert. '58 

President 

Principal, Nardone, Pridgeon & Co., p.A. 

Joan M. Worthington, MBA '91 

President Elect 

Projecr Manager, Inrerner Services 

Group, Sysrem Source 

195

James J. Albrecht 

McCormick & Company (retired) 

Robert C. Badessa 

Consultant 

Lori A. Balter 

President, The Robert B. Balter Co. 

Norman Bloomberg 

Vice President, Marketing and Sales 

Sylvan Learning 

Joseph E. Blair, Jr. 

Chairman of the Board (retired) 

The Baltimore Life Insurance Co. 

Lambert Boyce, M.S. '85 

Member, Clifton Gunderson LLC 

James Breiner 

Publisher and President 

Baltimore Business Journal 

Marti Buscaglia 

Vice President, Marketing and 

Communications 

The Baltimore Sun 

Lawrence C. Cager, Jr. 

Director, Baltimore Program 

The Enterprise Foundation 

James Coleman 

Vice President, International Operations 

Northrop Grumman Electronic Systems 

R. Thomas Crawford, II, MBA '91 

Vice President, Chevy Chase Bank 

William J. Crowley, Jr. 

Managing Partner, Arthur Andersen LLP 

Brenda Ann Dandy 

Owner and Vice President 

Marine Enterprises International, Inc. 

Joseph DiCara 

President, DiCara & Associates 

196 

Emesto Escola 

Manager, International Sales 

Ellicott Machine Corp., International. 

Robert A. Frank, M.B.A '75 

Managing Director, Incap Intellectual 

Capital Market, Inc. 

N. Mark Freedman, B.S. '71 

Partner, Katz, Abosch, Windesheim, 

Gershman & Freedman,P.A 

Anthony Fugett, B.S. '77 

President and CEO, ASF Systems, Inc. 

Morton Goldman, B.S. '67 

Managing Partner, Grant Thornton 

Robert Greene, B.S. '74 

Director of Business Development 

Snelling Personnel Services 

Bonnie K. Heneson 

President, Bonnie Heneson Communications 

John C. Hilgenberg 

President, The Eager Street Group, Inc. 

WLiliam A. Hopp 

Controller, The Ward Machinery 

Company 

James L. Hughes 

Director, Offtce ofInternationai Business 

Deparrment of Business and Economic 

Development, State of Maryland 

Linda S. Kaestner 

Director ofSales and Operations 

Snelling Personnel Services 

Anana Kambon 

Mayor's Special Assistant for Fine Arts 

and Education, Mayor's Office, City 

of Baltimore 

Edward J. Kelly, B.S. '73, M.S. '80 

CEO, Total Image Care, Inc.

Wanda Lessner, MBA '97 

Director of Quality Assurance 

CareFirst BlueCross Blue Shield 

Deborah Lindrud 

Vice President, Human Resources 

United Way of Central Maryland 

Fred Lissauer 

Vice President, Global Export 

Business Development, McCormick & 

Company, Inc. 

Howard Maleson, B.S. '63 

Partner, The Breakthrough Group 

Steven J. Meyer 

President/CEO, SmartOffice Services, LLC 

Michelle McBride, MBA '82 

Executive Director of Managed Care/ 

Business Development, Bon Secours 

Baltimore Health System 

Jane McConnell 

Executive Director, Maryland Medicine 

Comprehensive Insurance Program 

R. Donald McDaniel, Jr. MBA '93 

Executive Vice President, Strategy 

and Development, Ascendia 

Healthcare Management 

James G. Morgan, B.S. '61 

President, Heritage Financial Consultants, 

LLC 

Jennifer C. Munch, B.S. '73 

Senior Vice President and Treasurer 

The Town & Country Management 

Company 

Mark F. Ostrowski 

Senior Vice President and General Manager 

Manchester Partners, International 

Helene Penn 

Vice President/Corporate Secretary 

Penn PontiaclGMC Truck 

Norman N. Polonsky, CPA, B.S. '58 

Partner, Grabush, Newman & Co., p.A. 

Paul A. Riecks 

Principal, Inner Circle of Baltimore 

Mark E. Rosenberg, B.S. '60 

President, Mid-Atlantic Hospice Care 

Larry Rychlak 

Chief Financial Officer 

Environmental Elements Corporation 

Leonard Sacks 

Director of SMTK Healthcare Group 

Reznick, Fedder & Silverman 

Leo Schaeffler 

Owner 

S&G Accounting & Tax Services 

Marc B. Sherman, B.S. '76 

National Partner: Litigation/Forensic Services 

KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP 

Charles W. Shivery, M.S. '75 

CEO, Constellation Power Source, Inc. 

Charles E. Siegmann, B.S. '69 

Executive Vice President-Operations 

Mercantile Safe Deposit & Trust Company 

James L. Smith, B.S. '65 

Manager, Business Advisory Services 

American Express Tax and Business Services 

Richard Snellinger, B.S. '78 

Managing Director, H. Chambers Company 

Jeffrey R. Springer 

Executive-in-Residence, Merrick School 

of Business 

James Traylor 

President, Federal and Institutional 

Services Group 

Jack P. Thompson 

Executive-in-Residence, ISRC 

Merrick School of Business 

197

Jean Van Buskirk 

Director, Sisters Program, Office of 

International Business, State 

of Maryland (ret.) 

Maury Weinstein 

President, System Source 

John C. Weiss, III 

Executive Director, Parking 

City of Baltimore 

Howard M. Weiss 

Senior Vice President 

Bank ofAmerica 

John I. WLison, B.S. '67 

Managing Director, R.S.M. 

Magladery, Inc. 

Melanie Wilson 

Director, Office of Long Range Planning 

National Capital Planning Commission 

Frances Wright 

Vice President, Not for Profit 

Banking Division, Allfirst Bank 

Vernon H. C. Wright, B.S. '69 

Vice Chairman and Chief Corporate 

Financial Officer, MBNA America 

Bank, N.A. 


Advisory Board 

Timothy Cole, Chair 

Consultant, Youth Services 

Victor A. Broccolino 

President & CEO 

Howard County General Hospital 

The Honorable Joan Carter Conway 

Maryland State Senator 

198 

Robyn T. Costello 

Vice President, Aon Consulting, 

People Service Group 

Ron Eyre, B.A. '72 

President, Eyre Bus Service, Inc. and 

Eyre Tour & Travel, Ltd. 

Robert F. Freeze 

First Vice President 

CB Richard Ellis, Inc. 

Marvin M. Fribush, CFp, B.A. '66 

Senior Vice President 

Paine Webber, Inc. 

Joanne Hiss 

Training Specialist 

Baltimore Gas & Electric Company 

The Honorable Helen Holton 

Councilwoman, Baltimore City Council 

Michael Klein, B.A. '77 

Partner, Klein Enterprises 

Linda Jenkins-Brown, MPA '80, 

Cert. '81 

Chief, Policy and Program Development 

Division, U.S. Department of 

Transportation, Federal Highway 


The Honorable American Joe 

Miedusiewski, B.A. '80 

Public Affairs Director 

Semmes, Bowen, and Semmes 

Melanie Cecelia Pereira, B.S. '77, 

J.D.'87 

Director, Howard County Detention Center 

R. Coleman Plecker, B.A. 'XX 

Owner, Coleman Plecker's World of Golf 

Richard Rowe, MPA '80 

Chief Operating Officer 

Baltimore Mentoring Partnership

Susan Schurman 

President, The George Meany Center 

for Labor Studies - National Labor College 

James C. Shay, DEGREE? 

Community Building Fellow 

U.S. Department of Housing and Urban 

Development 

Sidney Sherr 

Director/Trustee, Peggy and Yale Gordon 

Trust 

Donna M.D. Thomas 

Principal, Astrachan, Gunst, Goldman & 

Thomas 

Edward J. Vogel 

Chief ofInspections and Evaluations 

Amtrak, Inspector General's Office 

USM Board of Regents 

The University ofBaltimore is part ofthe 

University System ofMaryland (USM). 

Member ofthe USM Board ofRegents, as of 

March 1, 2001, are as follows: 

Nathan A. Chapman Jr. 

Chairperson 

Admiral Charles R. Larson (USN Ret.) 

Vice Chairperson 

Louise Michaux Gonzales 

Treasurer 

The Honorable Steny H. Hoyer 

Secretary 

Thomas B. Finan, Jr. 

Assistant Treasurer 

William T. Wood 

Assistant Secretary 

Kevin G. Oxendine 

Student Regent 

Lance W. Billingsley 

Nina Rodale Houghton 

Leronia A. Josey 

Clifford M. Kendall 

The Honorable Hagner R. Mister, ex officio 

David H. Nevins 

The Hon. Joseph D. Tydings 

Board of Visitors 

Sayra Wells Meyerhoff, J.D. 78, 

Chair 

Damon Gasque, B.S. '78, 

Vice Chair 

Frank Adams B.S. '67, J.D. '72 

Peter G . Angelos, LL.B. '61 

Joseph E Blair, Jr. 

Donald E. Bowman 

Jane C. Brown 

Linda J. Brown, MPA '80, Cert. '81 

Jana Howard Carey, J.D. '76 

Michael Curry, B.S. '77 

Richard Davison 

Robert A. Frank, M.S. '75 

N . Mark Freedman, B.S. '71 

Anthony S. Fuggett, B.S. '77 

Morton D. Goldman, B.S.'67 

Michael F. Klein, B.A. '77 

Paul C. Latchford, J.D. '73 

Lynn Statz Lazzaro, B.S. '80, M.S. '82 

William R. McCartin 

Stewart P. McEntee, B.S. '69 

Carol Murray McGowan, J.D. '87 

Jennifer C. Munch, B.S. '73 

Melanie C. Pereira, B.S. '77, J.D. '87 

Peter Pinkard 

Claire B. Rosse, B.S.'75, MBA '78 

Roben W. Schaefer, B.S. '55 

Sidney S. Sherr, B.S. '49 

Charles W. Shivery, M.S.'75 

The Hon. Melvin A. Steinberg, J.D.'55 

James P. Sullivan, J.D.'72 

The Hon. Basil A. Thomas, LL.B. '35 

H . Mebane Turner 

Marie Van Deusen, J.D.'89 

Christopher Votta, B.S.'74 

Vernon H.C. Wright, B.S . '69 

199

Alumni Board of Governors 

John H. Hennessey, Jr., B.A. '74 

President 

Roben E. Greene, B.S. '74 

Executive Vice President 

NeilJ. Bixler, J.D. '92 

Vice President, School ofLaw 

Jeannine C. Morganthall, B.S. '76 

Vice President, School ofBusiness 

Anne M. Irby, B.A. '84 

Vice President, College ofLiberal Arts 

Amy B. Glaser, J.D. '95 

Vice President at Large 

Robyn T. Cosrello, M.A. '96 

Secretary 

Callie B. Johnson, B.S. '78 

Treasurer 

Joan M. Wonhingron. B.S. '84, MBA '91 

Past President 

Alumni Members 

John C. M. Angelos, J.D. '90 

Greg A. Bayor. B.A. '71 

Doug Beigel, MBA '91 

Frederick Bierer, J.D. '73 

R. Jerel Booker, M.S. '98 

Catherine A. Bowers, M.A. '87, J.D. '00 

Emanuel Brown, B.A. '80, MPA '81 

Virginia R. Camer. B.A. '80. J.D. '81 

Mary Claire Chesshire, J.D. '93 

Cathy Connor, M.A. '87 

Isabel M. Cumming, MBA '89. J.D. '93 

Kevin Dunbar, MBA '95 

Andrew Fraser, MBA '92 

Damon Gasque, B.S. '78 

R. SCO[[ Graham, MBA '90 

Yasmin N. Harris, M.S. '83 

Keith E. Haynes, J.D. '91 

Diana K. Hesrer, M.S. '95 

Michael H. Mannes, J.D. '70 

200 

Darren M. Margolis, J.D. '95 

Frank Masrro. J.D. '96 

Bruce McEmee, B.S . '69 

Wilson P. McManus, B.A. '83, J.D. '86 

American Joe Miedusiewski. B.A. '80 

Erik Moran, MBA '92 

Paul S. Novak, MBA '79 

Carolyn M. Peoples, B.S. '83, MBA '84 

Melanie C. Pereira, B.S. '77. J.D. '87 

David W. Richardson, B.S. '64 

Pera N. Richkus, MBA '81 

Richard C. Risr, B.S. '88 

Richard A. Snellinger. B.S . '78 

Melvin A. Sreinberg. J.D. '55 

Gabriel Terrasa, J.D. '97 

Gwen B. Tromley. J.D. '90 

Edward J. Vogel. Jr., B.A. '71, M.S. '88 

Alan S. Weisman, B.S. '71, M.A. '91 

Student Members 

HanJu Lee 

Chrisrina Camu 

Ian Buder 

Graduate Scholarships 

France-Merrick Graduare Business 

Scholarship 

Graduare Business Associarion of rhe 

University of Balrimore 

The Henry A. Heinmuller Graduare 

Scholarship 

George Lassen Graduare Scholarship 

Lawrence F. Milan, Jr. Graduare Scholarship 

William H. Thumel • Sr. Graduare 

Scholarships 

Phi Theta Kappa 

Donald E. Bowman 

Michael L. Curry 

Emmen Hobbs Foundarion 

Narionsbank 

T. Rowe Price Associares Foundarion, Inc.

Donor Scholarships 

David A. Adey 

Aegon USA Scholarship 

Barbara Balter Memorial 

Jay's Deli & Catering 

funded by Morris Bloom 

CIAMPA 

Glenn L. Cook Memorial 

Eastern Shore Scholarship 

Sgt. Donald M. Farley Memorial 

Louis J. Fox 

Catherine Gira Fellowship 

The Bruce L. Hammonds Scholars Program 

William Randolph Hearst Scholarship 

Humanities Scholarship 

Morgan Financial Group 

Scott James Morgan Memorial 

Sylvan and Isabelle Ribakow Scholarship 

The Robert W. Schaefer Scholarship 

H. Mebane Turner Scholarship 

Theodore Halbert Wilson Scholarship 

Theodore D. Wolf Memorial Scholarship 

Wilson Scholarships 

American Express Tax & Business Services 

C. W. Amos and Company 

R. Stuart Armiger 

Mrs. G. Maxwell Armor. Jr. 

DudJey C. Babb. Jr. 

(funded by Lucy and Vernon H. C. 

Wright) 

Baltimore Life Insurance Company 

Baltimore Oriole Foundation 

Baltimore Security Traders 

Bernard Berkowitz 

Berman. Goldman & Ribakow 

Bethlehem Steel 

The Bond Club 

Judge Helen Elizabeth Brown 

Business and Professional Women 

Choice A Citicorp Company 

Ben Cohen Scholarship 

(funded by Richard & Rosalee Davison) 

CSX 

William H. Daiger. Jr. 

Young Men's Democratic Club 

In Memory ofJohn Demyan. Jr. 

(funded by the Bank of G len Burnie) 

Disabled American Veterans. Depatment of 

Maryland. Inc. 

Elyse M. Ellaby 

Marvin Ellin 

Equitable Bank 

Rossetta & Sadie Feldman 

Ginsberg Scholarship 

Yale Gordon Foundation. Inc. 

Robert L. Hambleton 

Bruce L. Hammonds 

Henry A. HeinmulJer 

Emmert Hobbs Foundation 

Harley W. Howell Foundation 

Joel & Carolyn Hutzler 

Kamanitz. UhJfelder & Permison 

Katz. Ahosch & Windesheim 

Brian Keelty 

John J. Leidy Foundation 

Lever Brothers Company 

In Memory of Robert Levi 

(funded by the Hecht-Levi Foundation) 

Nan Marvel Memorial 

Jules Medwin 

Middendorf Foundation 

Thomas L. & Mary A. Milan 

Nationsbank 

Mr. & Mrs. Calvert E. Odenheimer 

Patrick A. O'Doherty . 

Vernon Pittinger 

The Sylvan & Isabelle Ribakow Foundation 

Henry A. Rosenberg 

Robert W. Schaefer 

F. Douglas Sears 

Security Tide Guarantee Corporation 

Johnathan H. Shoup 

Talbot T. Speers 

The Thomas B. and Elizabeth Sprague 

Memorial 

The Bailey A. Thomas Memorial 

Town & Country Management Corporation 

Irwin P.Trail 


In Memory of Ear! R. Uhlig. III 

(funded by UB Numni Association) 

Waldman Scholarship 

In Memory ofjames White 

(funded by Patrick O'Doherty) 

Harry Y. Wright 

I n Memory ofJ. Purdon Wright 

201

2001-2003 VB 

Academic Calendar 

Fall 2001 

Classes begin August 30 

Labor Day September 3 

Thanksgiving break November 29 

December 2 

Last day of classes December 12 

Study days/exams December 13-22 

Winterim 2002 

Classes begin January 3 

M. L. King Day January 21 

Classes ends January 24 

Spring 2002 

Classes begin January 28 

Spring break March 25-31 

Last day of classes May 14 

Study days/exams May 15 -24 

Summer 2002 

Classes begin May 28 

Independence Day July 4 

Classes end July 20 

202 

Fall 2002 

Labor Day 

Classes begin 

Thanksgiving break 

Last day of classes 

Study days/Exams 

Winterim 2003 

Classes begin 

Classes ends 

M. L. King Day 

Spring 2003 

Classes begin 

Spring break 

Last day of classes 

Study days/exams 

September 2 

September 3 

November 28 

December 1 

December 13 

December 14-23 

January 3 

January 23 

January 20 

January 28 

March 24-30 

May 14 

May 15-23

CONTACT INFORMATION 

MAILING ADDRESS: UB Line 410/332-4030 

The University of Baltimore 

1420 North Charles Street 

Baltimore, MD 21201-5779 

WEB ADDRESS: 

http://www.ubalt.edu 

TELEPHONE NUMBERS: 

The University's area code and exchange are (410) 

and 837, respectively. The main number is 

410/837-4200. Extensions are as follows: 

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES 

Administrative Offices 

Academic Computing 5477 

Academic Resource Center 5383 

Admissions 4777 

Admissions, toll-free 1-877 -Apply-UB 

Alumni 6136 

Business Office 4848 

Career Center 5440 

Center for Student Involvement 5417 

Computer Information Systems 6262 

Cooperative Education 5449 

Development 6133 

Disability Support Services 4775 

Educational Foundation 6148 

Entollment Management 4755 

Financial Aid 4763 

Health Services 410/225-8855 

Human Resources 5410 

Institutional Advancement 6133 

Institutional Research 6207 

I nternational Services 4756 

Internships 5440 

Job Line 5412 

Langsdale Library 4318 

President 4866 

Provost 5244 

Public Safety 5520 

Publishing Center 5224 

Records and Registration 4825 

Scholarship Information 4763 

Student Affairs 4755 

Student Government 4023 

University Relations 6190 

Veterans Affairs 4763 

Weather Closing/Delay 4201 

Centers and Insitutes 

Baltimore Studies 5340 

Families, Children and the Courts 5661 

Information Systems Research Center 5375 

Jacob France Center 4727 

Negotiations and Conflict Management 5320 

Language, Technology and 

Publications Design 6022 

Professional Ethics (Hoffberger Center) 5324 

Public Policy (Schaefer Center) 6188 

Technology Commercialization 5069 


Dean's Office 5359 

Academic Advising 5326 

Marketing Services 5372 

Schools and Divisions: 


Quantitative Methods 5310 

Communications Design 6027 

Criminology, Criminal Justice 

and Social Policy 6084 

Government and Public Administration 6094 

Language, Literature and 

Communications Design 6038 

Legal, Ethical and Hisrorical Studies 5323 

Public Affairs 6094 


Main Number/Dean's Office 4955 

Academic Advising 4945 

External Affairs 4949 

Graduate Studies 4944 


Dean's Office 4458 

Admissions 4459 

203

E. In addirion, persons in rhe following caregories 

shall be accorded rhe benefirs of insrate 

status for rhe period in which any of 

rhe following condirions apply: 

1) a full-rime or pan-rime (ar leasr 50 

percent rime) regular employee of rhe 

Universiry Sysrem of Maryland; 

2) rhe spouse or dependent child of a 

full-rime or pan-rime (ar leasr 50 percent 

rime) regular employee of rhe Universiry 

Sysrem of Maryland; 

3) a full-rime acrive member of rhe 

Armed Forces of rhe Unired Srares whose 

home residence is Maryland or one who 

resides or is srarioned in Maryland, or rhe 

spouse, or a financially dependent child of 

such a person; 

4) for UMUC, a full-rime acrive member 

of rhe Armed Forces of rhe Unired 

Srares on acrive dury, or rhe spouse of a 

member of the Armed Forces of rhe Unired 

Srares on acrive dury; 

5) a graduare assisrant appointed 

rhrough rhe Universiry Sysrem of Maryland 

for rhe semesrerlrerm of rhe appointment. 

Excepr rhrough prior arrangement, srarus is 

applicable only for enrollment ar rhe insrirurion 

awarding the assisrantship. 

F. Students nor entided to in-srare sratus 

under rhe preceding paragraphs shall be 

assigned our-of-stare sratus for admission, 

tuition, and charge-differential purposes. 

PROCEDURES 

A. An initial determination of in-state status 

will be made by the Universiry at the 

time a student's application for admission is 

under consideration. The determination 

made at that time, and any determination 

made thereafter, shall prevail for each 

semester/term until the determination is 

successfully challenged in a timely manner. 

B. A change in residency status must be 

requested by submitting a Universiry 

System of Maryland "Petition for Change 

in Residency Classification for Admission, 

Tuition and Charge Differential." A 

student applying for a change to in-state 

status must furnish all required documentation 

with the petition by the last published 

date to register for rhe forthcoming semester/term 

for which a residency classification 

is sought. 

c. The student shall notify the institution 

in writing within 15 days of any change of 

circumstances which may alter in-state 

status. 

D. In the event incomplete, false, or misleading 

informarion is present, the institution 

may, at its discretion, revoke in-state 

status and take other disciplinary actions 

provided for by the institution's policy. If 

in-state StatuS is ga ined due to fulse or misleading 

information, the Universiry reserves 

the right to retroactively assess all out-ofstate 

charges for each semesterlrerm 

affected. 

E. Each institution of the Universiry 

System of Maryland shall develop and publish 

additional procedures to implement 

this policy. Procedures shall provide that on 

request the President or designee has the 

authoriry to waive any residency criterion 

as set forth in Section 1, if it is determined 

that application of the criterion creates an 

unjust result. These procedures shall be 

filed with the Office of the Chancellor. 

DEFINITIONS 

A. Financially Dependent: For purposes 

of this policy, a financially dependent 

student is one who is claimed as a dependent 

for tax purposes, or who receives more 

than one-halfof his or her support from a 

parent, legal guardian, or spouse during the 

12-month period immediately prior to the 

last published date for registration for the 

semester or session. If a student receives 

more than one-half of his or her support in 

the aggregate from a parent and/or legal 

guardian and/or spouse, the student shall 

be considered financially dependant on the 

person providing the greater amount of 

207

support. The dependent relationship must 

have formally existed by legally contracted 

marriage or court order recognized under 

the laws of the State of Maryland for at 

least 12 consecutive months immediately 

prior to and including the last date available 

to register for courses in the 

semester/term for which the petition 

applies. 

B. Financially Independent: A financially 

independent student is one who: 

1) declares himself or herself to be financially 

independent as defined herein; 

2) does not appear as a dependent on 

the Federal or State income tax return of 

any other person; 

3) receives less than one-half of his or 

her support from any other person or persons; 

and, 

4) demonstrates that he or she provides 

through self-generated support one-half or 

more of his or her total expenses. 

c. Parent: A parent may be a natural parent, 

or if established by a court order recognized 

under the laws of the State of 

Maryland, an adoptive parent. 

D. Guardian: A guardian is a person so 

appointed by a court order recognized 

under the laws of the State of Maryland. 

E. Spouse: A spouse is a partner in a legally 

contracted marriage as recognized under 

the laws of the State of Maryland. 

F. Self-Generated: Describes income 

which is derived solely from compensation 

for an individua's own efforts as evidenced, 

for example, by federal or state W-2 forms 

or IRS Form 1099 where interest income is 

based upon finances created from one's 

own efforts. For the purposes of this policy 

grants, stipends, awards, benefits, loans, 

and gifts (including federal and state aid, 

grants, and loans) may not be used as selfgenerated 

income. 

208 

G. Regular Employee: A regular employee 

is a person employed by the University 

System of Maryland who is assigned to a 

state budget line. Examples of categories 

NOT considered regular employees are 

graduate assistants, contingent employees, 

if-and-when-needed, and temporaries. 

UNIVERSITY OF BAIJIMORE POLICIES 

PRIVACY 

The University of Baltimore complies with 

the requirements of both Federal Public 

Law 93-380 (Family Educational Rights 

and Privacy Act of 1974, also known as 

"The BuckJey Amendment") and the 

Maryland State Public Information Act. 

In compliance with these acts, the 

University will only release, without a 

student's signature, that information that is 

so designated as directory information. 

Directory information is defined as: the 

student's name, address, telephone number, 

date and place of birth, major field of 

study, participation in officially recognized 

activities and sports, weight and height of 

members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, 

degrees and awards received, the 

most recent previous educational agency or 

institution attended by this student, and 

other similar information. 20 U.S.c. 

1232G(a)(5)(A). 

Students who do not wish to have directory 

information released are required to 

submit that request by filing a "Request to 

Withhold Directory Information" form in 

the Office of Records and Transcripts, 

Room 126, prior to the start of each 

semester. 

"The BuckJey Amendment" provides 

students with opportunities to review 

information contained in their "education 

records." Offices where students' education 

records are kept are: Records and 

Registration, and in some cases, as applicable, 

Financial Aid, Veterans Affairs, 

Undergraduate and Graduate Admissions, 

Law Admissions, and the Academic Deans.

Students who wish to review their records 

may do so by making an appointment with 

the appropriate head of the office housing 

the record sought for review. 

NON·DlSCRIMINATION POLICY 

The University of Baltimore does not discriminate 

on the basis of race, color, 

national origin, age, religion, sex, disability, 

or sexual orientation in its programs, 

activities, or employment practices. 

. Inquiries regarding discrimination 

related to educational programs and activities 

should be directed to Ms. Kathleen 

Anderson, Associate Vice Presiden t for 

Student Affairs, University of Baltimore, 

Charles Hall 121, 1420 North Charles 

Street, Baltimore, MD 21201-5779; 

tel., 410/837-5429. 

ACCESSIBILITY TO STUDENTS WITH 

DISABILITIES POLICY 

The University of Baltimore is committed 

to providing barrier-free education to the 

physically disabled and is actively working 

to bring its facilities into full compliance 

with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act 

of 1973 as amended (P.L. 93-112.P.L.93 

516) and the Americans with Disabilities 

Act of 1990. 

At present, the University is more than 

95 percent barrier-free. It is the policy of 

the University to reassign classes to accessible 

buildings whenever a conflict arises for 

a handicapped student. The Office of 

Disability Support Services is responsible 

for coordinating services for disabled 

students. 

DISABILITIES DOCUMENTATION POLICY 

It is the policy of the University of 

Baltimore to provide reasonable accommodations 

for students with disabilities. In 

order to provide academic adjustment, 

proper documentation is required and must 

be presented to the Director of Disability 

Support Services (for Liberal Arts and 

Business students) or to the Assistant Dean 

of Student Affairs (Law School). This documentation 

is not part of the student's college 

record. Documentation will remain in 

the DSS Office for seven years; then it will 

be destroyed, unless the student requests 

that it be returned to him/her. 

Documentation guidelines have been 

provided to assist students in obtaining 

appropriate documentation from qualified 

professionals. Appropriate documentation 

of a disability helps the student in educating 

appropriate disability staff about the 

impact of his/her disability, his/her needs, 

and potential accommodations. 

The University of Baltimore may 

request documentation for the following 

reasons: 

• to verifY the existence of a disability 

• to assist in the determination of eligibility 

for auxiliary aids and services, and 

individual needs to minimize the impact 

of the disability 

The rights ofstudents with disabilities 

are: 

• equal access to all programs 

• integrated settings 

• academic adjustments 

• protection against discrimination and 

harassment 

The responsibilities of students with 

disabilities are: 

• advance request for accommodations/ 

academic adjustments 

• advance notice for facilities access 

• advance submission of proper medical 

documentation 

• to meet with a DSS staff member for an 

intake appointment and discussion of 

potential accommodation{s) 

• to be a self-advocate 

The rights and responsibilities of the 

University of Baltimore and the Office 

of Disability Support Services are: 

• to determine the appropriateness ofsub 

209

from rerirement benefirs, and who is nor 

employed full-rime. 

Senior cirizens enrolled ar rhe University 

of Balrimore are issued Golden 1.0. cards 

by the Registrar. They receive, on a spaceavailable 

basis, waivers of tuirion for nor 

more than rhree undergraduare or graduare 

(nor law) courses per semesrer or rerm. 

These students are afforded all services 

available to regularly enrolled students, as 

they pay all other fees. Subject to certain 

conditions, privileges extended to 

University Golden 1.0. card holders from 

other USM institutions include: waiver of 

tuirion for undergraduare and graduare 

courses, use of rhe libraries, and other privileges 

as derermined by individual insriturions. 

Holders of Golden 1.0. cards ar other 

USM insriturions are afforded the following 

privileges ar rhe University of 

Balrimore: 

1) use of rhe libraries (subjecr to restricrions 

during examinarion periods); 

2) admission to all non-rickered public lecrures 

and performances; 

3) discount rickers (subjecr to restricrions) 

for events sponsored by rhe Center for 

Srudent Involvement; and 

4) eligibility to join, for a fee, rhe 

University of Balrimore Arhleric Club. 

211

Index 

AACSB Accreditation . . ... ...... 3 

About the University . . .... ... . .. 2 

Academic Administration .. . ... .. 175 

Academic Advising .. ... ...... . 19 

Academic Calendar . .. ...... . . 202 

Academic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 

Academic Computing Center ... .. .. 7 

Academic Policies . . . . . . . 22. 45 

Academic Resource Center . .... . . . 10 

Accelerated Business Programs . .. .. . 46 

Accessibility ................ 3 

Accounting. M.S. . .. ....... . 42. 57 

Accounting courses .. ... . ... .. 128 

Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 3 

ACCT .............. ... . 128 

AddlDrop . . . . .. .. ... . . . 21 

Admissions ...... ... .. .. ... 14 

Advance Registration ... . . .. .. . . 20 

Advanced Design. Certificate .. ... . 106 

Advantage MBA 53 

Advising. Academic 19 

Business . . . . 20 

Liberal Arts 20 

Alumni ..... . .. .... . .. ... . 3 

Angelos Law Center ....... .. ... 7 

Appeals . .. .. . . ... ..... ... 26 

APPL ........... .. ... .. 130 

Application Process . . . . . . . . . 32 

Applied Assessment and Consulting. 

Psy.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 

Applied Psychology and Quantitative 

Methods . . . . . . . . 73 

Applied Psychology . . . . . . . .. 67. 73 

Applied Psychology courses ....... 130 

Applied Statistics courses . . . . . . . . . 139 

Applying for Graduation . . ....... 28 

APST . . . .. . .... . . ...... 139 

Applied Statistics courses .... . .... 139 

Assistantships . ...... 38 

Athletic Club .. . . . . . . 14 

Attendance ... . . .. ... 25 

Audit ..... . . .... 21.23 

Auxiliary Services . ... . ........ 8 

Baltimore Studies. Center ....... .. 70 

Board ofVisiwrs . .. .... .. . ... 200 

Budgeting and Fiscal Administration . . . 118 

Business Administration. MBA . ... 42,47 

Business. M.S. . .. ... ...... 42. 53 

Business Center. Thumel .. . .... . .. 6 

Business. Merrick School ........ 40 

Calendar. Academic . .... . .. ... 202 

212 

Cancellation of Registration 

. . 21 

Career Center. The 

.. 10 

Centers and Institutes ... 4. 180 


Certificate Programs 

.... 8. 13 

Advanced Design . . . . . . . . . . . 106 

Business. Graduate ... . .. .. . . 64 

Communications and Design 

Theory ..... .......... 107 

Correctional Administration . . . . . . 90 

Information Design ... . . .. .. 109 

Literary Publishing . . . . . . . . . . 110 

New Media Publishing ........ III 

Police Administration .... . 92 

Professional Counseling . . . . 76 

Technology Commercialization 65 

Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 

Charles Hall .... ..... . ... ... 6 

Charles Royal Building . . . . . . . . . . . 7 

Closing. Inclement Weather . . . . . . . . 10 

Clubs and Organizations . .... .... 13 

CNCM . .. ....... . ..... 155 

College of Liberal Arts. Yale 

Gordon . . . . . . . .. 20. 38. 66. 199 

Combined Degree Programs 

J.D.lMBA . . .. ... . ..... .. 63 

J.O.lMPA ..... .. .. ..... 120 

J.D.lM.S. in Criminal Justice ..... 87 

MBNM.S. in Nursing . 60 

MBNPh.D. in Nursing . . . . . 61 

MBNPharm.D. . . . . . . . .. 

Communications and Design Theory. 

. 61 

Certificate .............. 107 

Communications Design . .. .... 68. 99 

Communications Design. DCD . . ... 112 

Commuter Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 

Comprehensive Option . . . . . . .... 29 

Computing Center .. ... . ....... 7 

Computer Science courses . . . . . . . . 139 

Contacts. Telephone . . . .... .... 203 

Continuous Enrollment .......... 27 

Cooperative Education ....... . 11 . 39 

Correctional Administration. Certificate . 90 

COSC .... . ....... ... ... 139 

Counseling. Academic . . . . . . . . . . . 19 

Counseling. Pre-Professional Certificate .. 76 

Course Descriptions .. ... ..... . 128 

Course Load .... .. .. .... . .. 28 

Creative Writing and Publishing. M.A. . 104 

Credit Card Payments ..... .. .... 31 

Criminal Justice courses ....... .. 139 

Criminal Justice. M.S. ... . .. 83 

Criminology. C riminal Justice and 

Social Policy . . . . . . . . . . 67

CRJU .................. 139 

Custom MBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 

DCD ................... 112 

Decision Technologies, MBA ....... 49 

Deferred Payment Plan .......... 31 

Dining Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 

Directions ...... ........... 3 

Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 

Disabilities Documentation ...... . 208 

Disability Support Services 12 

Diversity Education . 13 

Doctoral Programs 

Applied Psychology . 77 

Communications Design . . . . . . . . . 112 

Public Administration .......... 122 

Drop Procedure . . . . . . . . ...... 21 

Drug and Alcohol Policy . . . . . . . . . 209 

E-Commerce, MBA ..... ...... 49 

Economics courses . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 

ECON .................. 142 

English Language Proficiency . . . . . . . 17 

Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 

Emeriti Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 

Employment/Assistantships ........ 38 

Entrepreneurship, MBA .......... 49 

Escort Service ............... 9 

Exam Make-up .............. 25 

Facilities ................ 6,69 

Faculty .................. 69 

Adjunct 190 

Emeriti . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 

Full-time . . . . . . . . . . . 182 

Families, Children and the CourtS, 

Center for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 

Fees .................... 30 

Fellowships ................ 37 

FIN .............. 143 

Finance courses ............. 143 

Finance, MBA ...... 50 

Finance, M.S. in Business/ 53 

Financial Assistance . . . . 32 

Flex MBA. . . . . . . . . 52 

Focus II ............. . . . .. II 

Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 

Foreign Transcripts ............ 17 

Foundation Building ............ 8 

France Center ............... 41 

Full-time Status . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 28 

General Administration ......... 177 

Golden J.D. Cards . . . . . . . . . . .. 209 

Government and Public Administration . 115 

GMAT ........ 43 

Grading. . . . . . . . 22 

Graduate Assistantships 45 

Graduate Business Certificate ....... 64 

Graduate Programs 

Business .............. 42,46 

Li beral ArtS . 71 

Graduation .......... . 45 

Grants ............ 37 

Health and Accident Jnsurance . 12 

Health Care Management, MBA . 50 

Health Care Policy and Administration . . 118 

Health Services .............. II 

Hoffberger Center ............. 4 

Holiday Classes .............. 29 

Honor Societies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 

Housing .................. 8 

HSAD .................. 144 

Human Resource Management, MBA ... 51 

Hwnan Services Administration courses . 144 

Human Services Administration, M.S. .. 79 

Information Design, Certificate ..... 109 

Information Systems courses . . . . . . . 145 

Information Systems Research Center ... 41 

INSS ................... 145 

Institutes and Centers ........... 4 

Institutional Scholarships . . ....... 37 

Inter-Institutional Registration ...... 29 

International and Comparative Law, Center 5 

International Business, MBA 51 

M.S. in Business 53 

International Services 12 

International Students 17 

Internships II, 39 

Job Bank ...... II 

Job Referral ............... II 

Judicial Issues .... . . . . . . . . . . . 14 

Juris Doctor O·D.lMBA) ......... 63 

Langsdale Library .. ........... 6 

Language, Technology, and Publications 

Design, Institute ............ 70 

Late Registration ... . .. ....... 21 

Law Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 

Law School ............... 126 

Leave ofAbsence ............. 27 

Legal and Ethical Studies courses . . . . . 148 

Legal and Ethical Studies, M.A. . ..... 94 

Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies . 68, 94 

LEST .................. 148 

Liberal Arts ................ 66 

Library, Langsdale ........ ..... 6 

Library Professional Staff . . . . . . . . . 180 

Literary Publishing, Certificate . . . . . . 110 

Loans ................... 36 

Mailing Address ............. 201 

Make-up Policy .............. 25 

Management courses . . . . . . . . . . . 151 

213

Management Information 

Systems, MBA ....... .. .... 51 

Map, Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 

Marketing courses ...... .... .. 154 

Marketing, MBA ... . 52 

Marketing and Venturing, 

M.S. in Business . . . 56 

Maryland Institute Program 29 

Master ofArts degree 

Legal and Ethical Studies 94 

Publications Design . . . 99 

Master of Business Administration 42 

Master of Public Administration .. ... 115 

Master of Science degree 

Accounting 42,56 

Applied Psychology . . . 73 

Business/Finance 42, 53 

Business/Marketing and Venturing 57 

Criminal Justice . . . . . . . . . . 83 

Human Services Administration .. 79 

Management Information Systems 54 

Negotiations and Conflict 96 

Management Taxation 42, 58 

MBA programs . . 42, 47 

MBNJ.D. ......... . . 63 

Media Design, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . 105 

Merrick School of Business . . . 40, 196 

MGMT ..... ... ... . ..... 151 

MKTG ......... . . ... . .. 154 

Mt. Royal Medical Associates ... .. .. II 

Mount Washington Campus . 8 

MPA program lI5 

MPNJ.D. .. .. . .. .. 121 

NASPAA accreditation . . . 116 

Negotiations and Conflict Management, 

Center ..... .. .... .... 5,71 

Negotiations and Conflict Management 

courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 

Negotiations and Conflict Management, 

M.S .... .... ..... .... . . 96 

New Media Publishing, Certificate . . . . III 

Non-Discrimination Policy ... 208 

Non-Smoking Policy .......... 209 

Nursing Administration, MBNM .S. . .. 60 

Nursing Administration, MBNPh.D . 60,61 

Off-Campus Housing .... .. .. ... 8 

On-Campus Recruiting . . . . . . . . . . II 

Operations Research courses . . . . . . . 156 

OPRE ....... ......... .. 156 

Parking ...... .... . ...... 8, 30 

Part-time Status ... ........... 28 

PBDS .. ........... ..... 163 

Pharm.D, MBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 

Poe's Publick House .. . . .. .... .. 8 

214 

Police Administration, Graduate 

Certificate ... . .... .... .. 92 

Policies, Academic .... . 22 

Policy on Student Residency . . . . . . . 205 

Policies, UB ....... .. . . .. 31, 211 

Policies, USM .... .... ...... 219 

Post-Graduate Students ........ 16,44 

Privacy Policy ......... . .... 207 

Program Advising . . . . 22 

Psychology, Applied, M .S. . . . ..... 73 

Psychology, Psy.D. . ..... .. 77 

Psychology courses . . . . . 130 

PUAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 

Public Administration, DPA . . . . 122 

Public Administration Management lI8 

Public Administration courses . .. 157 

Public Administration, MPA .. ..... 115 

Public Affairs, School . . . . . . . . . . . 68 

Public and Nonprofit Management . .. 119 

Public Policy and Administration . . . . . lI8 

Public Policy, Schaefer Center ...... 70 

Public Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 

Publications Design courses . . . . . . . 163 

Publications Design, M.A. . . .... 99 

Quantitative Methods . . . . 67 

Readmission . . . . . . . . . 16 

Refund Policy . . 32 

Registration . . . . . . 20 

Repeated Courses . . . 26 

Research Assistantships 45 

Residency Classification . 18 

R.O.T.C. .... ... 39 

Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Progress 

(academic) . . . . . . . . . . . 34 

Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Progress 

(financial aid) . .. . . ... 24 

Saturday MBA .......... 53 

Schaefer Center for Public Policy . 70 

Schaefer Center Building . . . . . . . ... 7 

Schedule ofClasses . . . . . . . . . . .. 20 

Scholarships ...... . .... ..... 37 

School of Business, Merrick . ... .. 15,20 

School of Law . ..... . 126 

Senior Administration .. . . . . . . . . 175 

Sexual Harrassment Policy ... ..... 209 

SGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 

Service/Manufacturing Operations, 

MBA . .... . .... ... 52 

Shuttle Bus . . . . . . 9 

SOCI ....... . ...... .... 171 

Social Policy courses ...... ..... 171 

Student Accident and Health Insurance 12 

Student Affairs, Office of . . . 12 

Student and Academic Services .. . . 10

' r "" . 

. .. ,,} 

.. -- .. .............. .

GRADUATE CATALOG - Special Collections - University of Baltimore

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?